index of special provisions (11-28-17) - connecticut11-28-17).pdf · list of special provisions fdp...

List of Special Provisions

FDP Submittal (11-28-17 draft) Project 94-256 (Steel Breakout)

Rehabilitation of Bridge Number 03819 Route I-95 NB over Thames River, Local Streets and Railroad ROW’s New London - Groton, CT ITEM PAGE

CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES HOURLY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES NTC – FORM 817 DIVISION I REVISIONS NTC – SBE GOAL NTC – CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY CONTACTS NTC – ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS NTC – BARGE ACCESS, STORAGE AND USAGE (11-18-17) NTC – USCG NOTIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS (11-18-17) NTC – WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAY NTC – FLOOD CONTINGENCY PLAN (FCP) NTC – DEEP BOAT LAUNCH NTC – CAS CERTIFICATION FOR “ABC” AND COATING WORK (1-20-16) NTC – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVESTIGATIONS NTC – USE OF STATE POLICE OFFICERS NTC – EXISTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND DIMENSIONS NTC – STRUCTURE SITE NUMBERS NTC – CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR DIGITAL SUBMISSIONS

SECTION 1.03 – AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SECTION 1.05 – CONTROL OF THE WORK

SECTION 1.06 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 1.07 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES SECTION 1.08 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 1.10 – ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE (2-27-2017) 0020765A GUANO ABATEMENT

0020905A LEAD COMPLIANCE FOR ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND MISCELLANEOUS TASKS 0100424A WATER TRANSPORTATION FOR INSPECTION PERSONNEL 8-11-17 0100427A WATER RESCUE OPERATIONS 8-11-17 0100600A CONSTRUCTION ACCESS 0101143A HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF REGULATED ITEMS 0201001A CLEARING AND GRUBBING 0202645A STRAIN GAGE WIRING 11-27-17 0202911A CONDITION SURVEY (SITE NO. 1) 11-17-17 0503889A JACKING EXISTING SUPERSTRUCTURE

0503904A JACKING FOR BEARING REPLACEMENT 0503968A DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT EXISTING CROSS FRAMES 0512018A REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING BRIDGE DRAINAGE SYSTEM 0521003A BEARING REPLACEMENT WITH ELASTOMERIC BEARING PADS 0522156A REPLACE EXPANSION BEARINGS 0522178A CONSTRUCT CONCRETE KEEPER BLOCKS 0601070A CLASS "S" CONCRETE 8/13/13 0601954A EPOXY INJECTION CRACK REPAIR 0603061A STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 1) 0603062A STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 2) 0603063A STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 3) 0603064A STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 4)

0603065A STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 5) 0603904A STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 6) 0603161A FIELD DIRECTED STEEL REPAIRS 0603223A DISPOSAL OF CONNECTICUT REGULATED WASTE (CRW) LEAD DEBRIS FROM ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING 0603276.01A FURNISH AND INSTALL POST-TENSION SYSTEM - SITE NO. 1 0603276.03A FURNISH AND INSTALL POST-TENSION SYSTEM - SITE NO. 3 0603479A ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF BEAM ENDS (SITE NO. 1) 0603480A ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF BEAM ENDS (SITE NO. 2) 0603481A ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF BEAM ENDS (SITE NO. 3) 0603563A CLASS 1 CONTAINMENT AND COLLECTION OF SURFACE PREPARATION DEBRIS (SITE NO. 1) 0603564A CLASS 1 CONTAINMENT AND COLLECTION OF SURFACE PREPARATION DEBRIS (SITE NO. 2) 0603714A CLASS 1 CONTAINMENT AND COLLECTION OF SURFACE PREPARATION DEBRIS (SITE NO. 3) 0603923A ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF STRUCTURE (SITE NO. 1) 0603925A ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF STRUCTURE (SITE NO. 2) 0603926A ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF STRUCTURE (SITE NO. 3) 0603870A REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 0604400A FALL ARRESTORS 0969030A PROJECT COORDINATOR 3/04/16 0969053A CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM LEVEL 2 11-03-17 0969066A CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, EXTRA LARGE 11-18-17 0971001A MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC 1113807A TEST EQUIPMENT

1131002A REMOTE CONTROLLED CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN

GENERAL

November 28, 2017

FEDERAL AID PROJECT No. _________ STATE PROJECT NO. 094 - 256

I-95 NB Bridge No. 03819 over

Thames River, Railroads and Local Roads

Towns of New London / Groton The State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges, Facilities and Incidental Construction, Form 817, 2016 as revised by the Supplemental Specifications dated July 2017 (otherwise referred to collectively as "ConnDOT Form 817") is hereby made part of this contract, as modified by the Special Provisions contained herein. The current edition of the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation's "Construction Contract Bidding and Award Manual" ("Manual"), is hereby made part of this contract. If the provisions of this Manual conflict with provisions of other Department documents (not including statutes or regulations), the provisions of the Manual will govern. The Manual is available upon request from the Transportation Manager of Contracts. The Special Provisions relate in particular to the I-95 NB Bridge No. 03819 over Thames River, Railroads, and Local Roads in the Towns of New London / Groton.

CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

(per 11/09/17 spec review comments, this section to be drafted and inserted by the Department)

GENERAL

November 28, 2017

FEDERAL AID PROJECT No. __________ STATE PROJECT NO. 094 - 256

I-95 NB Bridge No. 03819 over

Thames River, Railroads and Local Roads

Towns of New London / Groton

Hourly Liquidated Damages for Interfering with Normal Traffic Operations In order to minimize the hazard, cost and inconvenience to the traveling public, pollution of the environment and the detriment to the business area, it is necessary to limit the time of construction work, which interferes with traffic as specified in Article 1.08.04 of the Special Provisions. For this contract, an assessment per hour for liquidated damages shall be applied to each hour, or any portion thereof, in which the Contractor interferes with normal traffic operations during the restricted hours given in Article 1.08.04 of the Special Provisions. The liquidated damages shall be as shown in the following tables entitled “Liquidated Damages Per Hour” for each hour, or any portion thereof, in which the Contractor interferes with normal traffic operations during the restricted hours.

For the purpose of administering this contract, normal traffic operations are considered interfered with when:

1. Any portion of the travel lanes or shoulders is occupied by any personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies including signs.

2. The transition between the planes of pavement surfaces is at a rate of one inch in less than fifteen

feet longitudinally.

GENERAL

LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PER HOUR

I-95 Northbound

2 Lane Section Lane Drop N/O Exit 70 Off Ramp to Lane Add N/O Exit 82A Off Ramp

MP 79.34 – MP 92.68

If Working Periods Extends Into

A.M.

1 Lane Closure

1st Hour of Restrictive Period

$ 500

2nd Hour of Restrictive Period $ 8,000

3rd Hour or any Subsequent Hour of Restrictive Period

$ 15,000

I-95 Northbound

3 Lane Section Exit 82A Off Ramp to Exit 83 (US Route 1) On Ramp

MP 92.68 – MP 93.45


A.M.

1 Lane Closure

A.M.

2 Lane Closure

P.M.

1 Lane Closure


$ 500 $ 500 $ 500

2nd Hour of Restrictive Period $ 500 $ 8,000 $ 500


$ 500 $ 15,000 $ 500

The above liquidated damages apply to those hours shown on the Limitation of Operations charts designated with a “2”or “E” for 2-lane sections and “3” or “E” for 3-lane sections.

For each hour shown on the Limitation of Operations charts designated with an “E”, liquidated damages of $500 per hour shall apply if all available shoulder widths are not available to traffic.

Liquidated damages in the amount of $500 shall apply for each hour that the Contractor interferes with existing traffic operations on any ramps during the non-allowable hours

GENERAL

I-95 Northbound

4 Lane Section Exit 83 (US Route 1) On Ramp to Exit 86 (Route 184) Off Ramp

MP 93.45 – MP 94.90


A.M.

1 Lane Closure

A.M.

2 Lane Closure

A.M.

3 Lane Closure

P.M.

1 Lane Closure

P.M.

2 Lane Closure


$ 500 $ 500 $ 500 $ 500 $ 10,000

2nd Hour of Restrictive Period $ 500 $ 500 $ 4,000 $ 500 $ 40,000


$ 500 $ 500 $ 15,000 $ 500 $ 50,000

I-95 Northbound

3 Lane Section Exit 86 (US Route 184) Off Ramp to Lane Drop S/O Exit 89 Off Ramp

MP 94-90 – MP 99.20


A.M.

1 Lane Closure

A.M.

1 Lane Closure

P.M.

1Lane Closure


$ 500 $ 500 $ 500

2nd Hour of Restrictive Period $ 500 $ 500 $ 500


$ 500 $ 500 $ 500

The above liquidated damages apply to those hours shown on the Limitation of Operations charts designated with a “2”or “E” for 2-lane sections and “3” or “E” for 3-lane sections.

For each hour shown on the Limitation of Operations charts designated with an “E”, liquidated damages of $500 per hour shall apply if all available shoulder widths are not available to traffic.

Liquidated damages in the amount of $500 shall apply for each hour that the Contractor interferes with existing traffic operations on any ramps during the non-allowable hours.

11/28/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - FORM 817 DIVISION I

The Contractor is advised the following sections and articles of Form 817 July 2017 Errata, Division I “General Requirements and Covenants”, have been supplemented in the Special Provisions for this contract: 1.03.07 – Insurance:

Subarticle 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance:

1.03.08 - Notice to Proceed and Commencement of Work:

1.05.02 – Contractor Submittals......

1.05.06 – Cooperation with Utilities (Including Railroads)

1.06.07 - Certified Test Reports and Materials Certificates

1.07.05 - Load Restrictions

1.07.07 - Safety and Public Convenience

1.07.09 - Protection and Restoration of Property

1.07.13 - Contractor’s Responsibility for Adjacent Property, Facilities and Services

1.07.18 - Use of State Property

1.08.04 - Limitation of Operations:

1.10.03 - Water Pollution Control:

11/27/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SBE GOAL This contract has an SBE Goal of 4%.

11/28/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY CONTACTS

PROPERTY OWNED BY HOUSING AUTHORITY OF THE CITY OF NEW LONDON

Point of Contact for Advance Notification for Construction Access:

Housing Authority of the City of New London, Connecticut 78 Walden Avenue New London, Connecticut 06320 Attention: Roy Boling (860) 729-5383 [email protected] DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS, NEW LONDON

Point of Contact for Advance Notification for Construction Access:

Mr. Brian Sear Interim Director of Public Works Public Works Department 111 Union Street New London, CT 06320 Telephone: (860) 447 5250 [email protected] CITY OF NEW LONDON

Point of Contact for Coordination of Construction Activity During Local Events:

Ms. Sybil Tetteh City Planner Telephone: (860) 437 6380 [email protected] FIRE DEPARTMENTS

City of New London City of Groton

Mr. Henry Kydd Mr. Nick Delia Fire Chief Fire Chief (860) 447-5291 (860) 445-2456 [email protected] Town of Waterford

Mr. Peter Schlink Fire Marshall (860) 440-0544

mailto:[email protected]

11/28/17

GENERAL

POLICE DEPARTMENTS

City of New London Town of Groton

Ms. Margaret Ackley Mr. Louis J. Fusaro, Jr. Chief of Police Chief of Police (860) 447-5269 (860) 441-6712 City of Groton Town of Waterford

Mr. Michael J. Spellman Mr. Brett Mahoney Chief of Police Chief of Police (860) 445-2451 (860) 442-9451 DEEP BOAT LAUNCH

Point of Contact for Advance Notification of Temporary Boat Launch Impacts:

Mr. Graham Stevens Director Constituent Affairs and Land Management Department of Energy and Environmental Protection 79 Elm Street Hartford, Connecticut 06106-5127. PROPERTY OWNED BY GENESEE & WYOMING, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Point of Contact: Point of Contact:

Mr. Chad Boutet Mr. David Cuthbertson Manager, Bridges AVP, Region Engineering Northeast-Providence and Worcester RR Northeast-Genesee & Wyoming, Inc 75 Hammond Street 1 Depot Street Worcester, MA, 01610 Palmer, MA 01069 (508) 755-4000 (work) 413-351-1072 (work) [email protected] [email protected] PROPERTY OWNED BY CHURCH TOWER PARTNERSHIP

Point of Contact:

Tenant: Facility Manager:

Mr. Stephen Chickos Leidos Mr. Scott Merritt 18 Fourth Street 221 Third Street New London, CT 06320 Newport, RI 02840 860-447-8553 (office) and 916-500-1936 (cell) 401-848-4729 (O) and 401-207-4369 (C) [email protected] [email protected] 800-268-9655 (Helpdesk) Owner

Mr. Floran Boland Bell Pump Service Company


11/28/17

GENERAL

P.O. Box 261567 Hartford, CT 06126-1567 860-525-6678 (office) 860-874-7603 (cell) [email protected]


11/28/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS The Contractor is hereby notified that the following environmental permits and restrictions in this Contract have been issued that pertain to Contractor’s work activities under this contract that occur within the Thames River and surrounding environments:

Federal:

U.S. Coast Guard General Construction Requirements, 16594/3.1H, dated 2/16/2017

State:

CT DEEP Office of Long Island Sound Programs - Certificate of Permission #201703863

CT DEEP, Permit Type: Construction Activities-GP-3(a)(8-9), #201703864 Water Resources Construction General Permit

CTDOT Flood Management Certification

These permits and restrictions contain certain minimum requirements for work activities in and around the coastal zone and tidal waters. The Contractor shall, at all times, conduct his activities in strict accordance with the requirements of these permits.

11/18/2017

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – BARGE ACCESS, STORAGE AND USAGE

Barge Access and Storage

The Contractor shall secure the barges to the existing piers during construction operations. Overnight mooring of barges in shallow areas subject to bottoming out will not be allowed. The Contractor shall also refer to “Notice to Contractor – U.S. Coast Guard Requirements” and applicable permits for additional requirements.

Barge Use Restriction and Limitations

The Contractor may elect to store coating removal debris on a barge while performing work on the spans over waterway. If the Contractor does elect to do this, care shall be taken such that no materials shall be allowed to enter the waterway. The coating removal debris stored in secured, sealed storage containers on a barge will only be allowed for seven (7) days or less. After seven (7) days, the coating removal debris must be removed to an onshore secure storage area. The onshore secure storage area shall be located above the 500 year flood contour as shown on the plans.

Additional protection measures which also must be employed include, but are not limited to:

• Equipment and materials on work barges shall be properly secured at all times

• Work barges shall be equipped with physical guards or parapets around their perimeters to prevent any construction material or equipment from entering the waterway

• Work barges and all equipment and materials staged on the barges shall be addressed by the Flood Contingency Plan for major storm events.

11/18/2017

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – UNITED STATES COAST GUARD (USCG) NOTIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS

Advance Notification

The Contractor shall provide at least seven (7) day’s prior notification to Commander First Coast Guard District, Attn: Chief, Marine Safety, 408 Atlantic Avenue, Boston, MA 02110-3350 of the start date of any work in the Thames River. Notification shall be made to US Coast Guard at (800) 368-5647 or (617) 223-8439.

General Construction Requirements for Work Within Navigable Waterways

1. All bridge closures, or bridge operating schedule changes, must be requested in writing 90 days in advance, fi· om the First Coast Guard District Bridge Branch Office. No channel restrictions, or vertical clearance reductions may be made without written approval from the above office.

2. Waterway closures or safety zones must also be requested a minimum of 90

days in advance. Please contact: USCG Sector Long Island Sound , 120 Woodward Ave., New Haven, CT 06512-3628. Ph: (203) 468-4596.

3. All submissions to the Coast Guard for review and approval must first be approved

by the owner of the bridge or their authorized agent. All submission of plans, scope of work, and schedules of operation must be sent to the First Coast Guard District , Bridge Branch Office.

4. At least 30 days prior to commencement of any work, we must have for our review, a

copy of the construction plans, contractor' schedule, preferably depicted in a time line graphic format, and the contractor's daily hours of operation. The construction plan package must show the following: (1) a plan of the entire waterway area in the vicinity of the project. (2) The location of work barges and any anchor lines during working and off-hours. (3) In addition, a drawing must be included, if applicable, depicting any scaffolding or containment used indicating the location and the total vertical or horizontal channel reduction. All vertical clearance reductions below low steel or concrete under the bridge as a result of the use of scaffolding must be clearly detailed on the drawings shown in total feet. (4) Emergency 24 hour telephone numbers for all responsible individuals for this project must be submitted to this office before any phase of construction begins in case of an emergency situation during off-hours.

5. Scaffolding used under ANY span of the bridge must be lighted with constant

burning red lights every 50 feet and on all comers. The placement of scaffolding must not interfere with the ability of a moveable bridge to open for vessel traffic. Moveable bridges must continue to operate according to their normal schedule unless special drawbridge operation regulation changes have been requested . Warning signs must be posted on both sides of the bridge, visible for a 1-mile range, to warn

11/18/2017

GENERAL

'

mariners of the vertical clearance reduction. The signs shall face upstream and downstream so as to draw the mariner's attention to the fact that the clearance has been reduced.

6. All barges placed in the waterway must be lighted with constant burning white lights

on all four comers of the barge. The contractor is required to comply with all provisions of the Navigation Rules International-Inland, regarding the use of work barges or floating equipment in the waterway. Copies are available from the U.S. Government Bookstore, 710 N Capitol Street NW, Washington, DC, 20403, (202) 512-0132 , or www.navcen.uscg.gov.

7. Placement of construction barges in the navigable channel shall be done so as to

provide a minimum horizontal clearance reduction. Only one navigation channel of a swing bridge may be blocked by work equipment at anytime. Barges must be moved out of the navigable channel after working hours unless approved in writing by this office.

8. Barges held in place by anchor lines must be marked by anchor buoys, which should

be lighted. 9. An as built survey must be taken upon completion of this project, approved by a

professional engineer or land surveyor verifying the bridge clearances. 10. The on-scene contractor must have a VHF-FM marine radio set to the bridge

communication channels 16/13 or the designated channel for the bridge. Additional marine radios monitoring the above channels must also be maintained at the main control of any floating equipment or barges on station.

11. Preventive measures must be taken to prevent any hot work, debris, or construction

material from entering the waterway. This includes sandblasting material, paint, and any concrete work by-products. Welding and burning must cease upon approach of a vessel and shall not start again until the vessel has passed the bridge.

12. The project manager must contact the Coast Guard Sector Long Island Sound via

marine radio before commencement of any and after completion of any Hot Work. A cell phone back-up may be used to contact the above Coast Guard Unit at (203) 468-4401.

13. If permanent bridge navigational lighting cannot be maintained operational during any

phase of this project, temporary battery/power lights must be installed at the same locations. These temporary lights must be visible for a distance of 2,000 yards on 90% of the nights of the year. Generally , a lamp of (50 candela) will meet these requirements . Plans for temporary lighting shall be submitted to this office for written approval. Deviations from the approved temporary lighting shall be permitted only upon written authorization from this office.

14. All newly constructed bridge piers, or those in the process of demolition, must be lighted with either red or white flashing (60 flashes per minute) lights. All cofferdams used during construction must also be lighted with red or white flashing (60 flashes per minute) on all four corners.

15. Bridge protective fenders shall not be constructed or rebuilt with any metal surfaces on

the rubbing face of the fender system. All bolts, spikes, or other metal fastening devices

http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/

11/18/2017

GENERAL

must be countersunk. Metal splicing plates, if used, shall be mounted on back of outer wales.

16. All piles including those previously damaged or broken that are not being used in the new

or repaired fender shall be extracted rather than cut off at the mud line. Upon completion of all fender repairs a bottom sweep is required to determine if any piles or debris are present in the waterway. A wire-drag sweep or side-scan sonar is the preferred method.

17. During the progress of work should any debris or equipment enter the waterway and

become a hazard to navigation, immediate notice shall be given to the Coast Guard and the object removed as soon as possible . Until removal can be effected, the obstruction shall be properly marked.

18. Spillage of oil and hazardous substances is specifically prohibited by the Clean Water

Act, as amended . Approved spill containment equipment and absorbent material must be located at the project site in the event of a spill into the waterway or the shoreline. The Coast Guard must be notified immediately at (800) 424-8802.

19. The bridge owner is responsible to ensure that channel depths are not affected by this

work. Any material, machinery or equipment lost, dumped, thrown into, or otherwise entering the waterway must be removed immediately. If immediate removal is impractical and the object entering the waterway could possibly obstruct or hazard navigation, the object must be marked immediately to protect navigation and the Coast Guard shall be notified as soon as possible. Upon request of the Coast Guard or Corps of Engineers, the bridge owner/contractor shall provide the necessary equipment and personnel to determine the presence of any suspected obstructions in the waterway.

20. The bridge owner/contractor shall provide any and all necessary equipment and personnel

to determine the presence of any "suspected" obstructions in the waterway at any time either during or following the completion of bridge construction or demolition operations.

21. Upon project completion, the bridge owner shall provide the Coast Guard with a written

certification by a registered professional engineer that the waterway depths have not been impaired as a result of any construction or demolition operations and that the waterway has been cleared of any and all construction debris or remnants from the existing or previous bridge construction or demolition.

22. This approval may be revoked and/or civil penalties imposed for failure to ensure that

the above listed stipulations are adhered to or if work is determined to hazard or impair navigation.

Rev. 10/26/2017

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS

The Contractor’s attention is directed to the navigation channel of the Thames River. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to so conduct his construction operations as to comply with all the regulations and requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard, the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection and the Corps of Engineers in connection with, but not limited to, water pollution control and maintenance of navigation. The Contractor shall review the Coast Guard bridge permit, including their “Letter of Transmittal”, the Corps of Engineers’ “Letter of Transmittal” and the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection’s permit contained in these Specifications, which may or may not state additional requirements concerning construction of this project.

Rev. 10/26/2017

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – FLOOD CONTINGENCY PLAN

In accordance with the plans, specifications and permits, the Contractor shall develop a Flood Contingency Plan (FCP) and submit it to the Engineer for review and approval prior to beginning work on the Project.

The Contractor’s FCP shall address Section 1.10.03, Best Management Practice No. 9 of Form 817 which states “…The Contractor shall make every effort to secure the work site before predicted major storms. A major storm shall be defined as a storm practiced by NOAA Weather Service with warmings of flooding, severe thunderstorms, or similarly severe weather conditions or effects.” Therefore, the Contractor is required to coordinate with the NOAA Weather Service, throughout the duration of construction, for information pertaining to storm events.

The Contractor’s FCP, shall include a plan for evacuating and securing the site within 24 hours. This plan shall address the removal or securing of materials and equipment, including, but not limited to, all barges, work platforms and floating walkways located within the 100-year floodplain. If not being removed, construction and service barges must be secured to dolphins or shore-based deadman anchors. The Contractor’s FCP shall include reference to specified anticipated flood elevations that will trigger the evacuation plan.

Date 10/17/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – DEEP BOAT LAUNCH The Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection (DEEP) has boat launches under the bridge on the New London and Groton sides of the Thames River. Contractor shall maintain access to at least one boat launch at all times, and shall maintain access to both boat launches at all times during 3 summer months from June thru August.

The contractor shall coordinate with the Point of Contact and provide 2 weeks advance notice for any requested scheduled closure to restrict access to one of the boat launches during non-summer months allowable periods. Point of Contact:

Mr. Graham Stevens Director Constituent Affairs and Land Management Department of Energy and Environmental Protection 79 Elm Street Hartford, Connecticut 06106-5127. Attached herewith are two letters dated 02/02/2017 and 10/17/2017 with additional information related to DEEP boat launches.

Rev. 1/20/16

0094-0256 GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CAS CERTIFICATION FOR ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND COATING WORK This Contract requires abrasive blast cleaning and coating work be done with at least one (1) Coating Application Specialist per four (4) craft-workers. Coating Application Specialist (CAS) certification is available through the Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC). The CAS program is based on the requirements of SSPC ACS-1/NACE 13, a standard published jointly in 2008 by SSPC and NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers). ACS-1 defines training and experience requirements that tradespersons must have in order to qualify to be assessed for certification. CAS QP-1 implementation requires that the CAS Level II certified applicator be on the job during abrasive blast cleaning and painting operations. The firm proposed to perform abrasive field blast cleaning and coating on this Project must meet the requirements outlined in the special provisions under “Contractor - Subcontractor Qualifications.” When applicable, the shop painting firm proposed to perform abrasive blast cleaning and shop painting on this Project must meet the requirements outlined in the special provisions under “Qualifications of Shop Painting Firm.”

Rev. Date 11/02/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INVESTIGATIONS

Limited hazardous materials site investigations have been conducted at Bridge No. 03819, Goldstar Bridge, I-95 NB over Thames River in New London, CT. The scope of inspections were limited to the representative components projected for impact. Results of the survey identified lead paint to be present on the structural steel/metal bridge components of Bridge No. 03819. Results of the survey also identified no detectable levels of lead paint to be present on the concrete abutments/piers. Results obtained from TCLP waste stream sampling and analysis for leachable lead from the paint on the structural steel/metal bridge components of Bridge Nos. 03819 (0.084 mg/L) characterized the paint waste stream as non-hazardous, non-RCRA waste. Since no detectable levels of lead paint were identified on the concrete abutments/piers, any paint debris waste stream would be non-hazardous, non-RCRA waste. All steel and metal generated from work tasks (painted or not) shall be segregated and recycled as scrap metal at a scrap metal recycling facility. The recycling of scrap metal (regardless of lead paint concentration) is exempt from USEPA RCRA and CTDEEP Hazardous Waste Regulation. Expansion joint tar, expansion joint pads, wiring insulation, black railing pads and cloth under bearings were sampled and found to contain no asbestos. Homeless activity was observed at the west abutment areas of Bridge No. 03819, including but not limited to bedding, trash and potentially sharps/needles which could contain blood borne pathogens. Bird/pigeon guano accumulations were observed at the west abutment of Bridge No. 03819. The Contractor is hereby notified that these hazardous materials requiring special management or disposal procedures will be encountered during various construction activities conducted within the project limits. The Contractor will be required to implement appropriate health and safety measures for all construction activities impacting these materials. These measures shall include, but are not limited to, air monitoring, engineering controls, personal protective equipment and decontamination, equipment decontamination and personnel training. WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY PROTOCOLS WHICH ADDRESS POTENTIAL AND/OR ACTUAL RISK OF EXPOSURE TO SITE SPECIFIC HAZARDS ARE SOLELY THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. The Department, as Generator, will provide an authorized representative to sign all manifests and waste profile documentation required by disposal facilities for disposal of hazardous materials.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

GENERAL

The Sections which shall be reviewed by the Contractor include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Item No. 0020765A – Guano Abatement • Item No. 0020905A – Lead Compliance for Abrasive Blast Cleaning & Miscellaneous

Tasks • Item No. 0603223A – Disposal of CRW Lead Debris from Abrasive Blast Cleaning • Item No. 0101143A – Handling and Disposal of Regulated Items

The Contractor is alerted to the fact that a Department environmental consultant may be on site for abatement and related activities, to collect environmental samples (if necessary), and to observe site conditions for the State. Information pertaining to the results of the limited hazardous materials investigation discussed can be found in the document listed below. This document shall be available for review electronically.

• HazMat Inspection Letter, Bridge No. 03819, Goldstar Bridge, I-95 NB over Thames River, New London, CT, October 31, 2017.

• HazMat Inspection Letter, Northbound Side of Gold Star Memorial Bridge (Bridge No. 03819), New London, CT, May 12, 2014.

11/22/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – EXISTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND DIMENSIONS Dimensions of the existing structure shown on these plans have been taken from the original shop drawings and design plans. Shop drawings from the original bridge construction project and subsequent bridge rehabilitation projects have been included in various plan subsets for the Contractors reference and use to aid in the development of shop drawings for this project. The Contractor shall supplement existing shop drawing information by taking field measurements if determined to be required, to ensure proper fabrication of new material and fit of the finished work. The Contractor shall take all necessary field dimensions to ensure proper fabrication and fit of proposed work, for locations where shop drawings of existing conditions have not been provided due to their being unavailable. When shop drawings based on field dimensions are submitted for approval, the field measurements shall also be submitted for reference by the reviewer.

Rev. Date 6/21/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – USE OF STATE POLICE OFFICERS

The Department will reimburse services of State Police Officers as a direct payment to the Department of Emergency Services and Public Protection. Payment for State Police Officers must be approved by the Engineer. Any State Police Officers used by the Contractor for its convenience is the responsibility of the Contractor. A separate payment item for State Police Officers is not included in this Contract. Any costs associated with coordination and scheduling of State Police Officers shall be included in the lump sum bid price for Item No. 0971001A – Maintenance and Protection of Traffic.

11/22/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – STRUCTURE SITE NUMBERS Structure site numbers for superstructure strengthening and rehabilitation are as follows: Site No. Description

Site No. 1 Spans 6-21: Girders and Strut Column Strengthening & Rehabilitation Site No. 2 Spans 22-32: Truss Member Strengthening & Rehabilitation Site No. 3 Spans 33-36 & 34B-36B: Girder Strengthening & Rehabilitation Site No. 4 Spans 22-32: Truss Gusset Plate Strengthening & Rehabilitation Site No. 5 Spans 21-33: Lateral Bracing Systems Strengthening & Rehabilitation Site No. 6 Piers 21, 25, 28 and 32: Truss Ends Strengthening for Jacking of Superstructure

Rev. 7/14/17

GENERAL

NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR DIGITAL SUBMISSIONS Upon execution of the Contract, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that contractual submittals for this Project shall be submitted and handled through a system of paperless electronic means as outlined in the special provision for Section 1.05 herein. Shop drawings, working drawings, and product data shall be created, digitally signed and delivered by the Contractor in accordance with the Department’s Contractor Digital Submission Manual (CDSM). The Department and the Contractor shall use Bentley System’s “ProjectWise Deliverables Management” to deliver and track such submittals. Other deliverables that are required by other special provisions shall be similarly submitted. Access credentials will be provided by the Department. Contact information and routing details, such as email addresses, will also be provided. The Department shall not be held responsible for delays, lack of processing or response to submittals that do not follow the specified guidelines in the CDSM.

http://www.ct.gov/dot/lib/dot/documents/aec/Contractor_Digital_SubmissionManual.pdf


11-17-17

GENERAL

SECTION 1.03 – AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

1.03.07 – Insurance:

Supplement Subarticle 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance, with the following: Additional Insured: In addition to the requirement set forth under Subarticle 15 of this Article, the New London Housing Authority and the Church Towers Partnership must be named as additional insured parties for the Commercial General Liability insurance policy required by this Article. The policy shall waive right of recovery (waiver of subrogation) against the New London Housing Authority and the Church Tower Partnership. 1.03.08—Notice to Proceed and Commencement of Work:

Replace the first paragraph with the following: Commencement of Work: The Contractor shall commence and proceed with the Contract work on the date specified in a written Notice to Proceed issued by the Engineer to the Contractor. The date specified will be no later than 45 calendar days after the date of the execution of the Contract by the Department.

Rev. 7/14/17

GENERAL

SECTION 1.05 - CONTROL OF THE WORK

Replace Article 1.05.02 with the following: 1.05.02—Contractor Submittals, Working Drawings, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Submittal Preparation and Processing - Review Timeframes, Department’s Action: 1. Contractor Submittals: The plans provided by the Department show the details necessary to give a comprehensive idea of the construction contemplated under the Contract. The plans will generally show the location, character, dimensions, and details necessary to complete the Project. If the plans do not show complete details, they will show the necessary dimensions and details, which when used along with the other Contract documents, will enable the Contractor to prepare working drawings, shop drawings or product data necessary to complete the Project. The Contractor shall prepare submittals as Portable Document Format (PDF) files. The Contractor is also required to acquire, maintain access and use the Department’s document management system for delivery of submittals. The format, digital signing requirements, delivery processes and document tracking procedures shall be performed in accordance with this specification and the Contractor’s Digital Submission Manual (CDSM). The submittals shall be sent to the Department’s reviewer(s), sufficiently in advance of the work detailed, to allow for their review in accordance with the review periods as specified herein (including any necessary revisions, resubmittal, and final review), and acquisition of materials, without causing a delay of the Project. 2. Working Drawings: When required by the Contract or when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the working drawings, signed, sealed and dated by a qualified Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Connecticut, for review. The drawings shall be delivered sufficiently in advance of the work detailed, to allow for their review in accordance with the review periods specified herein (including any necessary revisions, resubmittal, and final review). There will be no direct payment for furnishing any working drawings, procedures or supporting calculations, but the cost thereof shall be considered as included in the general cost of the work. The Contractor shall supply to the Assistant District Engineer a certificate of insurance in accordance with 1.03.07 at the time that the working drawings for the Project are submitted. The Contractor’s designer, who prepares the working drawings, shall secure and maintain at no direct cost to the State a Professional Liability Insurance Policy for errors and omissions in the minimum amount of $2,000,000 per error or omission. The Contractor’s designer may elect to obtain a policy containing a maximum $250,000 deductible clause, but if the Contractor’s designer should obtain a policy containing such a clause, they shall be liable to the extent of at least the deductible amount. The Contractor’s designer shall obtain the appropriate and proper


Rev. 7/14/17

GENERAL

endorsement of its Professional Liability Policy to cover the indemnification clause in this Contract, as the same relates to negligent acts, errors or omissions in the Project work performed by them. The Contractor’s designer shall continue this liability insurance coverage for a period of

(i) 3 years from the date of acceptance of the work by the Engineer, as evidenced by a State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation form entitled "Certificate of Acceptance of Work," issued to the Contractor; or

(ii) 3 years after the termination of the Contract, whichever is earlier, subject to the continued commercial availability of such insurance.

3. Shop Drawings: When required by the Contract, or when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver shop drawings to the Designer for review. Review timeframes and submission locations are as specified herein. There will be no direct payment for furnishing any shop drawings, but the cost thereof shall be considered as included in the general cost of the work. 4. Product Data: When required by the Contract, or when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver product data. The Contractor shall submit the product data in a single submittal for each element or group of elements of construction. The Contractor shall mark each copy of the product data submittal to show applicable choices and options. Where product data includes information on several products that are not required, copies shall be marked to indicate the applicable information. Product data shall include the following information and confirmation of conformance with the Contract to the extent applicable: manufacturer’s printed recommendations, compliance with recognized trade association standards, compliance with recognized testing agency standards, application of testing agency labels and seals, notation of coordination requirements, Contract item number, and any other information required by the individual Contract provisions. There will be no direct payment for furnishing any product data, but the cost thereof shall be considered as included in the general cost of the work. 5. Submittal Preparation and Processing – Review Timeframes: The Contractor shall allow 30 calendar days for submittal review by the Department, from the date receipt is acknowledged by the Department’s reviewer. For any submittals marked with “Revise and Resubmit” or “Rejected,” the Department is allowed an additional 20 calendar days for review of any resubmissions. An extension of Contract time will not be authorized due to the Contractor’s failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the work to permit processing. The furnishing of shop drawings, working drawings or product data, or any comments or

Rev. 7/14/17

GENERAL

suggestions by the Designer or Engineer concerning shop drawings, working drawings or product data, shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibility for claims by the State or by third parties, as per 1.07.10. The furnishing of the shop drawings, working drawings and product data shall not serve to relieve the Contractor of any part of its responsibility for the safety or the successful completion of the Project construction. 6. Department’s Action: The Designer or Engineer will review each submittal, mark each with a self-explanatory action stamp, and return the stamped submittal promptly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not proceed with the part of the Project covered by the submittal until the submittal is marked “No Exceptions Noted” or “Exceptions as Noted” by the Designer or Engineer. The Contractor shall retain sole responsibility for compliance with all Contract requirements. The stamp will be marked as follows to indicate the action taken: a. If submittals are marked “No Exceptions Noted,” the Designer or Engineer has not observed

any statement or feature that appears to deviate from the Contract requirements. This disposition is contingent on being able to execute any manufacturer’s written warranty in compliance with the Contract provisions.

b. If submittals are marked “Exceptions as Noted” the considerations or changes noted by the Department’s Action are necessary for the submittal to comply with Contract requirements. The Contractor shall review the required changes and inform the Designer or Engineer if they feel the changes violate a provision of the Contract or would lessen the warranty coverage.

c. If submittals are marked “Revise and Resubmit,” the Contractor shall revise the submittals to address the deficiencies or provide additional information as noted by the Designer or Engineer. The Contractor shall allow an additional review period as specified in 1.05.02-5.

d. If submittals are marked “Rejected,” the Contractor shall prepare and submit a new submittal in accordance with the Designer’s or Engineer’s notations. The resubmissions require an additional review and determination by the Designer or Engineer. The Contractor shall allow an additional review period as specified in 1.05.02-5.

GENERAL

SECTION 1.05 – CONTROL OF THE WORK

1.05.06—Cooperation with Utilities (Including Railroads):

Supplement with the following:

The Contract shall coordinate with Genesee and Wyoming, Inc., (G&W) and their subsidiaries New England Central Railroad (NECR) and Providence and Worcester Railroad Company (P&W), and shall comply with their rules and regulations when working within their railroad right-of-ways. Supplemental Information: The “Genesee and Wyoming Contractor Safety Rules” and “Providence and Worcester Insurance Requirements” documents are included herewith as follows.

CCOONNTTRRAACCTTOORR SSAAFFEETTYY

RRUULLEESS

Issued to all North American Subsidiaries of

Genesee & Wyoming Inc.

Effective April 1, 2002 Revised Dec. 31, 2006

GENESEE & WYOMING INC. CONTRACTOR SAFETY RULES

Revised Dec. 31, 2006

Index:

Index: .............................................................................................................................................................................1 Introduction:..................................................................................................................................................................2 Contractor Responsibilities: ..........................................................................................................................................2 Definitions: ....................................................................................................................................................................3 1. Accident/Injury Requirements: ..................................................................................................................................4 2. Personal Protective Equipment: ...............................................................................................................................4

a. Safety Footwear: ....................................................................................................................................................4 b. Eye Protection requirements:.................................................................................................................................4 c. Hearing Protection: ................................................................................................................................................4 d. Respiratory Protection ...........................................................................................................................................4 e. Protective Clothing ................................................................................................................................................4 f. High-visibility Workwear.......................................................................................................................................4

3. Working On Equipment: ............................................................................................................................................5 4. Keep Clear of Suspended Loads or Cables/Chains under tension: ...........................................................................5 5. Keeping Clear of Electrical Wires: ...........................................................................................................................5 6. Working With Tools: .................................................................................................................................................5 7. Working Around On-Track Equipment: ....................................................................................................................5 8. Avoiding Potential Hazards: .....................................................................................................................................5 9. Crossing Tracks:........................................................................................................................................................6 10. Working Near Moving Trains:.................................................................................................................................6 11. Working Near Standing Railroad Equipment:.........................................................................................................6 12. Working In or Near Tunnels – On Bridges or Trestles: ..........................................................................................6 13. Action to take if Safe Passage of a train is at risk: ..................................................................................................6 14. Protection When Fouling or Working on a Track: ..................................................................................................7 15. Returning Track to Service: .....................................................................................................................................7 16. Interlocking Switches within Work Area: ................................................................................................................7 17. Flag Protection is Required When: .........................................................................................................................7 18. Fouling Track ..........................................................................................................................................................7

a. Action Required Prior to Issuance: .......................................................................................................................7 b. Permission to Foul a Track: ..................................................................................................................................8 c. Clearing Fouled Track. .........................................................................................................................................8

19. Safety Precautions: When working in yards and on tracks: ....................................................................................8 20. Employee In Charge: ...............................................................................................................................................8 21. Watchmen: ...............................................................................................................................................................9 22. Clearing Controlled Track: .....................................................................................................................................9 23. Working On Non-Controlled Industrial and Yard Tracks .....................................................................................10 24. Working Around Self Propelled Equipment: .........................................................................................................10 25. Roadway Maintenance Machine Operators ..........................................................................................................10



Introduction: These rules apply to contractors performing maintenance, repair or specialty work on or about railroad property; on other properties the railroad is responsible for and/or on property directly adjacent to the railroad track.

They do not apply to contractors providing incidental services that do not influence safety, such as janitorial services, food & drink services, laundry, or other supply services.

Contractor Responsibilities:

1. All contractor employees must be trained in the work practices necessary to safely perform his or her job.

2. Document that each contractor employee has received and understands the purpose

of the Genesee & Wyoming Inc. Contractor Safety Rules.

• The contractor must prepare a record, which contains the identity of the contractor employee, the date of the training and means used to verify that the employee understood the training.

3. Ensures that each contractor employee follows the railroad’s safety rules and

procedures.

4. The contractor must advise the railroad of any hazards presented by the contractor’s work when they occur.

5. Unless otherwise provided in the contract, the contractor is responsible for restoring

ballast, filling holes created when replacing ties and removing all debris generated as a result of the work that is being performed. Permanent or temporary safety precautions must be in place each day prior to the contractor leaving the worksite. These safety precautions are the responsibility of the contractor when providing hazard protection.

6. All applicable transportation department rules apply to contractors when rail cars are

involved in the project i.e. (Riding on equipment, 3 Points of Contact, 3 Step Protection, Getting on or off equipment.)

7. All pertinent railroad safety rules and regional procedures must be reviewed prior to

the commencement of work on railroad property.

8. All contractor employee injuries and all railroad property damaged by the contractor must be reported to the regional railroad’s claims office and the Genesee & Wyoming Inc. claims office located in Rochester, NY at (716) 463-3406. All reports must be completed in accordance to FRA Reporting requirements.



Definitions:

Flagman: An employee designated to direct or restrict the movement of trains at a point on track to provide on-track protection for Roadway Workers. This employee must be qualified on the railroad’s operating rules, roadway worker safety; and may not perform any other duties.

Foul Time: A method of establishing working limits through exclusive use of the track in which notification is given and recorded by the train dispatcher or block operator to an employee that no trains will operate within a specific segment of controlled track during a specific time period, and the required blocking devices have been placed on the control machine to protect the track fouled. Foul time must remain in effect until the employee to whom the foul time was issued has reported clear of the track.

Fouling A Track: The location of an individual or equipment in such proximity to a track that the individual or equipment could be struck by a moving train or on-track equipment, or whenever an individual or equipment is within four (4) feet of the field side of the near running rail.

Inaccessible Track: A method of establishing working limits on non-controlled track by preventing access to the working limits.

Lone Worker: An individual employee who is not being afforded On-Track Protection by another employee, who is not a member of a gang, and is not engaged in a common task with another employee.

Restricted Speed: Prepared to stop within one-half the range of vision-short of a train, obstruction, or switch improperly lined. Be on the lookout for broken rail.

Roadway Maintenance Machine: Powered equipment, other than by hand, which is being used on or near the track for maintenance, repair, construction or inspection of track; bridges; roadway; or signal, communication, or electric traction systems. These machines may have road or rail wheels or may be stationary.

Roadway Maintenance Work Train: A train that is being operated within working limits in conjunction with roadway maintenance, construction or repairs, under the direction of a designated employee in charge.

Roadway Worker: An employee, or employee of a contractor whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance or repair of track, bridges, roadway, signal and communication systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen affording on track protection.

Track Centers: The distance from the centerline of one track to the centerline of an adjacent track.

Gage: The distance (4 ft. 8 1/2 inches) between track rails.

Clear of Tracks: Minimum clearance of at least four feet outside the rail of all tracks, and not between main tracks.

Blue Flag Protection: A method of providing protection for people who work on, under, or between railroad rolling stock; freight cars, locomotives, etc.



1. Accident/Injury Requirements: The contractor is required to have an employee qualified to give first aid. If a contractor employee is injured while working on railroad property, he or she should be given first aid at once. Medical assistance should be obtained as soon as possible if further care is needed. 2. Personal Protective Equipment:

a. Safety Footwear: • Employees whose duties require them to work on or about tracks or equipment are

required to wear leather laced type shoes that cover the entire foot. These shoes must be at least six inches high, and have safety toes, must have a defined heel of not more than 1 ¼ inches in height and must have oil resistant soles.

• Shoes that are excessively worn or, do not provide ankle support, have thin, loose or smooth soles must not be worn.

b. Eye Protection requirements: • Safety glasses must be worn at all times while on railroad property. Protect your

vision by wearing safety eyewear with side shields that are clean and properly fitted. • If you wear corrective lenses, you must wear either approved prescription safety

glasses with side shields or cover-all type goggles over your personal glasses: • Do not face welding, heating, or grinding operations unless you are wearing

appropriate eye protection. • If you are performing work near electric (arc) welding or cutting operations, wear a

welding helmet. If a welding helmet is not available, move a safe distance from the operation.

c. Hearing Protection: • Wear hearing protection when you are welding, cutting, or exposed to flying sparks

from these operations. Sparks from welding or cutting can burn your inner ear. • Wear hearing protection when working in high noise areas in accordance with the

railroad’s hearing conservation policy, hereby attached. d. Respiratory Protection

• Wear respiratory protection when you are exposed to fumes, dust, mist, or vapor. e. Protective Clothing

• Wear protective gloves and clothing when you are handling or working on a wet cell battery, handling, pouring, or using acids, toxic substances, or solvents or, handling creosote materials.

f. High-visibility Workwear All contractors are required to wear approved high-visibility workwear when they are on duty or on the Company property. Such high-visibility workwear must be worn as the outermost layer of clothing. i. High-visibility workwear must be approved by the Regional Director of Safety and may

consist of a vest, coveralls, T-shirt or other clothing of the prescribed color (yellow/green or orange) equipped with reflective striping as follows: a horizontal band around the waist, two vertical bands and/or an “X” on the back, and two vertical bands in front from the waist to the top of the shoulders. Stripes must be of silver or yellow reflective material and be at least 2 inches (5 cm) in width.

ii. Vests must be properly sized and constructed with tear-away features as approved by the Regional Director of Safety.



iii. Defective, damaged or lost workwear must be reported immediately to your

supervisor and replaced before reporting for duty. iv. Exceptions:

(a.) High-visibility workwear is not required when you are in these locations: • Lunchroom; • Locker room; • Inside vehicles; • Inside railway passenger cars; • Inside locomotive cabs; or • Offices.

(b.) When employees are working on locomotives or other equipment inside shop buildings, high-visibility workwear is recommended. All employees working outside of shop buildings require approved high-visibility workwear.

(c.) Accommodations for unusual conditions will be at the discretion of the Regional Director of Safety.

3. Working On Equipment:

Do not operate or ride on any equipment unless it is in the performance of your duties and you have been properly authorized to do so. Do not jump from equipment, platforms, or other elevated places. Use steps or a ladder.

4. Keep Clear of Suspended Loads or Cables/Chains under tension:

a. Keep clear of suspended loads.

b. Stand clear when chains, cables or other tackle in under tension. 5. Keeping Clear of Electrical Wires:

Keep at least 12 feet away from a dangling wire or any object that may be in contact with an electrical current. Keep others away until qualified personnel are notified and take charge.

NOTE: Qualified personnel are employees or contractors who have been trained or qualified to

work with electricity. 6. Working With Tools:

a. Do not modify tools.

b. Before you use any tool, examine it for defects. Report any defects to your immediate supervisor.

c. Defective tools must not be used. 7. Working Around On-Track Equipment:

Expect locomotives, cars and track maintenance equipment to move on any track, in either direction, at any time. Therefore, employees must look in both directions before crossing tracks.

8. Avoiding Potential Hazards:

Example: Employees should avoid walking, stepping, resting foot on or sitting on rails, frogs, switches, guardrails, pipe or interlocking apparatus or connections.



9. Crossing Tracks:

Employees must not cross tracks closer than 50 feet from standing locomotives and cars. 10. Working Near Moving Trains:

a. Employees should never carry objects on their shoulders when they are near moving trains.

b. Employees should not cross in front of moving trains or equipment.

c. Placement of Material Near Tracks.

• Employees should place toolboxes, test equipment and other objects not less than 25 feet from the nearest track. Place all lid apparatus so that lid will open toward track and be secured in place.

• When performing work near tracks, arrange all tools, material, equipment or other objects so that a moving train or equipment will not strike them.

11. Working Near Standing Railroad Equipment:

Employees should keep themselves and material clear of and never lean against, sit on, or otherwise rest on standing railroad equipment.

12. Working In or Near Tunnels – On Bridges or Trestles:

a. Employees must move to a safe location when a train or equipment moves past their work location in tunnel or on bridges, trestles or overpasses.

b. Employees working in tunnels must be protected by railroad watchmen and must occupy safety manholes when a train approaches. Employees must secure loose clothing and maintain handhold if possible until train has passed.

c. Walking in tunnels or on bridges, trestles and overpasses should be avoided whenever possible.

• When an employee must walk through a tunnel or across a bridge, trestle or overpass the employee must look both ways and confirm with railroad personnel that they are properly protected and that he or she can safely complete the walk through the tunnel or across the bridge, trestle or overpass before any moving rail equipment passes through the tunnel or over that bridge, trestle or overpass.

• Extra care must be taken when crossing open floor bridges or trestles. 13. Action to take if Safe Passage of a train is at risk:

If an event occurs that would interfere with the safe passage of trains, the employee must take immediate action to stop trains by radio communication to trains or the person in charge of the track. If protection cannot be immediately ensured, or if communications fail, flag protection must be immediately provided as prescribed by the railroad’s rules.



14. Protection When Fouling or Working on a Track:

a. Trains must be fully protected against any known condition that may interfere with their safe passage.

b. If work on or adjacent to a track will create a condition interfering with the safe passage of trains, that work must not be attempted without permission of the employee in charge of the track.

c. On Main Tracks or where Interlocking rules are in effect, protection is required in accordance with railroad operating and safety rules.

15. Returning Track to Service:

When track is to be returned to service, the employee in charge must take the following actions:

a. Notify the Dispatcher or railroad supervisor responsible for the safety of the track of any restrictions necessary for the safe passage of trains.

b. Ascertain that all track cars and trains are clear of the track, and notify the Dispatcher or railroad supervisor responsible for the safety of the track that they are clear.

c. An employee designated by the railroad must inspect the track prior to operating trains. 16. Interlocking Switches within Work Area:

Dispatchers controlling interlocking switches within the Work Area must line such switches for movements within the Work Area and must apply blocking devices to the controls of those switches. These blocking devices must not be removed without permission of the employee in charge of the Work Area. This requirement does not relieve employees operating within the Work Area from complying with interlocking signal indications.

17. Flag Protection is Required When:

a. Work is being performed by others not hired by railroad and the work is being performed on railroad property or adjacent to railroad right of way.

b. Work is being performed by entities hired by the railroad and the work is being performed within 25ft from the center the track.

18. Fouling Track

Whenever fouling track, the following procedures will apply:

a. Action Required Prior to Issuance: Before fouling a track, the employee in charge must determine that no trains have been authorized to move in the direction of the point to be fouled, and must ensure that Stop Signals have been displayed and blocking devices applied by the dispatcher to controls of Switches and signals leading to the affected track to be protected.



b. Permission to Foul a Track: Permission to foul a track must include the following information:

1. Designation of track to be fouled

2. Location of fouling (mile posts)

3. Time limit for fouling (beginning time and ending time) Permission must be repeated by the receiving employee and confirmed by the Dispatcher or railroad supervisor responsible for track safety before it is acted upon.

c. Clearing Fouled Track.

1. Stop all equipment and vehicles on the right of way while the train is passing

2. Stay clear until you are notified that it is safe to resume work 19. Safety Precautions: When working in yards and on tracks:

a. Keep at least 50 feet from passing trains and equipment, if possible. Face the direction from which the train is approaching. Watch for projecting, dragging, or falling objects.

b. Do not perform work that will interfere with the safe passage of trains.

c. Inspect all passing trains to detect a dangerous condition.

d. Cross tracks at least 50 feet from standing locomotives or cars.

e. Do not cross between cars standing less than 50 ft. apart.

f. Give hand signals for movement of work train or wreck train only if you are a member of the train crew. EXCEPTION: Emergency stop signals may be given by anyone

20. Employee In Charge:

The employee in charge is responsible for taking charge of the work performed by assembled gangs and arranging protection for the gangs.

The employee in charge is responsible for the safety, instruction, and performance of all employees under his or her jurisdiction.

The employee in charge advises the foremen of the assembled gangs how each of them will protect the safety of the employees under their direction.

The employee in charge is also responsible for:

a. Ensuring that employees comply with all applicable rules.

Take the track out of service, or get verbal permission to temporarily foul the track according to operating rules.

b. If employees are too scattered to hear the watchman's warning whistle or horn, assign advance (additional) watchmen as needed.

c. If bad weather limits visibility, use additional protective measures as needed.



21. Watchmen:

Responsibilities:

The employee in charge assigns watchmen to watch for approaching trains and warn employees to clear the tracks. If a watchman has not been assigned, the employee in charge acts as a watchman.

Follow these precautions if you have been assigned as a watchman:

a. Give your full attention to watching for trains and warning employees.

b. Do not perform any other duties, even momentarily.

c. If you do not have a full view of trains approaching in either direction, or if you cannot give your full attention to your duties as watchman, signal employees to clear the tracks.

d. Do not leave your station until the employee in charge determines that protection is no longer necessary, or the employee in charge has assigned another watchman who is in position and watching for approaching trains.

Watchman Duties:

Watchmen are responsible for watching for approaching trains and signaling employees to clear the tracks. If a watchman has not been assigned, the employee in charge acts as a watchman. A watchman’s duty is to watch. Follow these procedures when you are performing the duties of a watchman:

When a train approaches from either direction, warn employees in time for them to clear track at least 15 seconds before the train approaches the point of work.

NOTE: You may need to give additional warnings around noisy operations.

Example: Sounding a whistle or blowing a horn. 22. Clearing Controlled Track:

Follow this procedure for clearing on a Controlled Track, which is any track shown in the timetable as being under the control of a Dispatcher or Block Operator.

a. Clear all tracks, if possible, keeping at least 50 feet from passing trains and equipment.

b. If you cannot clear all tracks;

• Clear the track on which the train is approaching and the adjacent tracks.

• Watch for trains in both directions and determine the track on which other trains will approach. Clear enough tracks so that you will not be trapped.

c. If you are operating equipment within the gage of the track adjacent to the track being cleared, dismount the equipment and clear the track.



23. Working On Non-Controlled Industrial and Yard Tracks

Follow these procedures when working on and clearing Non-Controlled Track (Industrial, Yard, or any other track not controlled by a Dispatcher:

Make the working limits inaccessible to trains, engines or other on track equipment using one of the following procedures:

1. A switch lined and effectively secured in one of the following ways:

• With a private lock on switches that will accommodate them.

• Properly secured switch point clamp.

• Driven spikes or wedges that require special tools to remove them.

2. Portable derail with flag. 24. Working Around Self Propelled Equipment:

Follow these safety precautions when working on or around self-propelled equipment:

a. Use the handrail when getting on, riding on, and getting off equipment. Maintain three points of contact.

b. Do not get on or off moving equipment.

c. When working near or observing equipment:

1. Perform a Job Safety Briefing and communicate with the operator of the equipment to cover the following:

• Operating procedures.

• Location of employees working around equipment.

• Operator blind spots.

• Signal to warn that equipment will move.

2. When your duties require you to be around the equipment, you must maintain a 50- foot safe area from the equipment.

3. If your duties require you to be within the 50-foot safe area of the equipment, perform those duties from the location established in your communication with the operator.

25. Roadway Maintenance Machine Operators

Follow these precautions when operating self propelled equipment:

a. Communicate with employees in the vicinity of the equipment and cover;

• Normal operating procedures including operator's blind spots.

• Test the brakes immediately after starting.

• Do not allow anyone to distract you or interfere with your duties.

• Constantly look out for obstructions or unsafe conditions in the direction you are moving.

• If you cannot see ahead or behind, designate another employee to keep a lookout

for you.



This page left blank intentionally

(REV. 10/23/2013

94-252

PROVIDENCE AND WORCESTER RAILROAD COMPANY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Each policy of insurance must be satisfactory to Providence and Worcester Railroad Company (“P&W”), the said policies to be taken out in the name of Contractor, and naming P&W as additional insured, with such insurer(s) as is satisfactory to P&W from time to time and, in any event, with a rating by A.M. Best Company of not less than A- at the time of issuance of any certificate and from time to time thereafter.

A. General Liability Insurance:

On all work to be done, the Contractor or subcontractors engaged in the work shall

take out before work is commenced, and keep in effect until the work is completed and accepted, the following type of liability insurance, in addition to any other forms of insurance or bonds required under the terms of the contract specification.

a. Contractor's Comprehensive Public Liability and Property Damage Liability

Insurance.

The Contractor shall furnish evidence to the P&W, that with respect to the operations he/she performs, he/she carries regular Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (Railroad Protective Liability Insurance) providing for limits of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000) dollars combined single limit for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of one or more persons in any one occurrence and for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property in any one occurrence. Said policy shall contain an endorsement indicating that all railroad exclusions have been removed from said policy. Said policy shall name P&W as an additional insured party.

If any part of the work is sublet, similar insurance shall be provided by or in behalf

of the subcontractors to cover their operations.

The insurance company shall agree to investigate and defend all claims and suits against the Insured for the damages covered, even if groundless, until the insurance company shall elect to effect settlement.

The cost of such insurance shall be distributed over the various prices submitted in

the Proposal.

Certificate of Insurance (2 copies) shall be furnished prior to award of contract and attached to copies of the contract when executed. A copy of the policy together with all endorsements shall be delivered to P&W.

(REV. 10/23/2013

94-252

The Contractor shall not cause any policy to be cancelled or permit them to lapse and the policy shall not be subject to cancellation or a reduction in the required limits of liability or amounts of insurance until written notice has been mailed by registered mail to P&W stating when, not less than thirty (30) days thereafter, such cancellation or reduction shall be effective. The protection shall be renewed before further work will be permitted at the site by the Contractor.

B. Railroad Protective Liability Insurance (To be required where no endorsement removing railroad exclusion is available):

Railroad Protective Liability Insurance shall conform to the Standard Provisions for

General Liability Policies, Railroad Protective Liability Form (State or Federal Highway Projects). These provisions may not be amended and no part may be omitted. Limits of policies to be $2,000,000 for Bodily Injury per occurrence and $2,000,000 Property Damage per occurrence, covering the work of the Contractor and all subcontractors.

A Railroad Protective Liability Policy shall be issued with the name of the insured

being the Providence and Worcester Railroad Company (“P&W”). Such a policy shall be furnished by the Contractor covering his own employees as well as those of all subcontractors and those employees of P&W having occasion to work at the project site.

Railroad Protective Liability Insurance Policy must be endorsed to the effect that for

the purpose of this insurance, the employees of P&W as listed below shall be considered the same as regular employees of the Contractor.

a. Any watchman, flagman, inspector, engineer, maintenance of way employee or

similar employee who is employed by P&W and is specifically assigned or furnished by P&W for work in connection with the project.

b. Any employee of P&W while operating the work trains or other equipment

assigned to the project by P&W and while engaged in the performance of work directly chargeable to the Contractor.

The original of this policy shall be sent to Bernard A. Cartier, Director of

Engineering, Providence and Worcester Railroad Company, 75 Hammond Street, Worcester, MA 01610.

The Contractor shall not cause any policy to be cancelled or permit them to lapse

and the policy shall not be subject to cancellation or a reduction in the required limits of liability or amounts insurance until written notice has been mailed by registered mail to P&W stating when, not less than thirty (30) days thereafter, such cancellation or reduction shall be effective.

(REV. 10/23/2013

94-252

Equipment of the Contractor to be used adjacent to tracks shall be in first-class condition, so as to fully prevent any failures that would cause delay in the construction of the project or damage P&W facilities.

Contractor’s equipment shall not be placed or put in operation adjacent to tracks

without first obtaining permission from P&W.

Critical construction operations must be confined to limited periods, determined by P&W, when such work can be accomplished with minimum interference with train schedules. The Contractor shall abide by P&W's schedule.

C. Workman's Compensation Insurance:

The Contractor shall provide adequate Workman's Compensation Insurance for all

employed on the project who may come within the protection of such laws. Said insurance shall be written with such company as may be acceptable to P&W and the policy shall be submitted to P&W for examination. Satisfactory certificates of said insurance shall be filed with P&W prior to the commencement of operations by the Contractor. The Contractor will be charged with the responsibility for proper and adequate Workman's Compensation coverage for all his subcontractor operations, and in the event the Contractor's policy does not cover each and every subcontractor, certificates of insurance issued on policies by companies that may be acceptable to the P&W covering each and every subcontractor shall be filed with P&W prior to the commencement of such subcontract operations.

D. Automobile Liability Insurance

The Contractor shall provide Automobile Liability Insurance, with coverage in the

amount of $5,000,000.00 for all automobiles including, without limitation, owned, hired, and non-owned automobiles, with evidence on the certificate of insurance that the MCS- 90 endorsement is included.

E. Certificates of Insurance:

The attached Certificate of Insurance (Page 4) must be completed and signed by an

authorized representative of the broker and submitted along with the customary insurance certificates to insure compliance with the above requirements.

(REV. 10/23/2013

94-252

CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Date of issue:

Broker (Producer): Name:

Address: Phone Number:

Insured: Name:

Address: Phone Number:

This is to certify that policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the named insured for the policy period indicated.

Company and Policy Type of Insurance Liability Limit Policy Number Period

Comprehensive General Liability $5 Million per With all railroad exclusions occurrence removed from contractual (BI/PD) liability provisions of policy.

Broad Form (RIMA/ISO or AASHTO) Railroad Protective $2 Million per Policy. Insured: Providence and occurrence Worcester Railroad Company (BI/PD)

Workmen' Compensation

Automobile Liability $5 Million per

occurrence Description of Operations:

Certificate Holder: Providence and Worcester Railroad Company, 75 Hammond Street, Worcester, MA. 01610. This certificates holder must be named as an additional insured.

Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof,

this issuing company will mail 30 days prior written notice of such cancellation to the certificate holder.

Authorized Representative By: Title:

11/27/17

GENERAL

SECTION 1.06 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS

1.06.07—Certified Test Reports and Materials Certificates: Certified Test Reports will be required for the following items:

1) Epoxy material for concrete crack repair The following items will require a Materials Certificate:

1) High strength bolts and hardware per ASTM F3125 (bolts) and ASTM F436 (washers).

11-20-17

GENERAL

SECTION 1.07 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.07.05—Load Restrictions

Delete sub-article (b) Storage of Construction Materials/Equipment on Structures, and replace with the following: Bridge Load Restriction: The Contractor is hereby notified that at no time during construction shall materials or equipment be allowed to be stockpiled or stored on the structure, nor shall the bridge be used to off-load materials, to avoid overloading the existing girders and trusses. All materials shall be stored in the approved staging areas.

11-20-17

GENERAL

1.07.07—Safety and Public Convenience (continued):

Add the following:

Historic Old Mill Building: Contractor shall protect and maintain public access to the historic old mill building immediately north of the bridge near Pier 7, and shall perform pre- and post-construction inspection surveys of this structure. See Special Provisions.

1.07.09—Protection and Restoration of Property:

Insert the following after the 1st paragraph: Accessing Private Property: Performing coordination and obtaining written permission to access the following private properties is anticipated to complete contract work for this project. Contractor shall provide 2 weeks advance notice to property owners and leasers for requests to enter or impact their parcels:

Property Owned by Housing Authority of the City of New London

The Contractor may occupy for the purposes of inspection, maintenance and rehabilitation of the bridge, within existing easements, as described below. Storage of materials and equipment on the property shall not be permitted.

The defined easement lines are shown on Drawing No. HWY- 03. The Contractor may operate and work within these easements with prior approval from the Housing Authority of the City of New London and the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the properties on the easement during construction activities. The Contractor shall be continuously present during the work, and shall be able to respond to owners request to move the equipment within 10 minutes of the request. Areas temporarily disturbed by construction activities shall be restored by replacing/resetting fences, seeding/sodding and repairing basketball court as applicable.

The Contractor shall coordinate with the following agency and personnel 2 weeks in advance of parcel impact. The notification shall also include a realistic estimate of the time that the Contractor expects to occupy the easement. Upon notification, the Housing Authority of the City of New London shall plan for and complete the removal of all equipment, materials and other objects and debris within the limits of the work area.

Point of Contact for the advance notification is noted below:

Housing Authority of the City of New London, Connecticut 78 Walden Avenue New London, Connecticut 06320 Attention: Roy Boling (860) 729-5383

11-20-17

GENERAL

[email protected]

Property Owned by Church Towers Partnership


The defined easement lines are shown on Drawing No. HWY- 03. The Contractor may operate and work within these easements with prior approval from Church Towers Partnership and the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the properties on the easement during construction activities. The Contractor shall be continuously present during the work, and shall avoid obstructing access to the overhead door in the northeast corner of the building. Should it be necessary to temporarily obstruct access to the overhead door, Contractor shall be able to respond owners request to move equipment to gain access within 10 minutes of the request.

The notification shall also include a realistic estimate of the time that the Contractor expects to occupy the easement. Upon notification, Church Towers Partnership shall plan for and complete the removal of all equipment, materials and other objects and debris within the limits of the work area.

The contractor shall coordinate with the following agency and personnel 2 weeks in advance of parcel impact. The notification shall also include a realistic estimate of the time that the Contractor expects to occupy the easement. Upon notification, Church Towers Partnership shall plan for and complete the removal of all equipment, materials and other objects and debris within the limits of the work area.

Points of Contact:

Tenant: Facility Manager:

Mr. Stephen Chickos Leidos Mr. Scott Merritt 18 Fourth Street 221 Third Street New London, CT 06320 Newport, RI 02840 860-447-8553 (office) and 916-500-1936 (cell) 401-848-4729 (O) and 401-207-4369 [email protected] [email protected]

800-268-9655 (Helpdesk) Owner:

Mr. Floran Boland Bell Pump Service Company P.O. Box 261567 Hartford, CT 06126-1567 860-525-6678 (office) 860-874-7603 (cell) [email protected]




11-20-17

GENERAL

Property Owned by Providence and Worcester Railroad Company

The contractor shall coordinate with the following agency and personnel:

Point of Contact: Point of Contact:

Mr. Chad Boutet Mr. David Cuthbertson Manager, Bridges AVP, Region Engineering Northeast-Providence and Worcester RR Northeast-Genesee & Wyoming RR 75 Hammond Street 1 Depot Street Worcester, MA, 01610 Palmer, MA 01069 (508) 755-4000 (work) 413-351-1072 (work) [email protected] [email protected]

Accessing State Owned Leased Property: The Contractor shall coordinate with and obtain written permission from the New London DPW to access the following state owned leased property, to perform scheduled construction activity to complete contract work for this project:

Department of Public Works, New London

The contractor shall coordinate with the following agency and personnel 2 weeks in advance of scheduled construction activity:

Point of Contact:

Mr. Brian Sear Interim Director of Public Works Public Works Department 111 Union Street New London, CT 06320 Telephone: (860) 447 5250 [email protected]

1.07.13—Contractor’s Responsibility for Adjacent Property, Facilities and Services:

Supplement the 1st paragraph as follows:

See Article 1.07.05 for bridge load restriction.

See Article 1.07.07 for maintaining access to and protecting historic old mill building.

See Article 1.07.09 for access and use of adjacent private and leased properties.

See Article 1.07.18 for access and use of state property.

1.07.18—Use of State Property:

11-20-17

GENERAL

Add the following:

DEEP Boat Launches: Boat launches exist under the bridge on the New London and Groton sides of the Thames River. Contractor shall maintain access to at least one boat launch at all times, and shall maintain access to both boat launches at all times during 3 summer months from June thru August.

Rev. 6/4/15

GENERAL

SECTION 1.07 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Delete Article 1.07.07 in its entirety and replace it with the following:

1.07.07—Safety and Public Convenience: The Contractor shall conduct the Project work at all times in such a manner as to ensure the least possible obstruction to traffic. In a manner acceptable to the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide for the convenience and interests of the general public; the traveling public; parties residing along or adjacent to the highway or Project Site; and parties owning, occupying or using property adjacent to the Project Site, such as commuters, workers, tenants, lessors and operating agencies. Notwithstanding any other Contract provision, the Contractor shall not close to normal pedestrian or vehicular traffic any section of road, access drive, parking lot, sidewalk, station platform, railroad track, bus stop, runway, taxiway, occupied space within a Site, or occupied space within a building, except with the written permission of the Engineer. All equipment, materials, equipment or material storage areas, and work areas must be placed, located, and used in ways that do not create a hazard to people or property, especially in areas open to public pedestrian or vehicular traffic. All equipment and materials shall be placed or stored in such a way and in such locations as will not create a hazard to the traveling public or reduce sight lines. In an area unprotected by barriers or other means, equipment and materials must not be stored within 30 feet of any traveled way. The Contractor must always erect barriers and warning signs between any of its work or storage areas and any area open to public, pedestrian, or vehicular traffic. Such barriers and signs must comply with all laws and regulations, including any applicable codes. The Contractor must arrange for temporary lighting, snow and ice removal, security against vandalism and theft, and protection against excessive precipitation runoff within its Project work and storage areas, and within other areas specifically designated in the Contract. In addition to meeting the requirements of Section 9.71, the Contractor shall take all precautions necessary and reasonable for the protection of all persons, including, but not limited to, employees of the Contractor or the Department, and for the protection of property, until the Engineer notifies the Contractor in writing that the Project or the pertinent portion of the Project has been completed to the Engineer’s satisfaction. The Contractor shall comply with the safety provisions of applicable laws, including building and construction codes and the latest edition of the CFR. The Contractor must make available for reference in its field office, throughout the duration of the Project, a copy of the latest edition and all supplements of the CFR pertaining to OSHA.

Rev. 6/4/15

GENERAL

The Contractor shall make available to the Contractor’s employees, subcontractors, the Engineer, and the public, all information pursuant to OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.59 and The Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200, and shall also maintain a file on each job site containing all MSDS for products in use at the Project. These MSDS shall be made available to the Engineer upon request. The Contractor shall observe all rules and regulations of the Federal, State, and local health officials. Attention is directed to Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to the worker’s health or safety. Safety Plan: Before starting work on the Project, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a written Safety and Health Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”). The Plan shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements of this Subsection and any applicable State or Federal regulations. The Plan shall apply to any work under the Contract whether such work is performed, by way of example and not limitation, by the Contractor’s forces, subcontractors, suppliers, or fabricators. The Plan shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review before the actual start of work on the Project. Within ten (10) calendar days of receipt, the Engineer will determine whether or not the Plan meets the requirements of this Specification. If the Plan does not meet the requirements of this Specification, it will be returned for revision. Work on the Project may not proceed until the Engineer has accepted the Plan. Nothing herein shall be construed, however, to relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the prosecution of the Project. The Plan shall conform to the following general format:

1. General Introduction. a. Description. The general introduction of the Plan shall include a statement by the

Contractor describing its commitment to maintain a safe work environment for its employees, Department representatives, and the public. Implementation procedures and company policies relative to safety shall be summarized or referenced in the Plan. i. The Plan shall include the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the

Contractor’s Project Manager, Project superintendent and/or its designee for safety oversight, all competent persons, and the traffic control coordinator. Any changes to the safety management and oversight for the Project shall be promptly communicated to all concerned.

ii. The Plan shall provide guidelines for protecting all personnel from hazards associated with Project operations and activities.

Rev. 6/4/15

GENERAL

iii. The Plan shall establish the policies and procedures that are necessary for the Project to be in compliance with the requirements of OSHA and other State and Federal regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, rules, regulations, standards, or guidelines in effect at the time the work is in progress.

b. Responsibility, Identification of Personnel, and Certifications. The Contractor is solely responsible for creating, implementing, and monitoring the Plan. i. The Contractor shall identify and designate on-site supervisory level personnel

who shall be responsible for implementing and monitoring the Plan at all times throughout the duration of the Project and shall have authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate hazards including the ability to stop work activities.

ii. Documentation of training provided to the on-site supervisory level personnel shall be included as part of the Plan.

iii. For any work activities wherein the Contractor has identified a competent person as defined by OSHA, that person shall be capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards and have the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate the hazards, including the ability to stop work activities.

iv. Documentation of the qualifications of such competent persons identified, including any certifications received, shall be included as part of the Plan.

v. The Contractor shall further identify the qualified safety professional responsible for developing the Plan and shall provide that person’s qualifications for developing the Plan which shall include, but not be limited to, education, training, certifications, and experience in developing this type of Plan.

vi. The Plan shall contain a certification executed by the qualified safety professional that developed the Plan, stating that the Plan complies with OSHA and other applicable State and Federal regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, rules, regulations, standards, or guidelines in effect at the time the work is in progress.

2. Elements of the Plan. The Plan shall address, but not be limited to, the following

elements: a. Management Safety Policy and Implementation Statement.

i. The Plan shall describe in detail the means by which the Contractor shall implement and monitor the Plan. Implementation and monitoring shall also mean that the Plan shall be a document with provision for change to update the Plan with new information on a yearly basis at a minimum and shall include new practices or procedures, changing site and environmental conditions, or other situations that could adversely affect site personnel. The Plan shall provide guidelines for protecting all personnel from hazards associated with Project operations and activities.

b. Emergency Telephone Numbers. c. Personnel Responsibilities.

i. Management responsibilities ii. Responsibilities of Supervisor(s)

iii. Site safety officer(s) responsibilities

Rev. 6/4/15

GENERAL

iv. Employee responsibilities v. Competent person(s) as defined by OSHA responsibilities

d. Training. i. Regulatory

ii. Documentation iii. Site hazard assessment -Daily employee awareness of site operations

e. Safety Rules. i. General safety rules

ii. Personal protective equipment iii. Housekeeping

f. Safety Checklists. i. Project safety-planning checklist

ii. Emergency plans and procedures checklist iii. Documentation checklist iv. Protective materials and equipment checklist

g. Traffic Control Coordinator Inspections. i. Responsible person

ii. Frequency iii. Documentation of actions taken

h. Record Keeping. i. OSHA 200 log

i. Reporting. i. Accident(s)

ii. On site iii. Legal notice requirement iv. Public liability v. Property damage

vi. Department of Labor vii. Hazard Communications

j. Additional Procedures for Project Specific Situations as Applicable. i. Compressed gas cylinders

ii. Confined spaces iii. Cranes iv. Crystalline silica (stone, masonry, concrete, and brick dust) v. Electrical

vi. Equipment operators vii. Fall protection

viii. Hand and power tools ix. Hearing conservation x. Highway safety

xi. Lead health and safety plan xii. Lock out/tag out

xiii. Materials handling, storage, use, and disposal xiv. Areas of environmental concern

Rev. 6/4/15

GENERAL

xv. Night work xvi. Personal protective equipment

xvii. Project entry and exit xviii. Respiratory protection

xix. Sanitation xx. Signs, signals, and barricades

xxi. Subcontractors xxii. Trenching

3. Appendix for Environmental Health and Safety Plan (HASP). If environmental

hazards are identified in the Contract, an Environmental HASP shall be included in an appendix to the Plan, or in a separate document. References to any Environmental HASP shall be included within the Plan, where appropriate.

The Plan shall be kept on the site and shall apply and be available to all workers and all other authorized persons entering the work site. Copies of all updates to the Plan shall be promptly supplied to the Engineer. If at any time during the Project the Engineer determines that the Contractor is not complying with the requirements of this provision or the updated Plan, the Contractor shall correct such deficiencies immediately. Failure to remediate such deficiencies may result in suspension of the Contractor’s operations until the deficiencies have been corrected. Suspensions ordered due to safety deficiencies will not be considered compensable or excusable delays. The Contractor is responsible for implementation of the Plan. Pursuant to Article 1.07.10, the Contractor shall indemnify, and save harmless the State from any and all liability related to the Plan in proportion to the extent that the Contractor is held liable for same by an arbiter of competent jurisdiction. The Contractor shall allow onto the Project site any inspector of OSHA or other legally responsible agency involved in safety and health administration upon presentation of proper credentials, without delay and without the presentation of an inspection warrant.

11-20-17

GENERAL

SECTION 1.07 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.07.07—Safety and Public Convenience (continued):

Add the following:

Historic Old Mill Building: Contractor shall protect and maintain public access to the historic old mill building immediately north of the bridge near Pier 7, and shall perform pre- and post-construction inspection surveys of this structure. See Special Provisions.

1.07.09—Protection and Restoration of Property:

Insert the following after the 1st paragraph:

Accessing Private Property: Performing coordination and obtaining written permission is required to access the following private properties to complete contract work for this project. The Contractor shall provide 2 weeks advance notice to property owners and leasers for requests to enter or impact their parcels:

Property Owned by Housing Authority of the City of New London


The defined easement lines are shown on Drawing No. HWY- 03. The Contractor may operate and work within these easements with prior approval from the Housing Authority of the City of New London and the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the properties on the easement during construction activities. The Contractor shall be continuously present during the work, and shall be able to respond to owners request to move the equipment within 10 minutes of the request. Areas temporarily disturbed by construction activities shall be restored by replacing/resetting fences, seeding/sodding and repairing basketball court as applicable.

The Contractor shall coordinate with the following agency and personnel 2 weeks in advance of parcel impact. The notification shall also include a realistic estimate of the time that the Contractor expects to occupy the easement. Upon notification, the Housing Authority of the City of New London shall plan for and complete the removal of all equipment, materials and other objects and debris within the limits of the work area.

Point of Contact for the advance notification and coordination is noted below:

Housing Authority of the City of New London, Connecticut 78 Walden Avenue New London, Connecticut 06320 Attention: Roy Boling (860) 729-5383 [email protected]


11-20-17

GENERAL

Property Owned by Church Towers Partnership


The defined easement lines are shown on Drawing No. HWY- 03. The Contractor may operate and work within these easements with prior approval from Church Towers Partnership and the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the properties on the easement during construction activities. The Contractor shall be continuously present during the work, and shall avoid obstructing access to the overhead door in the northeast corner of the building. Should it be necessary to temporarily obstruct access to the overhead door, Contractor shall be able to respond owners request to move equipment to gain access within 10 minutes of the request.

The notification shall also include a realistic estimate of the time that the Contractor expects to occupy the easement. Upon notification, Church Towers Partnership shall plan for and complete the removal of all equipment, materials and other objects and debris within the limits of the work area.

The contractor shall coordinate with the following agency and personnel 2 weeks in advance of parcel impact. The notification shall also include a realistic estimate of the time that the Contractor expects to occupy the easement. Upon notification, Church Towers Partnership shall plan for and complete the removal of all equipment, materials and other objects and debris within the limits of the work area.

Points of contact for the advance notification and coordination is noted below:

Tenant: Facility Manager: Mr. Stephen Chickos Leidos Mr. Scott Merritt 18 Fourth Street 221 Third Street New London, CT 06320 Newport, RI 02840 860-447-8553 (office) and 916-500-1936 (cell) 401-848-4729 (O) and 401-207-4369 [email protected] [email protected]

800-268-9655 (Helpdesk) Owner: Mr. Floran Boland Bell Pump Service Company P.O. Box 261567 Hartford, CT 06126-1567 860-525-6678 (office) 860-874-7603 (cell) [email protected]

Property Owned by Providence and Worcester Railroad Company (P&W)

Points of contact for the advance notification and coordination with P&W is noted below:

Mr. Chad Boutet Mr. David Cuthbertson Manager, Bridges AVP, Region Engineering Northeast-Providence and Worcester RR Northeast-Genesee & Wyoming RR



11-20-17

GENERAL

75 Hammond Street 1 Depot Street Worcester, MA, 01610 Palmer, MA 01069 (508) 755-4000 (work) 413-351-1072 (work) [email protected] [email protected]

Accessing State Owned Leased Property: Performing coordination and obtaining written permission is required to access the following state owned leased property to complete contract work for this project. The Contractor shall provide 2 weeks advance notice to the following lease holder for requests to enter or impact their parcels:

Department of Public Works, New London

Point of Contact for the advance notification and coordination is noted below:

Mr. Brian Sear Interim Director of Public Works Public Works Department 111 Union Street New London, CT 06320 Telephone: (860) 447 5250 [email protected]

1.07.13—Contractor’s Responsibility for Adjacent Property, Facilities and Services:

Supplement the 1st paragraph as follows:

See Article 1.07.05 for bridge load restriction.

See Article 1.07.07 for maintaining access to and protecting historic old mill building.

See Article 1.07.09 for access and use of adjacent private and leased properties.

See Article 1.07.18 for access and use of state property.

1.07.18—Use of State Property:

Add the following:

DEEP Boat Launches: Boat launches exist under the bridge on the New London and Groton sides of the Thames River. Contractor shall maintain access to at least one boat launch at all times, and shall maintain access to both boat launches at all times during 3 summer months from June thru August.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

GENERAL

SECTION 1.08 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Article 1.08.04 - Limitation of Operations - Add the following: In order to provide for traffic operations as outlined in the Special Provision "Maintenance and Protection of Traffic," the Contractor will not be permitted to perform any work which will interfere with the described traffic operations on all project roadways as follows: Route I-95 (US Route 1)

On the following State observed Legal Holidays: New Year's Day Good Friday, Easter* Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Thanksgiving Day** Christmas Day The following restrictions also apply: On the day before and the day after any of the above Legal Holidays. On the Friday, Saturday, and Sunday immediately preceding any of the above Holidays celebrated on a Monday. On the Saturday, Sunday, and Monday immediately following any of the above Holidays celebrated on a Friday. * From 6:00 a.m. the Thursday before the Holiday to 8:00 p.m. the Monday after the Holiday. ** From 6:00 a.m. the Wednesday before the Holiday to 8:00 p.m. the Monday after the Holiday. All Other Roadways

From 6am to 9am and 3pm to 6pm, Monday through Friday

During all other times

The Contractor shall maintain and protect traffic as shown on the accompanying "Limitation of Operations" charts, which dictate the minimum number of lanes that must remain open for each day of the week. Ramps and Turning Roadways

Monday through Friday between 6:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. & between 3:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

GENERAL

Additional Lane Closed Restrictions

It is anticipated that work on adjacent projects will be ongoing simultaneously with this project. The Contractor shall be aware of those projects and anticipate that coordination will be required to maintain proper traffic flow at all times on all project roadways, in a manner consistent with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor will not be allowed to perform any work that will interfere with traffic operations on a roadway when traffic operations are being restricted on that same roadway, unless there is at least a one-mile clear area length where the entire roadway is open to traffic or the closures have been coordinated and are acceptable to the Engineer. The one-mile clear area length shall be measured from the end of the first work area to the beginning of the signing pattern for the next work area. Amend the 2nd paragraph: delete “7 days” and replace with “14 days”, in first and third sentences. Add the following:

Sailfest: Sailfest is scheduled to be held near the Cross Sound Ferry in New London Connecticut during the summer of each year. It is critical that all lanes and shoulders of the I-95 roadway, local roads and intersecting roadways below the bridge, remain open for the duration of SailFest. No work that will impact the flow of traffic shall occur within the limits of the project, from 6:00 a.m. on the day before the start of the Sailfest to 6:00 am the day after Sailfest ends.

Closure of Local Streets: Contractor shall coordinate with the local municipalities and the Engineer, and provide at least 2 weeks advance notice for any requests to close local streets. Local street closures and short duration detours shall only be permitted when bridge work is required to be performed over active roadways. When work over roadways is completed, the Contractor shall promptly de-mobilize, remove detour and reopen the roadway to traffic.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

GENERAL

Route: I-95 Northbound 2 Lane Section

Lane Drop N/O Exit 70 to Lane Add N/O Exit 82A MP 79.34 – MP 92.68

Hour Beginn-

ing

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mid

1 AM

2 AM

3 AM

4 AM

5 AM

6 AM

7 AM

8 AM

9 AM

10 AM

11 AM

Noon

1 PM

2 PM

3 PM

4 PM

5 PM

6 PM

7 PM

8 PM

9 PM

10 PM

11 PM

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

E E E E E 1 1

E E E E E 1 1

E E E E E 1 1

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

E E E E E 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 2 2 1 2

1 1 1 1 2 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

On Holidays and within Holiday Periods, all Hours shall be ‘E.’

‘E’ = maintain existing traffic operations = all available travel lanes, including exit only lanes, climbing lanes and all available shoulder widths shall be open to traffic during this period

Rev. Date 11/28/17

GENERAL

Route: I-95 Northbound 3 Lane Section

Exit 82A Off Ramp to Exit 83 On Ramp MP 92.68 – MP 93.45

Hour Beginn-

ing

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mid

1 AM

2 AM

3 AM

4 AM

5 AM

6 AM

7 AM

8 AM

9 AM

10 AM

11 AM

Noon

1 PM

2 PM

3 PM

4 PM

5 PM

6 PM

7 PM

8 PM

9 PM

10 PM

11 PM

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 2 2 2 3 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 2 1 1

1 1 1 1 2 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1



Rev. Date 11/28/17

GENERAL

Route: I-95 Northbound

4 Lane Section Exit 83 On Ramp to Exit 86 Off Ramp

MP 93.45 – MP 94.90

Hour Beginn-

ing

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mid

1 AM

2 AM 3 AM

4 AM

5 AM

6 AM

7 AM

8 AM

9 AM

10 AM

11 AM

Noon

1 PM

2 PM

3 PM

4 PM

5 PM

6 PM

7 PM

8 PM

9 PM

10 PM

11 PM

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 1 1

3 3 3 3 3 1 1

3 3 3 3 3 2 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 4 4 4

3 3 3 3 4 4 3

3 3 3 3 4 4 3

3 3 3 3 4 4 3

4 4 4 4 4 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 3 3

4 4 4 4 4 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 3 2 2

2 2 2 2 3 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 2 2 1 1



Rev. Date 11/28/17

GENERAL

Route: I-95 Northbound

3 Lane Section Exit 86 Off Ramp to Lane Drop S/O Exit 89

MP 94-90 – MP 99.20

Hour Beginn-

ing

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mid

1 AM

2 AM

3 AM

4 AM

5 AM

6 AM

7 AM

8 AM

9 AM

10 AM

11 AM

Noon

1 PM

2 PM 3 PM

4 PM

5 PM

6 PM

7 PM

8 PM

9 PM

10 PM

11 PM

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 3

2 2 2 2 2 3 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 2 2 2 3 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 2 2

2 2 2 3 3 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 1 1 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 2 1 2

1 1 1 1 2 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1



Rev. Date 07-25-2017

SECTION 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE In Article 1.10.03-Water Pollution Control: REQUIRED BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES Add the following after Required Best Management Practices Number 13: 14. The peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus) is a State threatened species and Connecticut’s

largest falcon, measuring up to 20 inches. Adults are slate gray above and pale underneath with fine bars and spots of black; they have long pointed wings and a narrow tail. Young falcons have the same composition but are darker underneath and browner all over. Peregrine falcons have adapted to life in urban settings. In Connecticut, they sometimes utilize bridges for nesting and brood rearing purposes. Peregrines will actively and aggressively defend the nest. The peregrine will attack anyone or anything that comes within the area of its nest. The peregrine falcon nesting season occurs between the months of April and July. For this reason, special conditions regarding the timing of work on the structures, and immediate area that have nesting falcons must be adhered to.

In order to protect the specie and project personnel, any construction and/or inspection activities which are within 500 feet of an identified nest shall not be permitted during nesting season (between April 1st and July 31st). Any change in construction sequencing or timing affecting work within 500 feet of a known nest shall not be permitted.

The contractor shall, through the Engineer, at least 10 days prior to the commencement of any construction activities, arrange for a ConnDOT Environmental Inspector from the Office of Environmental Planning (OEP) or their authorized delegate to be available to meet and identify the nest location as well as discuss proper protocol for maintaining environmental commitments made to the protection of these species and habitat.

This species is protected by State laws which prohibit killing, harming, taking or keeping them in your possession. Workers shall be notified of the existence of peregrine falcons in the area and be appraised of the laws protecting them. Photographs of, and the law protecting, peregrine falcons shall be posted in the Contractor’s and DOT field offices (species ID sheets will be provided by the OEP). Any observations of this species are to be immediately reported to the Department.

General

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

ITEM 0020765A GUANO ABATEMENT Description: Work under this item shall include the abatement of accumulations of pigeon, bat, bird or other rodent/animal guano and associated work by persons who are knowledgeable, qualified, and trained in the abatement of guano and the subsequent cleaning of the affected environment. These Specifications govern all work activities that disturb guano. All activities shall be performed in accordance with, but not limited to, the current revision of the OSHA General Duty Clause 29 CFR 1910 Section 5(a)(1), OSHA Respiratory Protection Standard 29 CFR 1910.134, OSHA Construction Standards 29 CFR 1926 and applicable Industry Standards and Guidelines on Guano/Microbial Remediation, such as; ACGIH Bioaerosols: Assessment and Control, OSHA SHIB 03-10-10 A Brief Guide to Mold in the Work Place, and NIOSH Publication 97-146 Histoplasmosis: Protecting Workers at Risk. The guano abatement work shall include the removal and disposal of all guano accumulations as identified on the Contract Plans and Specifications or as directed by the Engineer. Deviations from these Specifications require the written approval of the Engineer. Materials: All materials shall be delivered to the job site in the original packages, containers, or bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer, the brand name and product technical description. No damaged or deteriorating materials shall be used. If material becomes contaminated with guano, the material shall be decontaminated or disposed of as guano waste material. The cost to decontaminate and dispose of this material shall be at the expense of the Contractor. Fire retardant polyethylene sheet shall be in roll size to minimize the frequency of joints, with factory label indicating four (4) or six (6) mil thickness. Six (6) mil polyethylene disposable bags. Tape (or equivalent) capable of sealing joints in adjacent polyethylene sheets and for the attachment of polyethylene sheets to finished or unfinished surfaces must be capable of adhering under both dry and wet conditions. Cleaning detergents, both non-toxic and biodegradable. Spray equipment must be capable of mixing necessary chemical agents with water, generating sufficient pressure and volume; and equipped with adequate hose length to access all necessary work areas.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

Sanders, grinders, wire brushes and needle-gun type removal equipment shall be equipped with a High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum dust collection system. Containers for storage, transportation and disposal of guano waste material shall be impermeable and both air and watertight. Any planking, bracing, shoring, barricades and/or temporary sheet piling, necessary to appropriately perform work activities shall conform to all applicable federal, state and local regulations. Air filtration devices and vacuum units shall be equipped with HEPA filters. Construction Methods: (1) Pre-Abatement Submittals and Notices (a) Fifteen (15) working days prior to the commencement of guano abatement work, the

Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review and acceptance and/or acknowledgment of the following:

1. Documentation dated within the previous twelve (12) months, certifying that all

employees have received hazard communication training and understand the use and limits of respiratory equipment to be used; on an initial and annual basis.

2. Documentation dated within the previous twelve (12) months, from a physician

certifying that all employees who may be exposed to airborne guano and mold spores in excess of background level have been provided with an opportunity to be medically monitored to determine whether they are physically capable of working while wearing the respirator required without suffering adverse health affects. Employees shall also be informed of the specific types of respirators they shall be required to wear and the work he/she will be required to perform as well as special workplace conditions such as high temperature, high humidity and chemical contaminants to which he/she may be exposed.

3. Documentation dated within the previous twelve (12) months, of respiratory fit

testing for all employees who must don a tight-fitting face piece respirator in order to perform guano abatement activities. This fit testing shall be in accordance with qualitative procedures as detailed in 29 CFR 1910.134.

4. Project time schedule for each phase of work.

5. Name and qualifications of the OSHA Competent Person for the guano abatement

activities, shall have a minimum of three years working experience as an environmental abatement site supervisor, shall be capable of identifying existing

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

guano hazards and shall have the authority to implement corrective measures to eliminate such hazards. The OSHA Competent Person shall be on-site at all times guano abatement is occurring, shall comply with applicable Federal, State and Local regulations which mandate work practices, and shall be capable of performing the work of this contract.

(b) No abatement shall commence until a copy of all required submittals have been received

and found acceptable to the Engineer. Those employees added to the Contractor's original list will be allowed to perform work only upon submittal to, and receipt of, all required paperwork by the Engineer.

(2) Guano Abatement Provisions: (a) General Requirements The Abatement Contractor/Subcontractor shall have an OSHA Competent Person on site and in control on the job site at all times during abatement work. All labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, testing, insurance (with specific coverage for work on guano/spores), and incidentals which are necessary or required to perform the work in accordance with applicable governmental regulations, industry standards and codes, and these Specifications shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be prepared to work all shifts and weekends throughout the course of this project as directed by the Engineer. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall perform a visual survey of each work area and review conditions at the site for safety reasons. In addition, the Contractor shall instruct all workers in all aspects of personnel protection, work procedures, emergency evacuation procedures and use of equipment including procedures unique to this project. The Contractor shall:

Shutdown and isolate heating, cooling, and ventilating air systems to prevent contamination and spore dispersal to the other areas of the building.

Shut down and lock out/tag out electrical power, including all receptacles and light fixtures, when feasible. The use or isolation of electrical power will be coordinated with all other ongoing uses of electrical power at the site.

Coordinate all power and fire alarm isolation with the appropriate representatives.

When necessary, provide temporary power and adequate lighting and ensure safe installation of electrical equipment, including ground fault protection and power cables, in compliance with applicable electrical codes and OSHA requirements. The Contractor is responsible for proper connection and installation of electrical wiring.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

If sufficient electrical service is unavailable, the Contractor may need to supply electrical power to the site by fuel operated generator(s). Electrical power supply shall be sufficient for all equipment required for this project in operation throughout the duration of the project. In each interior work area, negative pressure must be continuously maintained until the area achieves satisfactory reoccupancy criteria and is approved by the Project Monitor to be deregulated. If interior work phases cannot be subdivided into manageable work areas that can be completed within one shift, negative air pressure must be maintained twenty-four (24) hours per day and the Contractor shall establish temporary electrical service to the site, rather than utilize generators. Water service may not be available at the site. Contractor shall supply sufficient water for each shift to operate the decontamination shower units as well as to maintain the work areas adequately wet. Ladders and/or scaffolds shall be in compliance with OSHA requirements, and of adequate length, strength and sufficient quantity to support the scope of work. Use of ladders/scaffolds shall be in conformance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L and X requirements. Work performed at heights exceeding six feet (6’) shall be performed in accordance with the OSHA Fall Protection Standard 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M including the use of fall arrest systems as applicable. Any data provided to the Contractor regarding guano accumulations identified throughout the structure(s) is for informational purposes only. Under no circumstances shall this information be the sole means used by the Contractor for determining the presence and location of all guano accumulations. Prior to commencement of work, the Contractor shall verify all field conditions and quantities affecting performance/completion of the work as described in these Specifications in accordance with OSHA, USEPA, USDOT, DEP standards. Compliance with the applicable requirements is solely the responsibility of the Contractor. The Engineer will provide a Project Monitor to oversee the activities of the Contractor. No abatement work shall be performed until the Project Monitor is on-site. Environmental sampling may be conducted as deemed necessary by the Project Monitor. Warning signs shall be posted at each entrance to the work area which clearly indicates the area has been regulated as a MICROBIAL REMEDIATION WORK AREA – AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY. (b) Worker Decontamination Enclosure System The Contractor shall establish contiguous to the Regulated Work Area, a Worker Decontamination Enclosure System consisting of Equipment Room and Clean Room in series, as detailed below. Access to the Regulated Area shall only be through this enclosure.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

Access between rooms in the Worker Decontamination Enclosure System shall be through airlocks. Other effective designs are permissible. The Clean Room and Equipment Room located within the Worker Decontamination Enclosure, shall be contiguously connected with taped airtight edges, thus ensuring the sole source of airflow originates from outside the regulated areas, once a negative pressure differential within Interior Regulated Areas is established. The Clean Room shall be adequately sized to accommodate workers and shall be equipped with a suitable number of hooks, lockers, shelves, etc., for workers to store personal articles and clothing. Changing areas of the Clean Room shall be suitably screened from areas occupied by the public. The Equipment Room shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate the number of workers. The Equipment Room shall be utilized by personnel to remove protective clothing, decontaminate through the use of HEPA vacuums and a wash facility, and clean off sealed waste containers ready for removal from the work area. No worker or other person shall leave a Regulated Area without decontaminating. (c) Containment of Interior Work Areas Pre-clean the work areas using HEPA filtered equipment (vacuum) and/or wet methods as appropriate, collecting and properly containing all dust and debris as guano contaminated waste. Vacuum units, of suitable size and capabilities for the project, shall have HEPA filters capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of all monodispersed particles of three micrometers in diameter or larger. Do not use methods that raise dust, such as dry sweeping or vacuuming with equipment not equipped with HEPA filters. After pre-cleaning, movable objects not designated for relocation by others shall be removed from the work areas with the utmost care to prevent damage of any kind and relocated to a temporary storage location coordinated with the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for protecting all fixed objects that are permanent fixtures or are too large to remove and remain inside the Regulated Area. Fixed objects shall be enclosed with one layer of six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting sealed with tape. Engineering controls must be implemented to ensure that debris is not dispersed outside of the work area during cleaning/removal process. Such controls involve source containment, limited critical barriers, full poly containment enclosures and/or negative pressure enclosures, based on the size and magnitude of contamination, as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with Industry Standards and Guidelines. Critical barriers consisting of a minimum of one (1) layer of six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting, secured at the edges with duct tape, shall be installed to seal off all windows, doorways, skylights, ducts, grilles, diffusers, vents, light fixtures, suspended ceiling tile systems and any other openings between the Regulated Work Areas and the surrounding uncontaminated areas, including the outside of the building. Complete isolation of the work area from adjacent areas

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

using a minimum of one (1) layer of six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting to create an enclosure and seal with duct tape. HVAC systems within the work area cannot be operating. HEPA filtered negative air filtration units will be used with the intake in the general work area and exhaust outdoors during removal/cleaning of large or extensive contamination areas, and/or as directed by the Engineer, so as to provide local exhaust ventilation and create a negative pressure enclosure work area. Negative pressure must be maintained continuously in each work area until the area achieves satisfactory verification criteria and is approved by the Engineer for deregulation. A sufficient number of negative air filtration units shall be utilized in each work area to create a negative pressure differential in the range of 0.02 to 0.04 inches of water column between the Regulated Area and surrounding areas, and allow a sufficient flow of air through the area to provide four (4) air changes per hour. Negative air filtration units shall be equipped with four stages of filtration, with the final stage being High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtration, and incorporate an automatic warning system to indicate pressure drop or unit failure. Negative pressure shall be measured in each work area by a recording manometer, during the entire project. Following construction of the containment work area, the containment shall pass a pre-abatement visual inspection by the Competent Person and the Project Monitor prior to commencement of abatement work. (d) Alternate work area containment requirements for exterior abatement procedures In lieu of the establishment of a negative pressure enclosure (NPE) system as described above, guano accumulations will be removed from exterior work areas within an outdoor Regulated Area(s). The regulated work areas will be established by the use of appropriately labeled barrier tape and postings, as well as source containment, poly drop cloths and local HEPA exhaust ventilation. A remote personnel decontamination unit will also be required. (e) Personnel Protection The Contractor shall utilize all appropriate engineering controls and safety and protective equipment while performing the work in accordance with applicable standards and guidelines. Abatement workers should have received hazard communication awareness training on safe work practices associated with guano/microbial abatement, and health effects of guano/microbial spore exposure, be medically approved to perform such work and have received fit testing for respirator use.

Abatement workers conducting the cleaning/removal and all personnel entering the work areas will be required to wear personal protective equipment including the following minimum. The Contractors Competent Person shall ultimately make the exposure/hazard assessment judgement on whether upgraded PPE is required.

1. Negative Pressure Respirators equipped with N-95 filter cartridges 2. Disposable coveralls with a hood

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

3. Eye protection 4. Appropriate gloves Respiratory protection shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of OSHA as required in 29 CFR 1910.134. A formal respiratory protection program must be implemented in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.134. The Contractor shall provide respirators from among those approved as being acceptable for protection by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part ll. All other necessary personnel protective equipment (i.e. hardhat, work boots, safety glasses, hearing protection, etc.) required to perform the abatement work activities, as deemed necessary by the Competent Person, shall conform to all applicable federal, state and local regulations. All other qualified and authorized persons entering into a Regulated Area (i.e. Project Monitor, Regulatory Agency Representative) shall adhere to the requirements of personnel protection as stated in this section. Contractor shall ensure that all workers and authorized persons who enter and leave the work area use a personnel decontamination system. Contractor shall ensure HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation is provided in all areas where extensive guano accumulations are to be cleaned/removed to reduce the potential for airborne exposure to spores. Non-abatement workers shall be kept out of the immediate areas where abatement is ongoing. (f) Removal and Cleaning Methods The general cleaning/removal procedures specified herein are to be used as a guideline throughout the project. Deviations from specified methods of removal/cleaning must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to their implementation. The following details the extent of each phase of operation designated for this project. Phase areas may be combined or divided at the direction of the Engineer. Proceed through the sequencing of the work phases under the direction of the Engineer. Bridge No. 03819, Goldstar Bridge, I-95 NB over Thames River, New London, CT Abutments, Beams, Piers and Ground Cover on Underside of Bridges

Using trained and appropriately protected staff, remove and dispose of all accumulations of guano, feathers, carcasses, etc. as directed by the Engineer. Clean the areas where removal occurs using biodegradable/non-toxic detergent solutions and HEPA vacuuming. Regulated area(s) shall be established at the perimeter of the work area(s), and access shall be controlled by the Contractor. Utilize dust suppression methods such as misting (not

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

soaking) materials prior to abatement. Poly drop cloths should be used as appropriate to protect objects in direct proximity to the work areas from contamination, and prevent the release of contamination/debris to outside areas. After cleaning the area(s) should be left dry and visibly free from contamination and debris. Utilize damp wiping and HEPA filtered vacuuming techniques for final area cleanup. A remote personnel decontamination unit shall also be utilized. Waste generated from the cleaning process should be removed from the work space in sealed plastic bags to prevent dispersal of spores to non-affected building/work spaces and disposed of as general bulky C&D waste debris. Removal shall be undertaken in accordance with Industry Guidelines. Care should be exercised during guano removal/cleaning to not disturb or release any underlying lead paint which may be present. Contractor shall be responsible for the erection and safe maintenance of any and all necessary apparatus/equipment to gain access to the work areas and perform the required abatement. Contractor shall wet mist all materials/accumulations/surfaces scheduled for removal/cleaning prior to commencing work to minimize airborne dust/spore generation and use damp methods throughout the removal/cleanup process.

Contaminated materials, accumulations and debris that are to be removed must be removed with as little disturbance as possible. The Contractor shall promptly place the removed material in disposal containers (six (6) mil polyethylene bags, fiber drums, etc.) as it is removed. Large components removed intact may be wrapped in two (2) layers of six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting secured with tape. As the disposal containers are filled, the Contractor shall promptly seal the containers and clean the containers before removal from the work area. Bags shall be securely sealed to prevent accidental opening and leakage by taping in gooseneck fashion. Materials with sharp-edged components (e.g. nails, screws, metal lath, tin sheeting) which could tear polyethylene bags and sheeting shall be placed in clean drums and sealed with locking ring tops. All waste containers shall be leak-tight, (typically consisting of two layers of 6 mil poly (or bags)). Containers shall be decontaminated by wet cleaning and HEPA vacuuming within the decontamination area prior to exiting the regulated area. On site storage of waste containers shall be as dictated and allowed by the Engineer within the extent of construction operations. On site storage of waste containers in public areas, outside of construction containment areas shall not be allowed. Following material/accumulation removal, Contractor shall thoroughly clean the work area. Cleaning of surfaces and content items, shall utilize wet/damp wiping coupled with a non-toxic, biodegradable detergent wash. Following cleaning, the areas shall be dried and HEPA vacuumed to remove all associated dirt and debris. The use of biocides, including chlorine bleach, is not recommended during guano/microbial abatement. Biocides are toxic to humans and may cause damage to underlying building substrates. Any use of biocides, fungicides, disinfectants or encapsulants can be done only with the written approval of the Engineer.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

After cleaning, the Competent Person and Project Monitor shall perform a post remediation visual inspection of each work area to ensure remediation is complete, that no dust or debris remains on surfaces in the work areas as the result of removal/cleaning operations and the areas have been dried. All surfaces within the Regulated Work Areas, including but not limited to ledges, beams, and hidden locations shall be inspected for visible residue. Evidence of guano/microbial accumulations/contamination and/or debris identified during this inspection will necessitate further cleaning as heretofore specified. The area shall be re-cleaned at the Contractor's expense, until the standard of cleaning is achieved. If at any time, the Project Monitor should suspect contamination of areas outside the Regulated Area, the Contractor shall immediately stop all abatement work and take steps to decontaminate these areas and eliminate causes of such contamination. (g) Quality Assurance/Verification At a minimum, the affected areas shall be free of visible guano accumulations and debris, free of moldy odors and be left dry. Surface and airborne types and levels of microbial spores may be tested by the Project Monitor upon completion of the cleaning and sanitizing to assure that the affected areas have been returned to a level equivalent to non-affected/ambient areas. Where samples are collected, acceptable results shall be considered levels less than background (interior non-affected and/or ambient) areas for all microbial genera with similar microbial types and rank order and which do not indicate amplification. Any samples collected shall be analyzed at a laboratory accredited by the AIHA EMPAT program. When sampling is performed, it shall be conducted no less than 1 hour after abatement cleanup work has been completed. The Engineers on-site Project Monitor will verify compliance with these specifications, conduct post-abatement work area inspections and/or collect post abatement samples, photographs, and/or videos of the cleaned surfaces/work areas as deemed necessary. If any areas fail inspection/testing, the failed area shall be recleaned by the Contractor and retested at no cost to the Engineer. (h) Post Abatement Work Area Deregulation The Contractor shall remove all remaining polyethylene, including critical barriers, and Decontamination Enclosure Systems leaving negative air filtration devices in operation as long as feasible. HEPA vacuum and/or wet wipe any visible residue which is uncovered during this process. All waste generated during this disassembly process shall be discarded as abatement waste.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

A final visual inspection of the work area shall be conducted by the Competent Person and the Project Monitor to ensure that all visible accumulations of suspect materials have been removed and that no equipment or materials associated with the abatement project remain. The Contractor shall restore all work areas and auxiliary areas utilized during work to conditions equal to or better than original. Any damage caused during the performance of the work activity shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Engineer. (i) Waste Disposal Waste generated from the removal of guano, while an environmental heath hazard, is not classified as a biological waste or hazardous waste. All waste materials generated during abatement shall be disposed of as bulky C&D waste in accordance with CTDEP Solid Waste Management requirements. Contractor shall supply to the Engineer completed shipping papers for each load of waste transported for disposal, indicating the solid waste landfill name and location and quantity of waste disposed of. (3) Project Closeout Data: The Contractors site supervisor shall keep a logbook to document daily site activity. The log book shall document the preparation tasks, schedule, engineering controls utilized, abatement work conducted, daily lists of employees on site, exposure/hazard assessment judgements, negative pressure manometric measurement readings, PPE utilized, waste shipping papers, etc. The Contractor will submit the original log book and any other related documentation to the Engineer within 30 days of completion of work. Final payment to the Contractor shall not be approved without submission of the reporting materials. Method of Measurement: The quantity of guano abatement shall be the actual number of cubic feet removed for disposal, completed and accepted, within the lines of the work area as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer. Basis of Payment: The work will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic foot for “Guano Abatement”, completed, which price shall include the specialty services of the Guano Removal Contractor including: labor, materials, equipment, insurance, submittals, personal protective equipment, temporary enclosures, apparatus/equipment necessary for work area access, utility costs, incidentals, fees and labor incidental to the removal, transport and disposal of guano, including close out documentation.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020765A

Final payment for guano abatement will not be made until all the project closeout data submittals have been completed and provided to the Engineer. Once the completed package has been received in its entirety, the Engineer will make the final payment to the Contractor.

Pay Item Pay Unit

Guano Abatement Cubic Foot

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

ITEM #0020905A—LEAD COMPLIANCE FOR ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND MISCELLANEOUS TASKS Description: Work under this item shall include the special handling measures and work practices required for abrasive blast cleaning activities and other miscellaneous tasks, principally involved in bridge coating removal/painting and other renovation operations, which impact materials containing or covered by lead paint. Examples of typical miscellaneous exterior tasks includes: work impacting signs, guiderails, minor bridge rehabilitation, catenary structures, canopy structures, spot/localized paint removal, etc. Lead paint includes paint found to contain any detectable amount of lead by Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry (AAS) or X-Ray Fluorescence (XRF). All activities shall be performed in accordance with the OSHA Lead in Construction Regulations (29 CFR 1926.62), the USEPA RCRA Hazardous Waste Regulations (40 CFR Parts 260 through 274), the CTDEEP Hazardous Waste Regulations (RCSA 22a-209-1 and 22a-449(c)), and SSPC Guide 6 – Guide for Containing Debris Generated During Paint Removal Operations. All activities shall be performed by individuals with appropriate levels of OSHA lead awareness and hazard communication training, supervised at all times by the Contractor’s Competent Person, and periodically inspected by personnel working for an industrial hygiene firm (IH firm), retained by the Contractor, under the direct supervision of a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH). Periodic inspections shall be conducted at least weekly while work impacting lead is occurring, but shall be as frequent as necessary to maintain Contractor compliance with the OSHA Lead Construction Standards. The Contractor’s Competent Person shall be on-Site at all times that the work impacting lead is being performed and shall be capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to employees, and has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. Deviations from these Specifications require the written approval of the Engineer. This item does not include the work to remove existing paint. Refer to other Contract items for paint removal special provisions. Materials: All materials shall be delivered to the Site in the original packages, containers, or bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer, the brand name and product technical description, with MSDS sheets as applicable. No damaged or deteriorating materials shall be used. If material becomes contaminated with lead, the material shall be decontaminated or disposed of as lead-containing waste material. The cost to decontaminate and dispose of said material shall be at the Contractor’s expense. The following material requirements shall be met, where applicable:

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Fire retardant polyethylene sheet shall be in roll size to minimize the frequency of joints, with factory label indicating minimum six (6) mil thickness. Polyethylene disposable bags shall be minimum six (6) mils thick. Tape (or equivalent product) capable of sealing joints in adjacent polyethylene sheets and for the attachment of polyethylene sheets to finished or unfinished surfaces must be capable of adhering under both dry and wet conditions. Cleaning Agents and detergent shall be lead specific, such as TriSodium Phosphate (TSP). Chemical strippers and chemical neutralizers shall be compatible with the substrate as well as with each other. Such chemical stripper shall contain less than 50% volatile organic compounds (VOCs) by weight in accordance with RCSA 22a-174-40 Table 40-1. Labels and warning signs shall conform to 29 CFR 1926.62, 40 CFR 260 through 274 and 49 CFR 172 as appropriate. Air filtration devices and vacuum units shall be equipped with High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filters. Construction Methods: (1) Pre-Abatement Submittals and Notices A. Fifteen (15) working days prior to beginning work that impacts lead paint, the Contractor shall submit four (4) copies of each of the following to the Engineer:

1. A written Site-specific Lead Compliance Work Plan, prepared and stamped by a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) that covers all workers on the Project (Contractor, Subcontractor and CTDOT representatives). The Lead Compliance Work Plan shall be prepared in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62(e), and shall include: descriptions of each activity impacting lead; procedures for engineering controls, methods of containment, work practices, and administrative controls to be employed; daily on-Site inspections by the Competent Person; periodic on-Site inspections by IH firm personnel (describe frequency and inspection criteria); hazard communication/training; medical surveillance; biological monitoring; exposure assessment; air monitoring; personal protective equipment (PPE); respiratory protection; housekeeping; decontamination; procedures for waste containment, storage, handling and disposal; contents of the job completion close-out report; and all other procedures that may be necessary to comply with 29 CFR 1926.62 and 40 CFR 260 – 274 and minimize employee exposure and prevent the spread of lead contamination outside the Regulated Area, as defined herein.

2. Copies of all employee certificates, dated within the previous twelve (12) months, relating to OSHA lead awareness and hazard communication training and training in the

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

use of lead-safe work practices. SSPC training programs, such as SSPC C-5 Deleading of Industrial Structures may be accepted as meeting these requirements if it can be demonstrated that such training addressed all required OSHA topics.

This information shall be updated and resubmitted annually, or as information changes, for the duration of lead removal work in order to verify continued compliance.

3. Name and qualifications of Contractor’s OSHA Competent Person, as defined under 29 CFR 1926.62, who will be on-Site at all times that the work impacting lead paint is being performed.

4. Name and qualifications of IH firm personnel that will be performing the periodic on-Site inspections. Such personnel shall work under the direct supervision of the same CIH who stamped the Lead Compliance Work Plan and have training within the previous twelve (12) months for OSHA lead awareness and the use of lead-safe work practices or equivalent. Such personnel shall also have a minimum of two (2) years’ work experience related to the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard and be capable of recognizing the hazards associated therewith.

5. Documentation from the Contractor, on company letterhead and signed by the

Contractor, certifying that all employees listed therein have received the following, and are medically fit to perform the work impacting lead:

a. medical monitoring within the previous twelve (12) months, as required in 29 CFR

1926.62; b. biological monitoring within the previous six (6) months, as required in 29 CFR

1926.62; c. respirator fit testing within the previous twelve (12) months, as required in 29 CFR

1910.134 (for employees who wear a tight-fitting face piece respirator)

This information shall be updated and resubmitted every six (6) months, or as information changes, for the duration of lead removal work in order to verify continued compliance.

6. Name(s) of the proposed non-hazardous, non RCRA lead debris waste disposal facility.

7. Name(s) of the proposed scrap metal recycling facility. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all documentation necessary to demonstrate the selected facility is able to accept lead-painted metal.

8. Name(s) of the proposed Connecticut Regulated Waste (CRW – CR05) facility (as described under Item 0603223A), and copies of each facilities’ acceptance criteria and sampling frequency requirements.

9. Copies of the proposed hazardous waste transporters’ current USDOT Certificate of

Registration for Hazardous Materials Transport, and the proposed transporters’ current

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Hazardous Waste Transporter Permits for the State of Connecticut and the waste destination State.

10. Negative exposure assessments conducted within the previous twelve (12) months

documenting that employee exposure to lead for each task is below the OSHA Action Level of 30 μg/m3. If a negative exposure assessment has not been conducted, the Contractor shall submit its air monitoring program for the work tasks as part of the Lead Compliance Work Plan. Until a negative exposure assessment is developed for each task impacting lead paint, the Contractor shall ensure that all workers and authorized persons entering the Regulated Area wear protective clothing and respirators in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.62.

No activity shall commence until all required submittals have been received and found acceptable to the Engineer. Those employees added to the Contractor's original list will be allowed to perform work only upon submittal of acceptable documentation to, and review by, the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a minimum of 48 hours’ notice in advance of scheduling, changing or canceling work activities.

(2) Lead Abatement Provisions A. General Requirements: All employees of the Contractor who perform work impacting lead paint shall be properly trained to perform such duties. In addition, the Contractor shall instruct all workers in all aspects of personnel protection, work procedures, emergency evacuation procedures and use of equipment including procedures unique to this Project. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, testing, and incidentals which are necessary or required to perform the work in accordance with applicable governmental regulations, industry standards and codes, and these Specifications. Prior to beginning work, the Engineer and Contractor shall perform a visual survey of each work area and review conditions. As necessary, the Contractor shall: • Shut down and lock out electrical power, including all receptacles and light fixtures, where

feasible. The use or isolation of electrical power will be coordinated with all other ongoing uses of electrical power at the Site.

• Coordinate all power and fire alarm isolation with the appropriate representatives.

If adequate electrical supply is not available at the Site, the Contractor shall supply temporary power. Such temporary power shall be sufficient to provide adequate lighting and power the

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Contractor’s equipment. The Contractor is responsible for proper connection and installation of electrical wiring and shall ensure safe installation of electrical equipment in compliance with applicable electrical codes and OSHA requirements. If water is not available at the Site for the Contractor’s use, the Contractor shall supply sufficient water for each shift to operate the wash facility/decontamination shower units in addition to the water needed at the work area. The Engineer may provide a Project Monitor to monitor compliance of the Contractor and protect the interests of the Department. In such cases, no activity impacting lead paint shall be performed until the Project Monitor is on-Site. Where no Project Monitor is provided, Contractor shall proceed at the direction of the Engineer. Environmental sampling, including ambient air sampling, TCLP waste stream sampling, and dust wipe sampling, will be conducted by the State as it deems necessary throughout the Project. Any Project Monitor provided by the Engineer is supplementary to the requirement for the Contractor to have periodic inspections performed at a frequency to ensure/document Contractor compliance with the regulations and the requirements of the Contractor’s Lead Compliance Work Plan. Air monitoring to comply with the Contractor’s obligations under OSHA remains solely the responsibility of the Contractor. If at any time, procedures for engineering, work practice, administrative controls or other topics are anticipated to deviate from those documented in the submitted and accepted Lead Compliance Work Plan, the Contractor shall submit a modification of its existing plan for review and acceptance by the Engineer prior to implementing the change. If air samples collected outside of the Regulated Area during activities impacting lead paint indicate airborne lead concentrations greater than original background levels or 30 ug/m3, whichever is larger, or if at any time visible emissions of lead paint extend out from the Regulated Area, an examination of the Regulated Area shall be conducted and the cause of such emissions corrected. Cleanup of surfaces outside the Regulated Area using HEPA vacuum equipment or wet cleaning techniques shall be done prior to resuming work. Work outside the initial designated area(s) will not be paid for by the Engineer. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs incurred from these activities including repair of any damage. B. Regulated Area: The Contractor shall establish a Regulated Area through the use of appropriate barrier tape or other means to control unauthorized access into the area where activities impacting lead paint are occurring. Warning signs meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62 shall be posted at all approaches to Regulated Areas. These signs shall read:

DANGER LEAD WORK AREA

MAY DAMAGE FERTILITY OR THE UNBORN CHILD CAUSES DAMAGE TO THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM

DO NOT EAT, DRINK, OR SMOKE IN THIS AREA

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

The Contractor shall also implement appropriate engineering controls, such as poly drop cloths, local exhaust ventilation, wet dust suppression methods, etc., as necessary, or where Abrasive Blast Cleaning is to be performed, a full negative pressure enclosure, in accordance with Item #0603XXXA “Class I Containment & Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X),” and wet dust suppression methods, etc., as necessary, and as approved by the Engineer, to prevent the spread of lead contamination beyond the Regulated Area in accordance with the Contractor’s approved Lead Compliance Work Plan. Should the previously submitted plan prove to be insufficient to contain the contamination, the Contractor shall submit a modified plan for review by the Engineer. Any air exhausted from the containment enclosure, abrasive-recycling equipment or vacuum equipment shall be passed through a HEPA filtering system. The Contractor is responsible for the design, effectiveness and maintenance of this filtering system. No discharge of debris dust shall be allowed. C. Wash Facilities: The Contractor shall provide handwash facilities in compliance with 29 CFR 1926.51(f) and 29 CFR 1926.62 regardless of airborne lead exposure. If employee exposure to airborne lead exceeds the OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit of 50 micrograms per cubic meter (μg/m3), shower rooms must be provided. The Shower Room shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate the number of workers. One (1) shower stall shall be provided for each eight (8) workers. Showers shall be equipped with hot and cold or warm running water. Shower water shall be collected and filtered using best available technology and disposed of in accordance with all Federal, State and local laws, regulations and ordinances. D. Personal Protection: The Contractor shall initially determine if any employee performing construction tasks impacting lead paint may be exposed to lead at or above the OSHA Action Level of 30 μg/m3. Assessments shall be based on initial air monitoring results as well as other relevant information. The Contractor may rely on historical air monitoring data obtained within the past twelve (12) months under workplace conditions closely resembling the process, type of material, control methods, work practices and environmental conditions used and prevailing in the Contractors current operations to satisfy the exposure assessment requirements. Monitoring shall continue as specified in the OSHA standard until a negative exposure assessment is developed. Until a negative exposure assessment is developed for each task impacting lead paint, the Contractor shall ensure that all workers and authorized persons entering the Regulated Area wear protective clothing and respirators in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.62. Protective clothing shall include impervious coveralls with elastic wrists and ankles, head covering, gloves and foot coverings. Sufficient quantities shall be provided to last throughout the duration of the Project.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Protective clothing provided by the Contractor and used during chemical removal operations shall be impervious to caustic materials. Gloves provided by the Contractor and used during chemical removal shall be of neoprene composition with glove extenders. Respiratory protective equipment shall be provided and selection shall conform to 42 CFR Part 84, 29 CFR Part 1910.134, and 29 CFR Part 1926.62. A formal respiratory protection program must be implemented in accordance with 29 CFR Part 1926.62 and Part 1910.134. E. Air Monitoring Requirements: The Contractor shall:

1. Provide air monitoring equipment including sample filter cassettes of the type and quantity required to properly monitor operations and personnel exposure surveillance throughout the duration of the Project.

2. Conduct initial exposure monitoring to determine if any employee performing construction tasks impacting lead paint may be exposed to lead at or above the OSHA Action Level of 30 micrograms per cubic meter. Monitoring shall continue as specified in the OSHA standard until a negative exposure assessment is developed.

3. Conduct personnel exposure assessment air sampling, as necessary, to assure that

workers are using appropriate respiratory protection in accordance with OSHA Standard 1926.62 or the approved Lead Compliance Work Plan. Documentation of air sampling results must be recorded at the work Site within twenty-four (24) hours and shall be available for review until the job is complete.

F. Periodic Inspections of Abrasive Blast Cleaning Operations: Where Abrasive Blast Cleaning Operations are to take place, the Contractor shall retain the services of IH firm personnel, working under the direct supervision of the same CIH who stamped the Lead Compliance Work Plan, to perform periodic inspections of the Site work practices and engineering controls, on a frequency to ensure/document Contractor compliance with the regulations. Periodic inspections shall be performed at least weekly while work impacting lead is occurring, but shall be at the frequency necessary to maintain Contractor compliance with the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard. Any exceptions to 29 CFR 1926.62 or the accepted Lead Compliance Work Plan shall be reported to the Contractor and the Engineer prior to the IH firm personnel leaving the Site and corrected immediately. All findings of such periodic inspections shall be documented in writing to the Engineer no later than ten (10) days following the Site visit. At a minimum, the inspection report shall document the following:

1. Description of current work activities 2. Description of engineering controls being implemented

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

3. Description of PPE being utilized 4. Description of visual review of containment system effectiveness 5. Results of all air sampling received since date of last report 6. Narrative interpreting sample results and making recommendations as necessary 7. Description of waste management practices being utilized 8. Descriptions of exceptions noted and corrective action taken

The report shall include a signature from the IH firm employee that performed the Site inspection verifying that the Contractor’s work practices are in compliance with 29 CFR 1926.62 and the previously submitted and accepted Lead Compliance Work Plan. The CIH shall sign verifying their concurrence. G. Lead Abatement Procedures: The Contractor’s Competent Person shall be at the Site at all times during work impacting lead. Work impacting lead paint shall not begin until authorized by the Engineer, following a pre-work visual inspection by the Project Monitor or Engineer to verify existing conditions. Any activity impacting lead painted surfaces shall be performed in a manner which minimizes the spread of lead dust contamination and generation of airborne lead. The Contractor shall conduct exposure assessments for all tasks which impact lead paint in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62(d) and shall implement appropriate personal protective equipment until negative exposure assessments are developed. All work impacting the lead containing/coated materials shall be conducted within an established Regulated Area with a remote wash facility/decontamination system in accordance with “C. Wash Facilities” and the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard. In accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62, engineering controls and work practices shall be utilized to prevent the spread of lead dust and debris beyond the Regulated Area and limit the generation of airborne lead. For Abrasive Blast Cleaning Operations, such engineering controls shall include the use of a full negative pressure enclosure (NPE) in accordance with SSPC Guide 6 and Item #0603XXXA. All wastes containing lead paint shall be properly contained and secured for storage, transportation and disposal. The Contractor shall ensure proper entry and exit procedures for workers and authorized persons who enter and leave the Regulated Area. All workers and authorized persons shall leave the Regulated Area and proceed directly to the wash or shower facilities where they will HEPA vacuum gross debris from work suit, remove and dispose of work suit, wash and dry face and hands, and vacuum clothes. Lead chips and dust must not be removed by blowing or shaking of clothing. Wash water shall be collected, filtered, and disposed of in accordance with Federal, State and local water discharge standards. Any permit required for such discharge shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Personnel shall be advised that they must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, nor apply cosmetics while in the Regulated Area. Data from the limited lead testing performed by the Engineer is documented in the reports listed in the “Notice to Contractor – Hazardous Materials Investigations” or is presented herein. Under no circumstances shall this information be the sole means used by the Contractor for determining the extent of lead painted materials. The Contractor shall be responsible for verification of all field conditions affecting performance of the work as described in these Specifications in accordance with OSHA, USEPA, USDOT and CTDEP standards. Compliance with the applicable requirements is solely the responsibility of the Contractor. Bridge No. 03819, Goldstar Bridge, I-95 NB over Thames River, New London, CT Detectable amounts of lead were identified on the painted metal surfaces of Bridge

No. 03819

Girders, Cross Beams, Beam Ends, Bearings, Rockers, Diaphragms, Connection plates, Drain Pipes, etc

Metal Green/Grey 0.027% by weight

Abutments/Piers Concrete Grey ND<0.10% by weight TCLP waste stream sampling/analysis of the paint associated with the structural

steel/metal bridge components and metal railings characterized the paint waste as non-hazardous, non-RCRA waste.

Paint debris (structural/metal bridge components) 0.084 mg/L Since no detectable amounts of lead in paint were identified on the painted concrete

surfaces of Bridge No. 03819, any paint waste debris generated would be non-hazardous, non-RCRA waste.

The Contractor shall submit a Lead Compliance Work Plan to CTDOT outlining the exact procedures that will be used to perform the work, contain the spread of lead debris and protect the employees performing the required renovation work impacting the lead paint. No work shall be started by the Contractor until the Work Plan is approved by the Engineer. All work impacting the lead paint materials shall be conducted within an established Regulated Area with a remote wash facility/decontamination system in accordance with “C. Wash Facilities” and the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard. In accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62, engineering controls and work practices shall be utilized to prevent the spread of lead dust and debris beyond the Regulated Area and limit the generation of airborne lead. All wastes containing lead paint shall be properly contained and secured for storage, transportation and disposal.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Where abrasive blast cleaning techniques are to be utilized on surfaces coated with lead paint they must be conducted in accordance with the OSHA worker protection and USEPA RCRA/CTDEEP waste disposal standards, and shall be conducted in accordance with Item #0603XXXA “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. X)” following SSPC-SP10 “Near White Blast Cleaning” procedures and utilizing a full negative pressure enclosure (NPE) in accordance with SSPC Guide 6 and Item #0603XXXA. At Bridge No. 03819, the Engineer has previously characterized the projected paint waste stream associated with the structural steel/metal bridge components as non-hazardous, non-RCRA waste CRW (CR05). If the paint is to be removed from the metal surfaces by abrasive blast cleaning and/or miscellaneous tasks, the paint shall be handled and disposed of in accordance Item #0603223A “Disposal of CRW Lead Debris from Abrasive Blast Cleaning.” Any scrap metal components generated shall be segregated and recycled as scrap metal at the Contractor’s previously submitted scrap metal recycling facility. The recycling of scrap metal (regardless of lead paint concentration) is exempt from USEPA RCRA and CTDEEP Hazardous Waste Regulation. Should lead contamination be discovered outside of the Regulated Area, the Contractor shall immediately stop all work in the Regulated Area, eliminate causes of such contamination and take steps to decontaminate non-work areas. Special Requirements for miscellaneous renovation activities impacting lead (other than abrasive blast cleaning operations):

1. Demolition/Renovation: a. Demolish/renovate in a manner which minimizes the spread of lead contamination and

generation of lead dust. b. Implement dust suppression controls, such as misters or local exhaust ventilation, to

minimize the generation of airborne lead dust. c. Segregate work areas from non-work areas through the use of barrier tape or drop cloths. d. Clean up immediately after renovation/demolition has been completed.

2. Chemical Removal (if allowed by the Engineer):

a. Apply chemical stripper in quantities and for durations specified by manufacturer. b. Where necessary, scrape lead paint from surface down to required level of removal (such

as stabilized surface or bare substrate with no trace of residual pigment). Use sanding, hand scraping, and dental picks to supplement chemical methods as necessary.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

c. Apply neutralizer compatible with substrate and chemical agent to substrate following removal in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

d. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage from chemical removal.

e. Maintain a portable eyewash station in the work area. f. Require that workers wear respirators that protect them from chemical vapors. g. Do not apply caustic agents to aluminum surfaces.

3. Mechanical Paint Removal: a. Provide sanders, grinders, rotary wire brushes, or needle gun removers equipped with a

HEPA filtered vacuum dust collection system. Cowling on the dust collection system for orbital-type tools must be capable of maintaining a continuous tight seal with the surface being abated. Cowling on the dust collection system for reciprocating-type tools shall promote an effective vacuum flow of loosened dust and debris. Inflexible cowlings may be used on flat surfaces only. Flexible contoured cowlings are required for curved or irregular surfaces.

b. Provide HEPA vacuums that are high performance designed to provide maximum static

lift and maximum vacuum system flow at the actual operating vacuum condition with the shroud in use. The HEPA vacuum shall be equipped with a pivoting vacuum head.

c. Remove lead paint from surface down to required level of removal (i.e. stabilized surface, bare substrate with no trace of residual pigment, etc.). Use chemical methods, hand scraping, and dental picks to supplement abrasive removal methods as necessary.

d. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage from abrasive removal techniques. e. “Sandblasting” or other abrasive blast cleaning type removal techniques shall not be

allowed unless in accordance with methods as specified within this Item.

4. Component Removal/Replacement:

a. Wet down components which are to be removed to reduce the amount of dust generated during the removal process.

b. Remove components utilizing hand tools, and follow appropriate safety procedures

during removal. Remove the components by approved methods which will provide the least disturbance to the substrate material. Do not damage adjacent surfaces.

c. Clean up immediately after component removals have been completed. Remove any dust located behind the component removed.

H. Prohibited Removal Methods:

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

The use of heat guns in excess of 700 °Fahrenheit to remove lead paint is prohibited. The use of sand, steel grit, air, CO2, baking soda, water jet, or any other blasting media to remove lead or lead paint without the use of a HEPA ventilated contained negative pressure enclosure is prohibited. Power/pressure washing shall not be used to remove lead paint, unless explicitly specified for use by the Engineer. Compressed air shall not be utilized to remove lead paint, unless explicitly specified for use by the Engineer. Power tool assisted grinding, sanding, cutting, or wire brushing of lead paint without the use of cowled HEPA vacuum dust collection systems is prohibited. Lead paint burning, busting of rivets painted with lead paint, welding of materials painted with lead paint, and torch cutting of materials painted with lead paint is prohibited. Where cutting, welding, busting, or torch cutting of materials is required, lead paint in the affected area must be removed first. Chemical stripping of coatings from bridge components is prohibited in areas where Abrasive Blast Cleaning is to be performed, and is generally prohibited in all areas unless specifically allowed by the Engineer. Chemical strippers containing Methylene Chloride are always prohibited. I. Clean-up and Visual Inspection: The Contractor shall remove and containerize all lead waste material and visible accumulations of debris, paint chips and associated items. During clean-up the Contractor shall use rags and sponges wetted with lead-specific detergent and water as well as HEPA filtered vacuum equipment. The Engineer will conduct a visual inspection of the work area(s) in order to document that all surfaces have been maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.62(h). If visible accumulations of waste, debris, lead paint chips or dust are found in the work area, the Contractor shall repeat the cleaning, at the Contractor's expense, until the area is in compliance. The visual inspection will detect incomplete work, damage caused by the abatement activity, and inadequate clean up of the work Site. During Abrasive Blast Cleaning Operations: All debris shall be contained and vacuum collected daily or more frequently as directed by the Engineer, due to debris buildup. Such debris, abrasive blast residue, rust and paint chips shall be

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

stored in leakproof storage containers in the secured storage area, or as directed by the Engineer. The storage containers and storage locations shall be reviewed by and be acceptable to the Engineer and shall be located in areas not subject to ponding. All storage containers (roll offs or drums) shall have a protective liner and removable lid. These containers shall not have any indentations or damage that would allow seepage of the contained material. If 55 gallon barrels are used, staging is required: 55 gallon barrels shall be stored together in two (2) rows of five (5). The Contractor shall maintain a minimum lane clearance of 36 inches between each (barrel lot of ten (10)). The Contractor shall maintain a secure storage area, which shall be large enough to handle all debris. The Contractor shall store debris only in the secured storage area. During abrasive blast cleaning operations, all surface preparation debris shall be vacuum collected from the containment enclosure and removed to the abrasive recycling reclaimer unit, and the coating debris shall be conveyed to the secured storage area at the conclusion of the work shift. The Contractor shall account for all coating debris conveyed to the secured storage area and all coating debris transported from the Project for disposal. The secure storage area shall consist of an eight- (8-) foot high fenced-in area with a padlocked entrance. Storage containers shall not be used on the Project until and unless they have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. Storage containers and areas shall be located so as not to cause any traffic hazard. Container storage areas shall be in locations that are properly drained, where runoff water shall not be allowed to pool, and shall be out of the 100-year flood plain. The containers shall be placed on pallets or other approved material and not directly on the ground. Storage containers shall be closed and covered with a waterproof tarpaulin at all times except during placement, sampling and disposal of debris. J. Post-Work Regulated Area Deregulation: Following an acceptable visual inspection, any engineering controls implemented may be removed. A final visual inspection of the work area shall be conducted by the Competent Person and the Project Monitor or Engineer to ensure that all visible accumulations of suspect materials have been removed and that no equipment or materials associated with the lead paint removal remain. If this final visual inspection is acceptable, the Contractor will reopen the Regulated Area and remove all associated signs. The Contractor shall restore all work areas and auxiliary areas used during work to conditions equal to or better than original. Any damage caused during the performance of the work activity shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the State. K. Waste Disposal/Recycling:

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

Metallic debris shall be segregated and recycled as scrap metal at an approved metal recycling facility. Concrete, brick, etc. coated with any amount of lead paint cannot be crushed, recycled or buried on-site to minimize waste disposal unless tested and found to meet the RSR GA/Residential standards. All hazardous lead debris shall be disposed of in accordance with Item 0603222A “Disposal of Lead Debris from Abrasive Blast Cleaning.” L. Project Closeout Data: Provide the Engineer, within thirty (30) days of completion of the work under this item, a compliance package which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. Competent person’s (supervisor) job log; 2. Certification that all requirements of the Lead Compliance Work Plan and OSHA Lead in

Construction Standards, including training, medical surveillance, biological monitoring and medical removal protection, have been followed;

3. Copies of each periodic inspection report; 4. Report on regulatory compliance prepared by the CIH based on the periodic inspections

performed. 5. OSHA-compliant personnel air sampling data; 6. Completed waste shipment papers for non-hazardous lead debris waste disposal or recycling

and scrap metal recycling.

M. Non Compliance: Failure of the Contractor to implement the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62, its Lead Compliance Work Plan, or any other requirement of this item will, at the sole discretion of the Engineer, result in the suspension of all Contract work until such deficiencies are corrected. Method of Measurement: This item will include all noted services, equipment, facilities, testing and other associated work, including up to three (3) CTDOT Project representatives. Services provided to any CTDOT Project representatives in excess of three (3) representatives will be measured for payment in accordance with Article 1.09.04 – “Extra and Cost-Plus Work.” 1. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a breakdown of its lump sum bid price for this item detailing:

a. The development costs associated with preparing the Lead Compliance Work Plan in accordance with these Specifications.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0020905A

b. The cost per month for the duration of the Project to implement the Lead Compliance Work

Plan and provide the services of the CIH and IH firm.

2. If the lump sum bid price breakdown is unacceptable to the Engineer; substantiation showing that the submitted costs are reasonable shall be required. 3. Upon acceptance of the payment schedule by the Engineer, payments for work performed will be made as follows:

a. The lump sum development cost will be certified for payment. b. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer monthly that the Lead Compliance

Work Plan has been kept current and is being implemented and the monthly cost will be certified for payment.

c. Any month where the Lead Compliance Work Plan is found not to be current or is not

being implemented, the monthly payment for this item will be deferred to the next monthly payment estimate. If the Lead Compliance Work Plan is not current or being implemented for more than thirty (30) calendar days, there will be no monthly payment.

d. Failure of the Contractor to implement the Lead Compliance Work Plan in accordance

with this Specification will result in the withholding of all Contract payments. Basis of Payment: The lump sum price bid for this item shall include: services, materials, equipment, all permits, notifications, submittals, personal air sampling, personal protection equipment, incidentals, temporary enclosures, fees and labor incidental to activities impacting lead removal, treatment and handling of lead contaminated materials and the transport and disposal of any non-hazardous, non RCRA lead debris waste and scrap metal. Final payment will not be made until all Project closeout data submittals have been completed and provided to the Engineer. Once the completed package has been received in its entirety and has been accepted by the Engineer, final payment will be made to the Contractor.

Pay Item Pay Unit Lead Compliance for Abrasive Blast Cleaning & Miscellaneous Tasks Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

rev. 8-11-17

ITEM #0100424A

ITEM #0100424A—WATER TRANSPORTATION FOR INSPECTION PERSONNEL Description: The Contractor shall furnish, maintain and operate a water transportation boat for access to and from work areas that require Department inspection. This boat shall be used solely for inspection access and shall be available upon request of the Engineer, until the in-water work subject to inspection is completed and accepted. The Contractor shall also obtain all necessary permits and licenses for the boat and its operators.

Construction Methods: Work under this item shall be performed in accordance with the following requirements:

1. The water transportation boat shall have the capacity to transport one (1) operator and up to four (4) inspectors.

2. The water transportation boat shall be available for transportation services within thirty (30) minutes of the Engineer’s request.

3. The water transportation boat shall be equipped with oars and a motor whose power is within the minimum and maximum horsepower requirements indicated by the manufacturer of the boat provided.

4. The boat shall be equipped with the required safety equipment: life vests, protective clothing, life line, anchor, emergency first aid kit.

5. A communication system, such as a walkie-talkie, shall be used to inform the water transportation boat operator of a need for transportation and a pickup location. The operator and the Engineer shall be equipped with a communication device.

6. There must be at least one person present and specifically designated to operate the water transportation boat at all times.

7. The designated operator must either man the water transportation boat at all times or remain in the immediate area such that the operator can quickly reach the water transportation boat.

8. When the operator is on break, another operator must be designated to provide the requisite coverage when there is a need for water transportation.

9. In the event of a breakdown, in-water work subject to inspection may be discontinued until the water transportation boat is repaired or a replacement water transportation boat is provided.

Method of Measurement: Water Transportation for Inspection Personnel, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment. The Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule of values to the Engineer for review and approval. Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for “Water Transportation for Inspection Personnel,” which price shall include all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, fuel, repairs, storage and services incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit Water Transportation for Inspection Personnel l.s.

rev. 8-11-17

ITEM #0100427A

ITEM #0100427A – WATER RESCUE OPERATIONS Description: The Contractor shall furnish, maintain and operate multiple water rescue operation boats for Contract work over or adjacent to water. The boat shall patrol in the vicinity of each above-water work location and be available for water rescue operations. These water safety measures will be required to protect all Contractor and Department staff. The Contractor shall also obtain all necessary permits and licenses for the boat and its operators. Construction Methods: Work under this item shall be performed in accordance with OSHA Article 29 CFR 1926.106 and the following requirements:

1. Boats shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet in length with a stable, flat-bottom and shall be designed specifically for emergency life-rescuing operation.

2. Boats shall be equipped with oars and a motor with power within the minimum and maximum horsepower requirements indicated by the manufacturer of the boats provided.

3. Each boat shall be equipped with required safety equipment: life vests, protective clothing, life line, anchor, emergency first aid kit, oxygen equipment and backboard.

4. A communication system, such as a walkie-talkie, shall be used to inform the boat operators of an emergency and to inform the operators where the boat is needed. The operators and at least one worker at each work location over water shall be equipped with a communication device.

5. The operators must possess the following current certifications issued by the American Red Cross or equivalent certifications approved by the Engineer:

a. Adult First Aid including CPR training b. Life Guard Training or Water Rescue Operations

6. Boats shall remain in the water when workers are above water and must be capable of being quickly launched to respond to an emergency within three (3) to four (4) minutes.

7. There must be at least two (2) rescue operators available on-board each boat when work is being performed over or adjacent to water.

8. Each boat shall be operable and available at all times when work is being performed over or adjacent to water. In the event of a breakdown, above-water work must be discontinued until a boat is repaired or a replacement boat is on Site and in the water.

9. The number of boats required must be determined based on the following: a. The number of work locations where there is a danger of falling into water b. The distance to each of those locations c. Water temperature, currents, dams, rapids and other hazards d. Appropriate response times for rescue

Method of Measurement: Water Rescue Operations, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment. The Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule of values to the Engineer for review and approval. Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for “Water Rescue Operations,” which price shall include all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, fuel, repairs, storage and services incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit Water Rescue Operations l.s.

Deleted: one or more

Deleted: (s)

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

Deleted: (

Deleted: )

11/04/2017

0094-0256 ITEM #0100600A

ITEM #0100600A - CONSTRUCTION ACCESS Description:

This item shall consist of the design, construction, installation, maintenance and subsequent removal of construction access systems that the Contractor elects to use to access the full length of girders and truss members requiring access to accomplish and complete the work called out in the Contract. Construction Access systems are considered to include work platforms and protective debris shields.

Construction access shall be made available to the Engineer and other support staff to witness and inspect the work, and at other times as may be requested. Materials: Any material or combination of materials may be used to construct the debris shield system provided they are properly designed for the purpose intended. Systems utilizing proprietary components shall conform to the manufacturer’s specifications and project specifications. The parts list shall be furnished for the proprietary system and the Contractor shall provide the material certificates for the parts. Construction Methods:

Restriction on Bridge Load: The Contractor is hereby notified that at no time during the installation of temporary construction access and during construction shall materials or equipment be allowed to be off-loaded, stockpiled or stored on the bridge deck, to avoid overloading the existing girders and trusses. All materials shall be stored in the approved staging areas.

Weight Limitations on Construction Access Systems Supported by the Existing Superstructure: The Contractor is hereby notified that weight of construction access systems including work platforms and debris shields supported by the existing superstructure, including weight of workers, equipment and fabricated material supported prior to being installed, shall not exceed the allowable load per foot for Construction Access and Attachment loads, as provided on the Contract plans. Working Drawings and Calculation shall be provided to document proposed systems to be used, and their maximum load per linear foot and attachment point loads which shall not exceed the allowable loads provided on the Contract plans.

Limitations on the Installation and Use of Construction Access Systems: The Contractor is hereby notified that member strengthening shall be limited to one span at a time within a 2-span superstructure segment, except plates that extend across center piers may be rigged and installed to the extent possible into the next span Strengthening of this span shall be completed before starting the installation of work platforms and strengthening in the other span in the 2-Span segment.

Design of Construction Access, Temporary Work Platforms and Debris Shields: The design of these systems is the responsibility of the Contractor. The design shall conform to the latest edition of the AASHTO "Guide Design Specification for Bridge Temporary Works", the AASHTO Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary Works, and applicable OSHA

11/04/2017

0094-0256 ITEM #0100600A

requirements including OSHA Safety and Health Requirements, 29 CFR 1926. Platform design shall be required to accommodate anticipated bridge expansion and contraction. Submittals:

Temporary Construction Access: Plans and design calculations for temporary platforms and debris shield shall be prepared by a licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of Connecticut and submitted to the Engineer for review at least 30 days prior to construction of platforms. No platform construction shall be done until the Engineer's review has been made and all deficiencies have been addressed. The review of the platform plans by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for safely and adequately designing and constructing platforms.

The working drawings shall include design and details of the debris shield including all connections, brackets, and fasteners. The various components of the debris shield shall be designed for the anticipated weight of all personnel, material, equipment, and debris to be supported, based on the Contractor’s method and sequence of work, but in no case shall be designed for less than 100 pounds per square foot. Vertical elements of the debris shield shall be designed for anticipated loads including wind, or a minimum of 30 pounds per square foot, whichever is higher. The calculations shall consider the loading effects from the debris shield on the bridge structure in addition to the design of the debris shield itself. The furnishing of such plans shall not serve to relieve the Contractor of any part of his responsibility for the safety of the work or for the successful completion of the project.

The Construction Access plan shall also include a description on the methods to provide access to the platform, and the procedures and equipment that will be used to protect Contract Representatives including the Engineer and additional staff as needed during inspections.

The system shall also include breathable side tarps and side walls as required for protection from inclement weather. The Contractor shall also provide personal safety equipment (including but not limited to personal safety harnesses, hard hats, safety glasses and vests, etc.) that may be needed by Contract Representatives including the Engineer, additional CTDOT staff when accessing temporary platforms during inspections.

Platforms shall be constructed in accordance with the reviewed platform/debris shield plans. If during platform construction, site conditions are such that changes to the platforms are required, new platform plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to continuing construction of the platforms. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the shields are not secure, the Contractor shall remove and install them to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Removal of Temporary Construction Access: Unless otherwise specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer, all temporary platforms shall be removed upon completion of repairs and post-installation inspections. The removal of temporary platforms shall be done in such a manner that no damage occurs to the structure. Method of Measurement:

This work, being paid for on a Lump Sum basis, shall not be measured for payment, unless otherwise specified in the plans.

11/04/2017

0094-0256 ITEM #0100600A

Basis of Payment:

This work shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Construction Access”, which shall include the design, construction, maintenance and subsequent removal of temporary construction access including work platforms and associated debris shielding and tarps; providing access to the platforms and personal safety equipment for the Engineer during inspections and at other times when accessing the platform; and all equipment, material, tools and labor incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Access L.S.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

ITEM 0101143A – HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF REGULATED ITEMS Description: Work under this item shall include the management (handling and disposal) of regulated items and all associated work by persons who are employed by a CTDEEP permitted Spill Contractor and trained/certified in accordance with OSHA Hazard Communication regulations. Regulated items include hazardous and other materials and wastes, the disposal of which is restricted by Federal and/or State laws and regulations, and which may be a component of equipment or other items located on-site. Regulated items include those listed herein, or additional similar items identified on site by the Engineer. Work under this item does not include asbestos containing materials, lead paint, contaminated or hazardous soils. Activities shall be performed in accordance with, but not limited to, the current revision of the USEPA & CTDEEP Hazardous Waste Regulations (40 CFR 260-282, 22a-209 and 22a-449(c)), USEPA PCB Regulations (40 CFR 761), USEPA Protection of Stratospheric Ozone (40 CFR 82), OSHA Hazard Communication (29 CFR 1910.1200), OSHA Hazardous Waste & Emergency Response Regulations (29 CFR 1910.120), USDOT Hazardous Materials Regulation (49 CFR 171-180), OSHA, RCRA, CERCLA, CAA, TSCA, and all other laws and regulations. The work activities include the removal, handling, packing, labeling, transport, manifesting, and recycling or disposal of various regulated items at the Project site prior to beginning planned demolition activities. The Contractor is solely responsible for verifying actual locations and quantities of the items with hazardous/regulated material/waste constituents and for their proper handling and disposal. The recycling or proper disposal, as appropriate, of all regulated items shall be completed prior to the initiation of any demolition activities. Materials: All materials shall be suitable for the management of regulated items and shall meet all applicable federal, state and local regulations. Such materials include, but are not limited to, proper containers, packing materials, labels, signs, shipping papers, personnel protective equipment (PPE) and spill kits. Construction Methods: (1) Allowable Disposal/Recycling Facilities Disposal facilities for RCRA-hazardous, TSCA-hazardous, Connecticut Regulated, and Universal wastes shall be chosen from among those listed below. No other facility shall be used for these types of wastes without the written approval of the Engineer.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

Advanced Disposal Services Greentree Landfill 635 Toby Road Kersey, PA 15846 Phone: (814) 265-1744 Fax: (814) 265-8745 MSW, C&D, asbestos, PCB remediation waste <50 ppm, petroleum contaminated soils, nonhazardous solid wastes Advanced Disposal (managed by Interstate Waste Services) 7095 Glades Pike Summerset, PA 15501 Phone: (814) 444-0112 Fax: (814) 444-0127 MSW, C&D debris, residual waste, sewer sludge, incinerator ash, asbestos Allied Waste Niagara Falls Landfill, LLC 5600 Niagara Falls Blvd. Niagara, NY 14304 Phone: (716) 285-3344 Fax: (716) 285-3398 Non-hazardous waste, industrial solid waste, municipal sewage treatment sludge, contaminated soil & debris, asbestos waste, C&D debris, industrial process sludge American Lamp Recycling, LLC 26 Industrial Way Wappingers Falls, NY 12590 Phone: (845) 896-0058 Fax: (845) 896-1520 Mercury containing device, universal waste Tradebe (Bridgeport United Recycling, Inc.) 50 Cross Street Bridgeport, CT 06610 Phone: (203) 334-1666 Fax: (203) 334-1439 RCRA & CRW waste oil, fuel, wastewater Clean Earth of Carteret 24 Middlesex Ave.., Carteret, NJ 07008 Phone: (732) 541-8909 Fax: (732) 541-8505 Concrete, brick, block, street sweepings, stone, rock, asphalt and petroleum contaminated soil Clean Earth of Philadelphia, Inc. 3201 South 61 St., Philadelphia, PA 19153 Phone: (215) 724-5520 Fax: (215) 724-2939 Petroleum contaminated soil Clean Earth of North Jersey, Inc. (aka CENJ) 115 Jacobus Ave, South Kearny, NJ 07105

Phone: (973) 344-4004 Fax: (973) 344-8652 RCRA liquid and solid, asbestos Clean Earth of Southeast Pennsylvania, Inc. 7 Steel Road, Morrisville, PA 19067 Phone: (215) 428-1700 Fax: (215) 428-1704 Petroleum contaminated soil Clean Harbors Environmental Services, Inc. 2247 South Hwy. 71, Kimball, NE 69145 Phone: (308) 235-1012 Fax: (308) 235-4307 RCRA liquid, solid & sludge Clean Harbors Environmental Services, Inc. Cleveland Facility 2900 Rockefeller Ave., Cleveland, OH 44115 Phone: (216) 429-2401 Fax: (216) 883-1918 RCRA liquid: aqueous organic & inorganic wastewater Clean Harbors Environmental Services, Inc. Spring Grove Facility 4879 Spring Grove Ave., Cincinnati, OH 45232 Phone: (513) 681-6242 Fax: (513) 681-0869 RCRA liquid, solid & sludge: aqueous organic & inorganic wastewater, PCB wastewater treatment Clean Harbors of Baltimore, Inc. 1910 Russell St, Baltimore, MD 21230 Phone: (410) 244-8200 Fax: (410) 752-2647 RCRA liquid: aqueous organic & inorganic wastewater Clean Harbors of Braintree, Inc. 1 Hill Avenue, Braintree, MA 02184 Phone: (781) 380-7134 Fax: (781) 380-7193 RCRA & TSCA liquid & solid Clean Harbors of Connecticut, Inc. 51 Broderick Road, Bristol, CT 06010 Phone: (860) 583-8917 Fax: (860) 583-1740 RCRA & CRW liquid Clean Harbors of Woburn (Murphy's Waste Oil Services, Inc.) 252 Salem Street, Woburn, MA 01801 Phone: (781) 935-9066 Fax: (781) 935-8615

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

RCRA liquid: oil, oil/water mixtures; CRW oil filters, oily soil & debris, F001/F002 contaminated oils, antifreeze Clinton Landfill 242 Church Street Clinton, MA 01510 Phone: (978) 365-4110 Fax: (978) 365-4106 Comm-97 soils and other materials subject to a BUD and additional review by MADEP (*2-week lead time for review by MADEP) Colonie Landfill (Waste Connections, Inc.) 1319 Louden Rd, Cohoes, New York 12047 Phone: (518) 783-2827 Fax: (518) 786-7331 Non-haz. wastes, special wastes, contaminated soil Cumberland County Landfill (aka Community Refuse Services Managed by Interstate Waste Services) 135 Vaughn Road, Shippensburg, PA 17257 Phone: (717) 729-2060 Fax: (717) 423-6822 Municipal solid waste, non-hazardous waste ACV Enviro (aka Cycle Chem & General Chemical Corp.) 217 South First Street, Elizabeth, NJ 07206 Phone: (908) 355-5800 Fax: (908) 355-0562 RCRA, TSCA liquid and solid Envirite of PA (US Ecology) 730 Vogelsong Road, York, PA 17404 Phone: (717) 846-1900 Fax: (717) 854-6757 RCRA hazardous wastes Environmental Quality Company: Wayne Disposal Facility (aka EQ Michigan Disposal Waste Treatment Plant and Wayne Disposal Inc. Site #2) 49350 North I-94 Service Drive Belleville, MI 48111 Phone: (734) 697-2200 Fax: (734) 699-3499 RCRA & TSCA liquid and solid US Ecology (Environmental Quality Detroit Inc.) 1923 Frederick Street, Detroit MI 48211 Phone: (734) 329-8017 Fax: (313) 923-3375 RCRA & CRW liquid wastewater

Environmental Soil Management of New York, LLC (ESMI of New York) 304 Towpath Road, Fort Edward, NY 12828 Phone: (518) 747-5500 Fax: (518) 747-1181 Petroleum contaminated soil Environmental Soil Management of NH 67 International Dr. Loudon, NH 03307 Phone: (603) 783-0228 Fax: (603) 783-0104 Petroleum contaminated soil Triumvirate (Formerly EnviroSafe Corporation Northeast & Jones Environmental Services) 263 Howard Street, Lowell, MA 01852 Phone: (978) 453-7772 Fax: (978) 453-7775 RCRA & TSCA liquid and solid Hazelton Creek Properties, LLC* (Hazelton Mine Reclamation Project) 280 South Church St., Hazelton, PA 18201 Phone: (570) 574-1010 Fax: (570) 457-3395 Fresh, brackish or marine dredge material, coal ash, cement kiln dust, lime kiln dust, co-gen ash, regulated fill *Please note that if this facility is to be used, each bin letter will require an additional 10 day (or more) waiting period on top of the 15 day lab period designated in the specs to allow for PADEP review. Heritage Hazardous Waste Landfill (Heritage Environmental Services, LLC) 4370 W County Rd 1275 N Roachdale, IN 46172 Phone:( 765) 435-2704 Fax: (315) 687-3898 Hazardous Wastes, Asbestos Manchester Landfill 311 Olcutt St., Manchester, CT 06040 Phone: (860) 647-3248 Fax: (860) 647-3238 Municipal solid waste, non-hazardous waste, contaminated soil Northeast Lamp Recycling, Inc. 250 Main Street, East Windsor, CT 06088 Phone: (860) 292-1992 Fax: (860) 292-1114 CRW solid waste, mercury containing devices & universal waste

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

Stericycle (Northland Environmental, LLC) (aka PSC Environmental Systems) 275 Allens Ave., Providence RI 02905 Phone: (401) 781-6340 Fax: (401) 781-9710 RCRA liquid and solid Ontario County Landfill (Managed by Casella Waste) 3555 Post Farm Road, Stanley, NY 14561 Phone: (585) 526-4420 Fax: (585) 526-5459 Municipal solid waste, non-hazardous waste solid, special wastes including asbestos, ash from boilers/incinerators, contaminated soil, demo debris Paradise Heating Oil, Inc. Quimby Street, Ossining, NY 10562 Phone: (631) 926-2576 Fax: (718) 294-2226 CRW waste oil liquid Phoenix Soil, LLC 58 North Washington Street Plainville, CT 06062 Phone: (860) 747-8888 Fax: (203) 757-4933 Contaminated Soil Red Technologies Soil 232 Airline Avenue Portland, CT 06980 Phone: (860) 342-1022 Fax: (860) 342-1042 Temporary Storage & Transfer of contaminated soil Republic Services Conestoga Landfill 420 Quarry Road Morgantown, PA 19543 Phone: (610) 286-6844 Fax: (610) 286-7048 MSW, C&D debris, residual waste, contaminated soil, asbestos *Please note that if this facility is to be used, each bin letter will require an additional 10 day (or more) waiting period on top of the 15 day lab period designated in the specs to allow for PADEP review. Stericycle (Formerly Republic Environmental Systems (aka Philip Services Corporation (PSC) Republic) 2869 Sandstone Dr., Hatfield PA 19440 Phone: (215) 822-8995 Fax: (215) 997-1293 RCRA & TSCA industrial solid & sludge, aqueous waste, contaminated soil, PCB waste, oil & petroleum waste, organic waste

Soil Safe, Inc. 378 Route 130, Logan Township, Bridgeport NJ 08085 Phone: (410) 872-3990 x1120 Fax: (410) 872-9082 Soil contaminated with petroleum or metals, some industrial waste solids The Southbridge Recycling & Disposal Park 165 Barefoot Rd. Southbridge, MA 01550 Phone: (508) 765-9723, (603) 235-3597 Fax: (508) 765-6812 MSW, non-hazardous C & D waste, contaminated soil for cover Stablex Canada, Inc. 760 Industrial Blvd. Blainville Quebec J7C 3V4 Phone: (450) 430-9230 Fax: (450) 430-4642 RCRA liquid and solid, industrial wastes Ted Ondrick Company, LLC 58 Industrial Road, Chicopee, MA 01020 Phone: (413) 592-2566 Fax: (413) 592-7451 Petroleum contaminated soil Tradebe Treatment & Recycling 136 Gracey Ave. Meriden, CT 06451 Phone: (203) 238-8114 Fax: (203) 238-6772 RCRA, CRW wastewater, oil, hazardous waste fuels, hazardous and non-hazardous waste water Tunnel Hill Reclamation 2500 Township Road, 205 Route 2 New Lexington, OH 43764 Phone: (914) 713-0203 Fax: (914) 713-0672 Municipal solid waste, non-hazardous waste, contaminated soils Waste Management RCI Fitchburg Landfill Fitchburg Princeton Road, Westminister, MA 01473 Phone: (978) 355-6821 Fax: (978) 355-6317 Solid: MSW, non-hazardous waste, C&D, contaminated soil for use as cover material under MADEP COMM-97 policy Turnkey Landfill (Waste Management of NH) TLR III Refuse Disposal Facility

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

90 Rochester Neck Road, PO Box 7065 Rochester, NH 03839 Phone: (603) 330-2197 Fax: (603) 330-2130 Solid: MSW, C&D, PCB remediation waste (<50ppm), virgin petroleum contaminated soil, CRW solid waste

The category of material accepted by each facility listed above is for informational purposes only. The Contractor shall verify facility acceptance of each type of regulated item. (2) Submittals Thirty (30) days prior to commencement of work involving the management of regulated items, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, the following documentation: 1. Copy of Spill Contractor Permit registration issued by the CTDEEP.

2. Hazard communication training for all employees performing this work.

3. Biohazardous Waste Compliance Work Plan as outline in Section 3(c).

4. Names of the treatment facilities, recycling facilities and/or disposal facilities the Contractor intends to use to receive each type of regulated item.

5. Hazardous Material Transporter USDOT Certificate of Registration for each transporter.

6. Hazardous Waste Transporter Permit for the State of Connecticut, the destination state(s), and all other applicable states for each transporter.

Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a minimum of 48 hours notice in advance of scheduling, changing or canceling work activities. (3) Regulated Item Management Provisions (a) General Requirements The Contractor’s OSHA Competent Person shall be in control on the job site at all times during hazardous material management work activities. This person must be capable of identifying existing hazards, possess the authority to implement corrective measures to reduce/eliminate the hazards, comply with applicable Federal, State and Local regulations that mandate work practices, and be capable of performing the work of this contract. All employees who perform regulated material management related work shall be properly trained and qualified to perform such duties. All labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, testing, insurance, and incidentals which are necessary or required to perform the work in accordance with applicable governmental regulations, industry standards and codes, and these specifications, shall be provided by the Contractor.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

Ladders and/or scaffolds shall be in compliance with OSHA requirements, and of adequate length, strength and sufficient quantity to support the scope of work. Use of ladders/scaffolds shall be in conformance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L and X requirements. Work performed at heights exceeding six feet (6’) shall be performed in accordance with the OSHA Fall Protection Standard 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M including the use of fall arrest systems as applicable. Inventory data from investigative surveys throughout the buildings are included herein and are presented for informational purposes only. Under no circumstances shall this information be the sole means used by the Contractor for determining the quantities or extent of the regulated items to be managed. The Contractor shall be responsible for verification of all field conditions affecting performance of the work. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for concurrence any additional items not listed herein that it believes to be regulated items included under this item. However, compliance with applicable requirements is solely the responsibility of the Contractor. The Engineer will provide a Project Monitor to monitor the activities of the Contractor and inspect the work required. Environmental sampling shall be conducted as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Spill areas shall be cleaned by the Contractor until accepted by the Engineer. The Engineer may sample the spill area to demonstrate Contractor compliance with an acceptable standard. (b) Personnel Protection Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall provide hazard communication training to all employees as necessary in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.59 and 29 CFR 1910.1200 and instruct all workers in all aspects of personnel protection, work procedures, emergency procedures and use of equipment including procedures unique to this project. Worker health and safety protocols that address potential and/or actual risk of exposure to site specific hazards are solely the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide respiratory protection that meets the requirements of OSHA as required in 29 CFR 1910.134 and 29 CFR 1926.1000. A formal respiratory protection program, including appropriate medical surveillance, must be implemented in accordance with OSHA standards. The Contractor shall, as necessary, conduct exposure assessment air sampling, analysis and reporting to ensure the workers are afforded appropriate respiratory protection. The Contractor shall provide and require all workers to wear appropriate personnel protective equipment, including protective clothing and respiratory protection, as required, within regulated work areas which exceed OSHA Personnel Exposure Limits (PELs) or when handling hazardous materials. (c) Regulated Item Management Work Procedures The Contractor shall not begin work until the Project Monitor is on-site. Prior to beginning work on-site, the Contractor shall prepare waste characterization profile forms for each type of waste stream to be generated and forward such forms to the Engineer for review,

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

approval and signature. Upon approval, the Contractor shall forward such forms to the appropriate disposal facilities for acceptance. The Contractor shall utilize all appropriate engineering controls and safety and protective equipment while performing the work in accordance with OSHA, USEPA, USDOT, CTDEEP and Connecticut Department of Public Health DPH regulations. The Contractor shall employ work practices so as to minimize the disturbance of the constituents in the regulated items, and prevent breakage and spills. In the event of a spill, the Contractor shall cordon off the area and notify the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible to have spills and the effected areas decontaminated to the acceptance of the Engineer by personnel trained in hazardous waste operator emergency response. The Contractor shall carefully and properly remove, handle, pack, label and manifest all of the regulated items in waste containers specified and suitable to contain the waste in accordance with all federal and state regulations. Prior to transportation and recycling and/or disposal, all proper USEPA, OSHA, CTDEEP and USDOT labels and placards shall be affixed to the waste containers and hazardous materials shipping papers such as waste manifests/bills of lading shall be completed. Prior to construction activity which would disturb such materials, properly remove, handle, pack, label, transport, manifest and recycle or dispose of the regulated items from those listed below: Homeless activity was observed beneath/at Bridge No. 03819, including, but not limited to human waste, sharps, bedding/clothing, etc. with the potential for contamination with human fluids presenting a potential exposure to blood borne pathogens and a need for management/disposal as biohazardous waste.

Biohazardous/Blood Borne Pathogen (BBP) Waste – human fecal waste, sharps, bedding, clothing with potential for contamination with human fluids.

The Contractor shall submit a Biohazardous Waste Compliance Work Plan to CTDOT outlining the exact procedures that will be used to perform the work and protect the employees performing the biohazardous waste work. No biohazardous work shall be started by the Contractor until the Engineer has been notified and the Work Plan has been approved by the Engineer. Regular construction/demolition (C&D) or trash from site shall not be mixed in with the potential biohaz materials (sharps/needles. feces, etc.) No soil removal will be considered for payment under this Item without the approval of the Engineer. Upon discovery of any previously unidentified regulated items during renovation activities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and work shall cease in that area until the Engineer can determine the extent of any impact and proper handling procedures are implemented.

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

(d) Waste Disposal Efforts shall be made to recycle the constituents of the regulated items rather than dispose of them in accordance with the waste minimization efforts required under RCRA. RCRA hazardous waste shall not be stored on the job site in excess of 90 calendar days from the accumulation start date. Connecticut Regulated Waste shall not be transported to a RCRA or TSCA permitted facility for disposal, unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer in writing. All non-RCRA hazardous waste materials, regulated waste materials and recyclable waste items shall be manifested separately from RCRA and TSCA hazardous waste, and documented properly on non-hazardous waste manifests, waste shipment records, bills of lading or other appropriate shipping papers for transportation to the recycling and/or disposal facility. The Contractor shall prepare each lab pack list and shipping document (manifests, waste shipment records, bills of lading, etc.) with all of the required information completed (including types of waste, proper shipping name, categories, packing numbers, amounts of waste, etc.) in accordance with applicable federal and state regulations. The document will be signed by an authorized agent representing ConnDOT as the Generator for each load that is packed to leave the site. The Contractor shall forward the appropriate original copies of shipping papers to the Engineer the same day the regulated items leave the project site. All vehicles departing the site transporting hazardous materials shall display proper USDOT placards, as appropriate for the type of waste being transported. (e) Project Closeout Documents: Within thirty (30) days after completion of the on-site project work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer copies of the following completed documents:

1. Hazardous Waste Manifests 2. Waste Shipment Records/Bills of Lading 3. Recycling Receipts

Documents 1. through 3. must include the signature of an authorized disposal facility representative acknowledging receipt of hazardous materials. Method of Measurement: The work of “Handling and Disposal of Regulated Items” shall be provided for in accordance with Article 1.04.05 – Extra Work. Basis of Payment:

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0101143A

The work of “Handling and Disposal of Regulated Items” shall be paid for in accordance with Article 1.04.05 – Extra Work, which price shall include the management, removal, handling, packing, labeling, transport, manifesting, recycling or disposal of the regulated constituents in the specific equipment/items scheduled for impact at the project site, and all equipment, materials, tools and labor incidental to the work. Final payment will not be made until completed copies of all Manifest(s), Waste Shipment Records, Bills of Lading and/or Recycling Receipts have been provided to the Engineer. Once completed and facility-signed copies have been received in their entirety, the Engineer will make the final payment.

Pay Item Pay Unit Handling and Disposal of Estimate Regulated Items

END OF SECTION

Rev. Date 9-2-15

0094-0256 ITEM# 0201001A

ITEM #0201001A – CLEARING AND GRUBBING Article 2.01 Clearing and Grubbing, shall be supplemented as follows: Article 2.01.01 - Description: Add the following: The work specified in this section consists of clearing the ground of trees, stumps, brush, refuse, rubbish, trash, debris, dislodged materials and cut vegetation, all within the limits of construction of this Contract. The limits of this specified work shall provide for a useable width to accomplish the work as shown on the Contract Drawings. This item shall also include the removal of any extraneous aggregate materials not used to achieve the final grades and lines as shown on the Contract Drawings. Article 2.01.05 - Basis of Payment: Add the following: All costs incidental to the removal and disposal of temporary precast barrier curbs, extraneous aggregate material, objectionable debris, etc., will be included in the price of “Clearing and Grubbing.”

11/27/2017

ITEM #0603276A

ITEM #0202645A – STRAIN GAGE WIRING

ITEM #1113807A – TEST EQUIPMEMT

Description: Work for these items shall include designing, furnishing, installing and operating materials and equipment to provide a strain gage monitoring system for use in measuring applied loads and stresses induced in the existing bridge superstructure. The existing superstructure and structural elements shall be monitored at certain various locations, as determined and directed by the Engineer, in support of installing post-tension systems on girders in Site Nos. 1 and 3 as noted on the subset 09 “Girder Rehabilitation” plans. The Item “Strain Gage Wiring” shall include furnishing and installing up to (10) strain gages and all wiring from the structure monitoring points to equipment that will receive and process strain gage output, for each post-tension system location to be monitored as determined by the Engineer. The Item “Test Equipment” shall include furnishing, installing, operating and maintaining the equipment that will receive and process strain gage output, and shall include all technical assistance required to oversee the installation of strain gages, and properly setup, operate and maintain the equipment.

Materials:

Contractor shall submit all materials used in the strain monitoring system used to measure applied loads as noted on the plans and the strains and stresses induced in the existing superstructure.

Construction Methods:

Qualifications: Contractor shall procure the services of a consult or company experienced with designing, furnishing, installing and operating a strain monitoring system for its intended purpose for this project, and submit their prior projects and experience performed for the past 5 years for review by the Engineer. Submittals: Working drawings and calculations of the proposed design and selection of strain monitoring components and system shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment. Field Measurements and Assessment of Site Conditions: The Contractor shall take all necessary field dimensions and access site conditions to ensure proper fabrication and installation of strain gages, wiring and equipment.

Method of Measurement:

The Item “Strain Gage Wiring” shall be measured for payment by the number of linear feet of wiring installed, including the furnishing and installing of strain gages and all required connections.

11/27/2017

ITEM #0603276A

The Item “Test Equipment”, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment.

Basis of Payment:

The Item “Strain Gage Wiring” shall be paid for at the contract unit bid price “linear feet” and the number of linear feet of strain gage wiring installed and accepted by the Engineer, and shall include the design and selection, furnishing and installing strain gages for each wire run and all other labor, tools and equipment incidental thereto. The Item “Test Equipment” will be paid for at the contract unit price Lump Sum (LS), and shall include the design, technical services, furnishing, installing and maintaining test equipment, and all other labor, tools and equipment incidental thereto. . Pay Item Pay Unit Strain Gage Wiring LF Test Equipment LS

Rev. Date 11/17/17

ITEM #0202911A

ITEM #0202911A - CONDITION SURVEY (SITE NO. 1) Description: The Contractor shall perform a pre-construction survey of the existing historic Old Mill Building, located north of the bridge near Pier 7. The condition survey shall document the existing conditions, including but not limited to, cracks, settlements, physical condition of the roof, and other existing structural defects. The condition survey shall also establish ambient vibration levels, and determine and recommend tolerable and safe levels of vibrations to the existing structures due to construction. Materials: Materials, tools and equipment shall be provided as required to perform and complete work. Construction Methods: The Contractor shall perform a pre-construction survey of existing facilities in accordance with this specification to establish baseline data of existing structural defects. The Contractor shall engage a professional engineer licensed in the state of Connecticut, with a minimum of five (5) years of experience, to prepare the Condition Survey. The condition survey engineer and his agents for this work shall act as the representative of the interests of the adjacent property owners during construction, and he shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. The condition survey engineer shall determine the condition of the existing buildings, document any existing damage or defects and prepare a written report including color photographs, sketches, plans and any other pertinent information. A minimum of four (4) copies of a signed and stamped report shall be submitted to the Engineer. The condition survey engineer shall attend site meetings as needed to discuss issues and/or construction procedures, and shall provide written summaries of construction observations. Method of Measurement: This work, being paid on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment.

Pre-construction Survey: The cost to develop and perform the pre-construction survey meeting site requirements shall be 50 percent of the lump sum value. Basis of Payment: Payment for this item shall be made at the contract Lump Sum price for “Condition Survey (Site No. 1)”, which shall include all field inspections, surveys, photographs, video, sketches and final report, engineering studies and recommendations, reports, construction monitoring, meetings, and all services necessary to complete this work.

11/28/2017

ITEM #0503889A

ITEM #0503889A - JACKING EXISTING SUPERSTRUCTURE Description: Work under this item shall consist of designing, furnishing, installing, operating, maintaining and removing temporary jacking systems that can raise the existing superstructure members the minimum amount necessary to permit the removal and replacement of truss rocker bearings, as shown on Subset 08 of the plans except as noted, in accordance with these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. Temporary bracing as required to ensure lateral stability of the superstructure during the work, concrete leveling pads, and other miscellaneous materials and work noted in Subset 08 of the plans to jack the ends of the existing superstructure shall be considered included for payment in this item. The furnishing, fabricating and installation of jacking beam, including all permanent local strengthening of truss ends, members and gusset plate connections, shall be paid for under the item “Structural Steel (Site No. 6)”. The furnishing, fabricating and installation of a lateral bracing members interfacing with the top flange of the jacking beam and the upper connections at the node L0, shall be considered included for payment in the item “Structural Steel (Site No. 5). Materials: Steel, timber or any other material or combination of materials may be used for the temporary jacking and supporting of the beams.

The materials used shall be of satisfactory quality, and capable of safely carrying the anticipated loads. All materials shall be approved by the Engineer before use.

Jacks: Hydraulic jacks shall be equipped with a positive mechanical locking collar to allow jacks to sustain full load with non-hydraulic support.

Grout shall comply with section M.03.05.

Construction Methods: The jacking of the existing trusses shall be performed such that the beams are jacked the minimum amount necessary to allow for the removal of the existing bearings. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit working drawings, design computations and catalog cuts for review in accordance with Article 1.05.02. The design shall conform to the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, latest edition and interims, and the AASHTO Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works. The design computations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. Material designations and material lists.

2. Allowable loads or capacities for all structural members and components. Appropriate reductions in allowable stresses and loads shall be used in design when other than new or undamaged materials are used in the construction of the temporary jacking system.

11/28/2017

ITEM #0503889A

3. Soil or pavement bearing capacities, if applicable.

4. Anticipated lifting loads.

5. Anticipated design loads and stresses on structural members and components.

6. References for all design equations.

The working drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. General Notes.

2. Model number and capacity for each jack. The rated capacity shall be at least 1.5 times the anticipated lifting load and each jack shall have its rated capacity clearly shown on the attached manufacturer's name plate. The jacks shall be hydraulically operated.

3. Schematic diagram showing the jack hoses, pumps and gages and any other jacking equipment. Pressure gages or other load measuring devices shall be used to monitor the applied lifting pressure. The jacks shall be joined to operate collectively.

4. Maximum anticipated lifting load for each jacking point location.

5. Anticipated lift at each jacking point location

6. Conversion table listing hydraulic pressures and their equivalent lifting forces.

7. Jacking procedures outlining the complete sequence of operations to be followed when jacking, supporting, and lowering the Truss ends.

8. A plan showing the layout of the jacking point locations and the details of the bracing and supporting members. All connections shall be detailed. Jacks shall be set level.

9. The details of strengthening on the existing steel members including all locations and sizes.

10. Details of proposed modifications to the existing structure and the methods of restoration, including modifications and restoration due to temporary scaffolding (if necessary) configurations. All modifications to the bridge shall be removed unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer to remain. Welds are to be removed by grinding or "arc" gouging without damaging the base metal that is to remain. No holes shall be drilled into or concrete removed from the superstructure.

11. A plan showing proposed locations of temporary scaffolding for jacking location access, including minimum height over road, where applicable, and minimum horizontal clearance from roadway gutterline. Metal beam rail systems or concrete barrier shall also be located relative to the roadway gutterline.

The working drawings and design calculations shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut, who shall also be available for consultation interpreting his drawings and calculations, and in the resolution of any problem that may occur during the performance of the work. Please note that each working drawing must be sealed.

11/28/2017

ITEM #0503889A

The furnishing of calculations and working drawings shall not serve to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the safety of the work or the successful completion of the work. The catalog cuts shall contain the specifications for the jacks. The Contractor shall field verify all working drawing dimensions before fabricating any materials. The jacking system shall be installed as detailed on the working drawings. The jacking system, once installed, shall not prohibit the Contractor from performing any work required by the contract plans. The Engineer may require that any lifting equipment which he· deems to be inadequate or faulty be removed from the project site. If part of the jacking system (false-work bents, etc.) is placed adjacent to vehicular traffic; the Contractor shall take adequate precautions to protect the system. Temporary barriers shall be placed around the system as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with the plans. Jacking against existing cross frames or diaphragms or proposed modifications to cross frames or diaphragms, for jacking purposes, will not be allowed without the approval of the Engineer. A structural analysis of the cross frame or diaphragm capacity or the design of any proposed modifications to cross frames or diaphragms, stamped by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut, is required for approval. Prior to welding the jacking stiffeners to the existing steel members, existing paint shall first be removed from the existing steel members around the weld area. See the special provision for “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends” for the description and construction methods. Jacking against the concrete deck or any portion thereof shall not be permitted. The beam ends shall be jacked uniformly and simultaneously through the use of a manifold system to the minimum amount necessary to complete the work detailed on the contract plans. Jacking shall not exceed ¼-inch. The differential lift between adjacent beams shall not exceed 1/8-inch at any time during the jacking or lowering of the beams. When only one bearing is being jacked the jacking shall not exceed 1/8-inch. The applied lifting force at each jacking point location shall not exceed the maximum anticipated lifting load without approval by the Engineer. Minimum jacking loads shall be 1.5 times the calculated load for Dead Load and Live Load plus Impact. The Contractor shall carefully inspect and maintain the jacking system during its use. After the beams are raised, blocking shall be installed under the beam ends to support the superstructure while work is performed on the bearings and substructure components. After the bearings have been installed and accepted, the beam-ends shall be lowered uniformly and simultaneously through the use of a manifold, until all loads are carried by the bearings. When the jacking system is no longer required, the Contractor shall promptly remove and

11/28/2017

ITEM #0503889A

dispose of the equipment and materials. The area shall be restored to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused to any part of the structure, utilities, pavement below, or vehicular traffic as a result of the work required by this special provision. He shall repair and/or replace any such damage at no cost to the State, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Method of Measurement: This work shall be measured for payment b y t h e n um b e r o f b e a r i n gs j a c k ed and r ep l a c e d . Basis of Payment: This work shall be paid for at the contract bid price Each, for “Jacking Existing Superstructure", complete and accepted, which price shall include furnishing, instal ling and removing temporary all materials, tools; equipment, and labor incidental thereto. The final cleaning and application of paint on jacking stiffener shall be paid for under the item “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. X)”. Pay Item Pay Unit

Jacking Existing Superstructure EA

11/22/2017

ITEM #0503904A

ITEM #0503904A - JACKING FOR BEARING REPLACEMENT Description: Work under this item shall consist of designing, furnishing, installing, operating, maintaining and removing temporary jacking systems that can raise the existing girder ends the minimum amount necessary to permit the removal and replacement of rocker expansion bearings as shown on the plans, in accordance with these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. Work shall include designing, furnishing and installing steel plate, shapes and hardware for local strengthening of superstructure to provide jacking locations and react jacking loads, as may be required in accordance with the Contractors proposed jacking methods and procedures reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Materials:

Hydraulic Jacks: Hydraulic jacks shall be equipped with a positive mechanical locking collar to allow jacks to sustain full load with non-hydraulic support.

Temporary steel, timber or other material or combination of materials shall be of satisfactory quality and capable of safely carrying the anticipated loads, and shall be specified in the Contractor’s design calculations and schematic documentation,

Permanent steel plate, shapes, bolts and hardware materials furnished and installed to stiffen and strengthen girders to sustain jacking loads shall be left in place. The cost of furnishing and installing permanent steel material shall be considered included in this item. The type and grade of permanent steel material shall be as specified in the structural steel items in this contract.


The use of temporary jacking towers is a possible method for jacking the ends of girders to allow for replacement of bearings. The design, methods and procedures shall be developed by the Contractor, and shall consider all variable site conditions to ensure a safe and capable design is provided. Design calculations and schematics that detail the jacking system shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment. Should an alternative method of jacking be desired, the Contractor shall develop the design, methods, procedures, calculations and schematics of his preferred system and submit to the Engineer for review and comment. The jacking of the existing girder ends shall be performed such that the girders are jacked the minimum amount necessary to allow for the removal of the existing bearings. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit working drawings, design computations and catalog cuts for review in accordance with Article 1.05.02. The design shall conform to the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, latest edition and interims, and the AASHTO Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works.

11/22/2017

ITEM #0503904A

The design computations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. Material designations and material lists.

2. Allowable loads or capacities for all structural members and components. Appropriate reductions in allowable stresses and loads shall be used in design when other than new or undamaged materials are used in the construction of the temporary jacking system.

3. Soil or pavement bearing capacities, if applicable.

4. Anticipated lifting loads.

5. Anticipated design loads and stresses on structural members and components.

6. References for all design equations.

The working drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1. General Notes.

2. Model number and capacity for each jack. The rated capacity shall be at least 1.5 times the anticipated lifting load and each jack shall have its rated capacity clearly shown on the attached manufacturer's name plate. The jacks shall be hydraulically operated.

3. Schematic diagram showing the jack hoses, pumps and gages and any other jacking equipment. Pressure gages or other load measuring devices shall be used to monitor the applied lifting pressure. The jacks shall be joined to operate collectively.

4. Maximum anticipated lifting load for each jacking point location.

5. Anticipated lift at each jacking point location

6. Conversion table listing hydraulic pressures and their equivalent lifting forces.

7. Jacking procedures outlining the complete sequence of operations to be followed when jacking, supporting, and lowering the girder ends.

8. A plan showing the layout of the jacking point locations and the details of the bracing and supporting members. All connections shall be detailed. Jacks shall be set level.

9. The details of strengthening on the existing steel members including all locations and sizes.

10. Details of proposed modifications to the existing structure and the methods of restoration, including modifications and restoration due to temporary scaffolding (if necessary) configurations. All modifications to the bridge shall be removed unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer to remain. Welds are to be removed by grinding or "arc" gouging without damaging the base metal that is to remain. No holes shall be drilled into or concrete removed from the superstructure.

11. A plan showing proposed locations of temporary scaffolding for jacking location access, including minimum height over road, where applicable, and minimum horizontal clearance from roadway gutterline. Metal beam rail systems or concrete barrier shall also be located relative to the roadway gutterline.

11/22/2017

ITEM #0503904A

The working drawings and design calculations shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut, who shall also be available for consultation interpreting his drawings and calculations, and in the resolution of any problem that may occur during the performance of the work. Please note that each working drawing must be sealed. The furnishing of calculations and working drawings shall not serve to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the safety of the work or the successful completion of the work. Catalog cut sheets and schematic drawings for the specifications a n d o p e r a t i o n o f t h e p r o p o s e d jacking system shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. The Contractor shall field verify all working drawing dimensions before fabricating any materials. The jacking system shall be installed as detailed on the working drawings. The jacking system, once installed, shall not prohibit the Contractor from performing any work required by the contract plans. The Engineer may require that any lifting equipment which he· deems to be inadequate or faulty be removed from the project site. If part of the jacking system (false-work bents, etc.) is placed adjacent to vehicular traffic; the Contractor shall take adequate precautions to protect the system. Temporary barriers shall be placed around the system as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with the plans. Jacking against existing cross frames or diaphragms or proposed modifications to cross frames or diaphragms, for jacking purposes, will not be allowed without the approval of the Engineer. A structural analysis of the cross frame or diaphragm capacity or the design of any proposed modifications to cross frames or diaphragms, stamped by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut, is required for approval. Jacking against the concrete deck or any portion thereof shall not be permitted. Prior to bolting the jacking stiffeners to the existing steel members, existing paint shall first be removed from the existing steel members around the stiffener area. See the special provision for “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends” for additional information and construction methods. The girder ends shall be jacked uniformly and simultaneously through the use of a manifold system to the minimum amount necessary to complete the work detailed on the contract plans. Jacking shall not exceed 1/4-inch. The differential lift between adjacent beams shall not exceed 1/8-inch at any time during the jacking or lowering of the beams. When only one bearing is being jacked the jacking shall not exceed 1/8-inch. The applied lifting force at each jacking point location shall not exceed the maximum anticipated lifting load without approval by the Engineer. Minimum jacking loads shall be 1.5 times the calculated load for Dead Load and Live Load plus Impact. The Contractor shall carefully inspect and maintain the jacking system during its use. After the beams are raised,

11/22/2017

ITEM #0503904A

blocking shall be installed under the beam ends to support the superstructure while work is performed on the bearings and substructure components. After the bearings have been installed and accepted, the girder-ends shall be lowered uniformly and simultaneously through the use of a manifold, until all loads are carried by the bearings. When the jacking system is no longer required, the Contractor shall promptly remove and dispose of the equipment and materials. The area shall be restored to its original condition and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused to any part of the structure, utilities, pavement below, or vehicular traffic as a result of the work required by this special provision. He shall repair and/or replace any such damage at no cost to the State, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Method of Measurement: This work shall be measured for payment b y t h e n um b e r o f g i r d e r s j a ck e d fo r r e p l ac e m en t o f b e a r i n gs , r e p l a c ed an d a c c e p t e d . Basis of Payment: This work shall be paid for at the contract bid price each, for “Jacking for Bearing Replacement", complete and accepted, which price shall include furnishing, instal ling and removing temporary all materials, tools; equipment, and labor incidental thereto. The final blast cleaning and painting of bearings and girder jacking stiffeners shall be paid for under the item “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. (__))”, as applicable. Pay Item Pay Unit

Jacking for Bearing Replacement EA

11/22/17

ITEM #0503968A

ITEM #0503968A – DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT EXISTING CROSS FRAMES

Description:

Work under this item shall include disconnecting ends of members in existing cross-frames, cutting and reworking gusset plate connection plates and reconnecting ends of members, where their existence conflicts with the installation of proposed structural steel as noted on the plans and as directed by the engineer.

Cross frames span between girders at existing floor beam locations, and consist of multiple members and connections. Disconnecting and reconnecting a member, including modifying its multiple gusset plate connection details, shall be considered an each item of work for this item. Submittals: The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings of his proposed methods for disconnecting and reconnecting cross frames, and for a temporary restraint system to maintain the lateral stability of the superstructure while the existing cross frames are temporarily disconnected. Materials:

- Steel plate shall be AASHTO M270 Grade 50W - Bolts shall be AASHTO Grade A325 Construction Methods:

Contractor shall install his proposed methods and procedures for maintaining lateral stability of the superstructure, during the disconnecting and reconnecting of existing cross-frame members.

Existing gusset plates connecting cross-frame members shall be removed, reworked in the field, and reinstalled upon completion of installation of girder strengthening steel. If existing gusset plates are not reusable, new plates shall be fabricated and reconnected to existing ends of cross-frame member and strengthened girder.

Method of Measurement: This work will be paid for by the number of cross frames member connections disconnected, reworked and reconnected.

Basis of Payment: This work shall be paid for at the contract price Each (EA) for "Disconnect and Reconnect Existing Cross Frames", which shall include furnishing and installing temporary restraint systems, disconnecting of members and their connections, reworking existing gusset plate as needed to allow for installation of proposed structural steel, reconnecting cross frame member connections, and all equipment, material, tools, and labor incidental thereto. Pay Item Pay Unit Disconnect and Reconnect Existing Cross Frames EA

03/29/2017

94-256 ITEM #0512018A

ITEM #0512018A - REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING BRIDGE DRAINAGE SYSTEM

Description: This item shall consist of the partial removal of existing bridge drainage systems and replacement with a proposed system at locations and to the approximate limits shown on the plans, or as ordered by the Engineer. Materials: Pipe Bridge drainage piping shall be fiberglass or PVC pipe Schedule 40 conforming to M.08.01-20 and shall be compatible with the existing pipe that will be joined. Fittings including wyes, cleanouts, reducers, and other types of manufactured elbows shall have a smooth interior with a minimum centerline radius of one and one half (1-1/2) times the pipe diameter. Pipe Supports Structural steel for pipe support members shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A709, Grade 36 or 50 and shall be galvanized after fabrication to meet the requirements of ASTM A123. Threaded rods, bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A449, A563-Grade DH or A194-Grade 2H and F436 as applicable. All hardware shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 as applicable. Welding required for fabrication of the pipe supports shall be in accordance with the current AWS specifications. Commercial pipe supports of non-corrosive materials may be proposed for use and are subject to the approval of the Engineer. Chemical anchors and testing shall be in accordance with Section M.03.07 of the Standard Specifications. Construction Methods: Shop Drawings: Before fabricating any materials, the Contractor shall take all field measurements necessary to assure proper fit of the finished work, and shall submit shop drawings to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Article 1.05.02-3. These drawings shall include, but not be limited to the following information:

03/29/2017

94-256 ITEM #0512018A

A. A layout plan and elevation showing all lengths, elevations, fittings, supports, and material designations.

B. Commercial items shall be identified by manufacturer, trade name and catalog number and shall indicate sufficient details.

C. Pipe supports shall be fully detailed.

D. All field measurements shall be submitted for reference. Installation: Existing bridge drainage piping shall be removed as shown on the plans. New pipe of the size, type and material as shown on the plans shall be joined to the existing pipe and routed to the proposed outlet location. The pipe shall be installed to the approximate lines and grades shown on the plans and shall be securely attached to the structure as shown on the plans. The adhesive for joining pipes shall be mixed and applied in strict accordance with directions included in the adhesive kit, or as directed by the representatives of the manufacturer. The surfaces of the joint shall be coated with the adhesive immediately before joining adjacent lengths of pipe. After properly joining two adjacent sections, the pipe supports and clamps shall be properly tightened to hold the pipe in place. Existing pipe supports in areas where existing pipe is removed shall be removed and anchor rods shall be cut flush with the face of the concrete. New threaded anchor rods shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations for the chemical anchoring material. Method of Measurement: This work will be measured for payment by the actual number of linear feet of pipe for bridge drainage, completed and accepted, measured in place along the axis of the pipe through all fittings from the connection to the existing pipe to its terminus. Removal of existing bridge drainage system will not be measured for payment. Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for "REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING BRIDGE DRAINAGE SYSTEM", complete in place, which price shall include all materials including pipe, cleanouts, and supports, including hardware, drilling and chemical anchoring of threaded rods, removal of existing bridge drainage system, all equipment, tools and labor incidental thereto. Structural steel members and appurtenances detailed to support the pipe shall be considered incidental to the cost of the permanent pipe installation. Pay Item Pay Unit Removal and Replacement of Existing Bridge Drainage System LF

11/02/17

ITEM #0521003A

ITEM #0521003A – BEARING REPLACEMENT WITH ELASTOMERIC BEARING PADS

Description: This item shall consist of providing all materials and labor to replace existing girder expansion bearings, which will include field measuring of controlling dimensions to ensure proper fabrication of proposed bearings; disconnecting, removing and disposal of existing steel bearings including masonry and sole plates; preparation of bearing surfaces; furnishing elastomeric steel laminated bearing assemblies with external vulcanized bonded sole and masonry plates including all steel and non-steel filler and shim materials; installing bearing assemblies including materials and connections required to complete the installation; all as noted on the plans. Work under this item shall also include all furnishing all materials and labor to construct reinforced concrete pedestal extensions including drilling and grouting rebar and additional rebar reinforcement; fabricating and installing steel angle keepers; furnishing and installing anchor bolts and all other bolts, hardware and material required for installation of bearings; all as noted on the plans in subset 07 “Bearings Rehabilitation”, as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with these specifications. Materials

All materials shall be approved by the Engineer. Materials shall include the following

- Elastomer shall be Grade 50 neoprene.

- Internal steel laminae shall be ASTM A36 steel

- External steel plate and shapes shall be ASTM Grade 50W steel

- Bolts shall be grade ASTM A325

- Stainless steel shim plates shall be Grade 304 stainless steel

Construction Methods

The Contractor shall provide adequate precautions and shielding to prevent any materials and debris from the work operations from dropping to the area below. This debris shall be disposed of properly.

Elastomeric bearing pads shall conform to the requirements of Section 5.21 – Elastomeric Bearing Pads and this special provision. External steel load plate shall be vulcanized bonded to the elastomeric pad.

Fabrication and Fabrication Tolerances: The fabrication and fabrication tolerances of elastomeric bearings shall conform to the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction Specifications for Method B.

Field Measurements: Contractor shall field measure all required critical existing dimensions, particularly heights of existing bearing assemblies and slope angle of existing girder bottom flange, to ensure proper fabrication and installation of proposed bearings;

11/02/17

ITEM #0521003A

Prior to removing existing welds, the existing lead paint shall first be removed from the girder around the weld. See the special provision for “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. X)” for the description and construction methods. After the removal of the existing bearings, reinforced concrete pedestals shall be constructed, upon which the elastomeric bearings are to rest. Pedestals shall be carefully finished, including patching and/or grinding if necessary, to a smooth level surface to the required elevation and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and shall show no variation from a true plane greater than 1/16-inch over the entire bearing area upon which the elastomeric pads are to rest. The elastomeric bearing pads shall be installed at the proper alignment and location as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with Article 5.21.03. The elastomeric bearing pads shall be installed at an ambient temperature between 40°F and 80°F. The elastomeric bearing pads shall be set so that their side faces are vertical after application of full dead load at 50°F. Method of Measurement: This work will be measured for payment by the number of elastomeric bearing pads installed complete and accepted in place. Removal of the existing bearing assembly and sole plate will not be measured for payment. Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the contract unit price each for “Bearing Replacement with Elastomeric Bearing Pads” complete in place, which price shall include taking field measurements, removal and disposal of existing bearings, preparing bearing surfaces, furnishing and installing new elastomeric bearing assemblies and constructing concrete pedestal extensions, fabricating and installing steel angle keepers and anchor bolts, all as shown on the plans and directed by the Engineer, and all necessary materials, tools, equipment, and labor incidental thereto. Pay Item Pay Unit Bearing Replacement with Elastomeric Bearing Pads EA

11-20-17

ITEM #0522156A

ITEM #0522156A – REPLACE EXPANSION BEARINGS Description: Work under this item shall consist of the removal and replacement of truss expansion rocker bearings at Piers 21, 25, 28 and 32. Two bearings are to be replaced at pier for a total of 8 bearings, as shown on the plans, as directed by the Engineer and in accordance with these specifications.

A total of eight (8) truss rocker bearings at Pier 23 and Pier 30 have been previously replaced and shall remain as is.

Temporary bracing as required to ensure lateral stability of the superstructure during the work, shall be paid for under the item “Jacking Existing Superstructure”.

The furnishing, fabricating and installation of lateral bracing members interfacing with the top flange of the jacking beam and the upper connections at the node L0, shall be paid for under the item “Structural Steel (Site No. 5).

The furnishing, fabricating and installation of jacking beam, including all permanent local strengthening of truss ends, members and gusset plate connections, shall be paid for under the item “Structural Steel (Site No. 6)”.

Materials: Steel materials shall be as noted in Subset 08 plans. Non-shrink grout shall conform to Article M.03.01-12.

Construction Methods: Before submitting shop drawings, the Contractor shall obtain field measurements of the existing expansion bearings and verify compatibility with the new expansion bearings as detailed in the plans. The Contractor shall also record the grade of each truss chord to ensure existing conditions are maintained upon completion of the work. Field measurements shall be submitted with the shop drawings.

A minimum of thirty (30) days prior to the installation of the expansion bearings, the Contractor shall deliver to the job site the required number of bearings for installation.

The concrete bearing pads shall have smooth, even, and level surfaces. They shall show no variations from a true plane greater than 1/16-inch over the entire area upon which the expansion bearings are to rest. The concrete shall be finished by grinding as required to achieve these requirements. The concrete bearing pads shall be cleaned of all debris just prior to installation of the expansion bearings. The expansion steel bearings shall be installed as shown on the plans.

Weld details, procedures and testing methods shall conform to ANSI/AASHTO/AWS D1.5:2008 Bridge Welding Code, unless otherwise noted. Wherever welding will be used, existing lead paint shall first be removed. See the Notice to Contractor – Hazardous Materials Investigations for the description and construction methods.

The working drawings and design calculations shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut, who shall also be available for consultation interpreting his drawings and calculations, and in the resolution of any problem that may occur during the

11-20-17

ITEM #0522156A

performance of the work. Please note that each working drawing must be sealed.

The furnishing of calculations and working drawings shall not serve to relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the safety of the work or the successful completion of the work. The catalog cuts shall contain the specifications for the jacks.

The Contractor shall field verify all working drawing dimensions before fabricating any materials. The jacking system shall be installed as detailed on the working drawings. The jacking system, once installed, shall not prohibit the Contractor from performing any work required by the contract plans. The Engineer may require that any lifting equipment which he deems to be inadequate or faulty to be removed from the project site. If part of the jacking system (falsework bents, towers, or devices, etc.) is placed adjacent to vehicular traffic, the Contractor shall take adequate precautions to protect the system. Temporary barriers shall be placed around the system as directed by the Engineer, and in accordance with the plans.

Traffic shall be removed from the portion of structure being jacked prior to and during the entire time the load is being supported by the hydraulic pressure of the jack(s). Whenever possible, traffic shall be kept off that portion of the structure during the entire bearing replacement operation.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused to any part of the structure, utilities, pavement below, or vehicular traffic because of the work required by this special provision. He shall repair and/or replace any such damage at no cost to the State, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Method of Measurement: This work shall be measured for payment by the actual number of expansion bearings installed and accepted. Basis of Payment: This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price each for “Replace Expansion Bearings” complete, in place and accepted, which price shall include obtaining field measurements of existing expansion bearings, removal and disposal of existing expansion bearings, grinding of existing anchor bolts, refinishing concrete pads, non-shrink grout, furnishing and installing expansion bearings, and all materials, equipment, tools and labor incidental thereto. The cost of any localized paint removal required to install the new expansion bearings shall also be included for payment under this item. The final application of paint for steel plates shall be paid for under “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. 2)”. Pay Item Pay Unit Replace Expansion Bearings EA

11/07/17

ITEM #0522178A

ITEM #0522178A – CONSTRUCT CONCRETE KEEPER BLOCKS Descriptions: This item shall consist of providing all materials and labor to construct concrete keeper blocks on piers, adjacent to proposed and installed bearing assemblies, to provide lateral restraint for existing bridge bearings. Work shall consist of taking field measurements of existing controlling dimensions to be sure proper fabrication and installation of proposed materials; drilling and grouting reinforcing bars; providing and installing additional rebar reinforcement; forming and pouring concrete; taking field measurements between installed proposed bearings and constructed keeper block to ensure proper fabrication of welded steel spacer element, furnishing and installing stainless steel shims; all as shown on the plans in subset 07 “Bearings Rehabilitation”, and as directed by the Engineer and in accordance with these specifications.

Materials:

The materials for this work shall conform to the applicable sections and requirements of Form 817 Division III “Materials Section”.

- Concrete shall be Class “F” concrete, as specified in section M.03.

- Steel plate and shapes shall be ASTM A709 Grade 50W, hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123.

- Anchor rod material shall be ASTM F1554 Grade 36

- Stainless steel shims shall be Grade 304 stainless steel

- Stud shear connectors shall conform to the requirements of Subarticle M.06.02-4 Welded Stud Shear Connectors.

- Chemical anchor material shall be per M.03.07

- Bar reinforcement shall be per M.06.01

Construction Methods: Concrete keeper blocks shall be constructed after proposed elastomeric bearing assemblies have been installed.

Before submitting shop drawings, the Contractor shall obtain all required existing field measurements to ensure proper fabrication and installation of the proposed work. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Engineer, for review and approval, in accordance with Subarticle 1.05.02.

Method of Measurement: This work shall be measured for payment by the number of concrete keeper block assemblies constructed and accepted.

Basis of Payment: This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price each for “Construct Concrete Keeper Blocks” complete, in place and accepted, which price shall include all field measurements, furnishing, constructing and installing material to construct keepers, and all necessary materials, tools, equipment and labor incidental thereto.

Pay Item: Pay Unit Construct Concrete Keeper Blocks EA

Rev. 8/13/13

94-256 ITEM #0601070A

ITEM #0601070A – CLASS “S” CONCRETE Description: Work under this item shall consist of removing concrete from bridges, and forming and recasting the area. The work shall also include any sandblasting and cleaning of all areas. Work under this item shall also include sandblasting and cleaning any exposed reinforcing steel, replacing missing or deteriorated reinforcing steel, coating the exposed reinforcing steel and new reinforcing steel with a zinc rich primer and adding welded wire fabric reinforcement prior to placing concrete. The Contractor shall not perform any repair work without prior approval by the Engineer for location and limits. Materials: Materials shall conform to Section M.03 as modified herein below: M.03.02 Mix Design Requirements is supplemented to include Class “S” Superplasticized concrete. PROPORT. BY WATER PER BAG TYPE WT. APPROX. MAX. CEM. FACTOR Class “S” 1:2.16:2.20 5.7 (Gals.) 7.0 (Bags/C.Y.) (21.6 L) (9.2 Bags / Cu.M.) 1 - Coarse Aggregate: (c) Gradation: Coarse Aggregate for the Class “S” concrete shall meet the following gradation requirements: For Class “S”: The required grading shall be obtained by using 100 percent 3/8” (10mm) coarse aggregate. 3 - Cement: Only Type I or II Portland Cement shall be used for Class “S” Concrete and there shall be no supplementary cementitious materials. 5 - Admixtures: Add the following: (c) Superplasticizing Admixtures: The superplasticizer admixture shall be a high-range water reducer (HRWR) capable of increasing the slump of the mix from approximately 2.5” (64mm) to 6.5” (165mm) upon the addition of the amount recommended by the respective manufacturer. The HRWR shall conform to ASTM C494 Type F or Type G and shall be approved by the Engineer. The use of this material shall be in strict accordance with the respective manufacturer's written instructions and procedures.

Rev. 8/13/13

94-256 ITEM #0601070A

M.03.04 - Curing Materials: 3. Liquid Membrane Forming Compound: No liquid membrane forming compound shall be used for Class “S” concrete. Welded Wire Fabric: Welded wire fabric shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A185. Primer: Zinc rich primer shall conform to Federal Specification TT-P-641, Type 1 and shall be obtained from one of the suppliers on the American Galvanizers Association’s most current Product Suppliers List for Zinc-Rich Paints and shall be brush-applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Spraying shall not be permitted. Certification: A Materials Certificate is required for the primer in accordance with Article 1.06.07, certifying the conformance of this material to the requirements stated herein. Portland cement materials shall conform to Section M.03 as modified herein. Construction Methods: Composition: Class “S” concrete shall conform to the requirements as specified in M.03 as amended herein. Class “S” concrete shall contain not less than 6.5 percent and not more than 8.5 percent entrained air at the time of placement. The Class “S” concrete shall have a minimum 4,000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. Consistency: Class “S” concrete shall have a slump range of 2 inches (51mm) to 4 inches (102mm) prior to the addition of the HRWR and from 6 inches (150mm) to 8 inches (203mm) slump after the addition of the HRWR. The addition rates of the air-entraining admixture (A.E.A.) and the HRWR will vary. Frequent field testing of the air content and slump prior to and after addition of the HRWR will be the determining factor of actual addition rates for each admixture. Mixing Concrete: For hand mixing of Class “S” concrete, the Contractor shall provide scale(s) approved by the Engineer in which cement and aggregate can be accurately weighed for the required mix proportions. Note: The Contractor shall also have measuring graduates marked for the proportioning of the A.E.A. and the HRWR. Do not mix the A.E.A. and the HRWR together before adding to the mix; the resultant solution will not work. DO NOT add the A.E.A. and the HRWR at the mixer simultaneously; these admixtures must be added separately in the mixing cycle. All manufactured materials shall be stored, mixed and used in strict accordance with the written recommendations of the respective manufacturers. Curing Concrete:

Rev. 8/13/13

94-256 ITEM #0601070A

Concrete shall be cured by leaving forms on for seven (7) days. Material Storage: The Contractor shall store and maintain the A.E.A. and the HRWR materials in clean original containers as delivered by the manufacturer. Work Procedure: Prior to the Contractor removing any concrete, the Engineer will perform an inspection to determine the exact limits and locations of all areas to be repaired. The Contractor shall provide scaffolding or other access as required for the Engineer’s inspection. The Contractor shall not perform any repair work without prior approval of the Engineer for locations, limits and types of repairs. After deteriorated concrete has been removed from the designated areas, the Contractor shall perform repairs in accordance with Class “S” Concrete Repair details on the Typical Concrete Repair Details drawing. The perimeter of each patch shall be saw cut 1” (25mm) deep. Care shall be taken not to cut existing reinforcing. All surfaces of exposed concrete and reinforcing steel shall be thoroughly sandblasted and vacuumed immediately prior to forming. Following sandblasting, all surfaces shall be free of oil, solvent, grease, dirt, dust, bitumen, rust, loose particles and foreign matter. Following sandblasting and cleaning of the surfaces, all exposed reinforcing shall be painted with the approved primer prior to placing concrete. The exposed concrete surface shall be dampened with fresh water (saturated surface dry) immediately prior to placement of the fresh concrete. Extreme care shall be taken, where reinforcing steel is uncovered, not to damage the steel. Pneumatic tools shall not be placed in direct contact with reinforcing steel. Maximum 15 Lb (7 kg) size hammers shall be used for general chipping and removal behind reinforcing steel. Exposed reinforcing shall remain in place except where specifically indicated for removal by direction of the Engineer. Exposed reinforcing steel shall be sandblasted in accordance with SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning, to remove all contaminants, rust and rust scale. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall be installed in accordance with the plans. Where the existing reinforcing steel is severely corroded or damaged, new reinforcing steel shall be installed in accordance with the plans. New steel and welded wire fabric reinforcement shall be attached to the existing steel. When using sandblasting equipment, all work shall be shielded for the protection of the public. All compressed air equipment used in cleaning shall have properly sized and designed oil separators to insure the delivery of oil-free air at the nozzle.

Rev. 8/13/13

94-256 ITEM #0601070A

Adequate measures shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent concrete chips, tools and/or materials from entering into adjacent roadway lanes or dropping to areas below the structure. All debris shall be promptly swept up and removed from the site. All materials removed shall be satisfactorily disposed of by the Contractor. Forms and support systems shall be properly designed in accordance with 6.01.03-1. Forms shall be so designed that placement access shall be allowed at the top of the formwork assembly. Concrete surfaces against which this material is to be placed shall be sound, tight, and thoroughly roughened by the removal and sandblasting procedures specified above. The exposed concrete surfaces shall be dampened (saturated surface dry) with fresh water immediately prior to placement of the fresh concrete. Light rust formations on sandblasted reinforcing steel prior to concrete placement is normal and acceptable. The minimum ambient and patch area surface temperature shall be 45 deg. Fahrenheit (7ºC) and rising at the time of concrete installation. Prior to forming up vertical surfaces, reinforcing steel shall be tied to any exposed reinforcing steel or anchored to sound concrete with powder actuated anchors as approved by the Engineer. Placement of the fresh concrete shall be in the maximum height lifts possible under the circumstances and all freshly placed concrete shall be consolidated during placement with adequately sized and effective vibrators. Following curing and stripping, the exposed faces of new concrete shall be finished off with the use of the appropriate tools to blend in the physical appearance to the surrounding areas as much as possible. Cured concrete areas shall be sounded by the Engineer to detect the presence of any hollow spots. Such spots shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense until found acceptable to the Engineer. Method of Measurement: “Class “S” Concrete” will be measured for payment by the actual volume in cubic yards of concrete placed, and accepted by the Engineer. Welded wire fabric reinforcement and new reinforcing steel to replace damaged or deteriorated existing reinforcement will not be measured for payment. Basis of Payment: “Class “S” Concrete” will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard, complete in place, which price shall include providing scaffolding or other access for the Engineer’s inspection, sawcutting and removing unsound material, sandblasting, cleaning, application of primer on the reinforcing steel, welded wire fabric, new reinforcing steel, forming, placing, curing, stripping

Rev. 8/13/13

94-256 ITEM #0601070A

and finishing new concrete, debris shields, and all materials, equipment, tools, labor and clean-up incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit

Class “S” Concrete CY

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

11-07-17

ITEM #0601954A – EPOXY INJECTION CRACK REPAIR Description: This item shall consist of surveying the existing areas, locating all cracks to be repaired under this item, and rebonding the cracked concrete structures with a two component modified epoxy resin system injected into the cracked structure under low pressure using continuous positive displacement metering and mixing equipment as directed in accordance with these specifications. Work under this item shall also include providing of a safe access to the structure for the delineation of the repair locations and review of the performed repair work. The Contractor shall not perform any repair work without prior approval of the Engineer for location, limits and types of repairs. Materials: The modified epoxy resin shall be a pre-qualified epoxy resin (see Appendix A). A Materials Certificate and a Certified Test Report in accordance with Article 1.06.07 shall accompany each batch or lot of the material delivered to the job site, to verify the epoxy resin’s conformance with the manufacturer’s supplied infrared spectroscopy test results. A batch of each component will be defined as that quantity of material that has been subjected to the same unit chemical or physical mixing process intended to make the final product substantially uniform. Each component shall be packaged in steel containers not larger than 5 gallons in volume. The containers shall have lug type crimp lids with ring seals, shall be new, not less than 0.024-inch nominal thickness, and shall be well sealed to prevent leakage. If a lining is used in the container, it shall be of such character as to resist any action by the components. Each container shall be clearly labeled with the designation (component A or B), manufacturer’s name and date of manufacturer, batch number and the following warning: CAUTION: This material will cause severe dermatitis if it is allowed to come in contact with

the skin or eyes. Use gloves and protective creams on the hands. Should this material contact the skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water. Do not attempt to remove this material from the skin with solvents. If any material gets in the eyes, flush for 10 minutes with water and secure immediate medical attention.

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

Any material, which shows evidence of crystallization or a permanent increase in viscosity or settling of pigments that cannot be readily redispersed with a paddle, shall not be used. Construction Methods: A survey shall be undertaken by the Contractor on the area designated to be repaired, under the direction and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, to determine the exact limits and location of the area to be repaired under this item. At the time of mixing, components A and B and the substrate temperature shall be between 50° and 85° Fahrenheit, unless the material has been pre-qualified at a temperature less than 75° Fahrenheit, in which case this lesser temperature shall govern the use of the material. Any heating of the adhesive components shall be done by application of indirect heat. Immediately prior to filling the tanks of the mixing equipment, each component shall be thoroughly stirred with a paddle. Separate paddles shall be used to stir each component. Cracks less than 1/8 inch in width shall not be repaired under this item unless directed by the Engineer, but shall be sealed by the application of “Protective Compound for Bridges”. Prior to sealing, the crack shall be cleaned free of dust, silt and any other material, which would impair bond. Cleaning shall be done with oil free compressed air jets or preferably by vacuum cleaning with an industrial vacuum cleaner (such as Black and Decker No. 95 Vackar or equivalent). Injection ports shall be inserted in the cracks at intervals not less than the thickness of the concrete being injected. At the end of a crack or at a point where the thickness of the crack becomes less than 0.125 inches, the first port shall be half the distance from this point. The Contractor may use either surface injection ports or insertable injection ports as recommended by the manufacturer of the epoxy. Drilling of the injection ports shall be done with a hollow drill bit to which vacuum is applied with an industrial vacuum cleaner (such as Black and Decker No. 95 Vackar or equivalent). The drill shall not contact any steel reinforcing or pre-stressing strands or ducts. A pachometer shall be used to locate the embedded steel. Spacing of the ports shall be such that the injected adhesive will substantially fill the crack without excessive waste. If necessary to meet this requirement, the spacing of the ports shall be revised as approved by the Engineer as the injection process progresses.

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

The surface of the crack between ports shall be sealed with tape or other temporary surface sealant, which is capable of retaining the epoxy adhesive in the crack during pressure injection, and shall remain in places until the epoxy has hardened. Sealant tape and/or temporary surface sealant shall also be removed and any spillage of epoxy shall also be removed. Epoxy adhesive shall be pumped into the cracks through the injection ports. The pump, hose, injection gun and appurtenances shall properly proportion and mix the epoxy and shall be capable of injecting the epoxy at a sufficient rate and pressure to completely fill all designated cracks. A suitable gasket shall be used on the head of the injection gun to prevent the adhesive from running down the face of the concrete. Pumping pressure shall be kept as low as practicable. The temperature of the concrete shall not be less than 50° Fahrenheit at the time epoxy is injected, unless the epoxy has been pre-qualified at a lower temperature as hereinbefore provided, in which case the lower temperature shall govern. For a crack with uniform thickness, the epoxy adhesive shall be forced into the first port at one end of the crack until adhesive runs in substantial quantity from the next adjacent port. The first port shall then be sealed and injection started at the next port. Injection shall then continue from port to port in this manner until the crack is fully injected. Cracks with non-uniform thickness shall have the epoxy adhesive forced into the port at the widest separation in the crack until adhesive runs in substantial quantity from the two adjacent ports. The first port shall then be sealed and injection started at the adjacent port corresponding to the shortest length of the crack. Injection shall then continue from port to port in this manner until the short side of the crack is fully injected. Then, beginning with the port that is filled with epoxy adhesive but not sealed, injection shall continue from port to port until the crack is fully injected. For slanting or vertical cracks, pumping shall start at the lower end of the crack. Where approximately vertical and horizontal cracks intersect, the vertical crack below the intersection shall be injected first. The ports shall be sealed by removing the fitting, filling the void with epoxy and covering with tape or surface sealant. Before starting injection work and at 2-hour intervals during injection work when requested by the Engineer, a 3-fluid ounce sample of mixed epoxy shall be taken from the injection gun. Should these samples show any evidence of improper proportioning or mixing, injection work shall be suspended until the equipment or procedures are corrected. Samples obtained above shall be used directly, without further stirring, to make test pieces for the Slant Shear Strength on Dry Concrete. One test piece shall be made at the beginning, middle and end of daily operations. The samples shall be allowed to cure for 7 days in the "Concrete Cylinder Curing Box". On the 7th day the samples shall be removed to the laboratory and tested in accordance with the requirements for Slant Shear Strength (see Appendix A, attached).

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

Each sample shall be numbered consecutively and dated (with a waterproof marker) and it shall be noted which sample represents which part of the structure. Technical Advisor: The Contractor shall obtain the services of a Technical Advisor who is employed by the manufacturer of the epoxy resin. The Technical Advisor shall assist the Engineer and the Contractor in the correct use of the injection resin. The Advisor shall be a qualified representative approved by the Engineer, and shall be at the site of the work when the work begins in connection with the epoxy injection and at such other times as the Engineer may request until completion of this item. Method of Measurement: This work will be measured for payment by the number of linear feet, which have been designated by the Engineer to be injected and which were subsequently filled with epoxy, shall be measured. Where cracks are designated for injection on opposite sides of a concrete member and the epoxy adhesive injected on one side penetrates through the members to completely fill the crack on the opposite side, payment will be made for the cracks in both sides as though injection had been performed on both sides, except that no payment will be made for such cracks on the opposite side that were not designated by the Engineer for injection. No payment will be made for such cracks on the opposite side that are also smaller than 1/8”. Where a crack designated for injection extends around the corner of a concrete member, the length of crack on both faces will be measured for payment. Providing of a safe access for delineation and inspection of the performed repairs will not be measured for payment. Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for "Epoxy Injection Crack Repair", complete in place, which price shall include all preparation, materials, inspection access for delineation and inspection of performed repairs, services of qualified technical advisor, and all equipment, tools, labor and cleanup incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit Epoxy Injection Crack Repair LF

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

APPENDIX A

Prequalification Procedure The Prequalification Procedure shall consist of the following test procedure on the mixed epoxy resin at a temperature of 77°F, unless the Contractor desires to use the material at a lower temperature than 50°F, in which case the lower temperature shall be used to condition the material and test pieces. TEST: VISCOSITY Requirements: 900 centipoise max. @20°F (±2°) 4,000 centipoise max. @any test temperature Test Method: ASTM D 2393 TEST: GEL TIME (POT LIFE) Requirement: 4 to 60 minutes Test Method: A. Apparatus

1. Unwaxed paper cups, 8 oz., 2¼ inches at base (Dixie Cup No. 4338 or equivalent). 2. Wooden tongue depressor with ends cut square (Puritan No. 705 or equivalent). 3. Stainless steel spatula with blade 6” x 1” and with end cut square. 4. Stopwatch, 1 second or smaller divisions. 5. Balance, 0.1gram divisions.

B. Test Procedure

1. Condition both A and B components to required temperature (±2°F). 2. Measure proper volumes of well-mixed components A and B into an 8-oz. unwaxed

cup to yield total mass of 60 (±2.0 grams). 3. Start stopwatch immediately and mix components for 60 seconds, stirring with a

wooden tongue decompressor taking care to scrape the sides and bottom of the cup periodically.

4. Place the sample at the required temperature (±2°F) on a wooden bench top, which is free of excessive drafts.

5. Probe the mixture once with the tongue depressor every 30 seconds starting 4 minutes from the time of mixing.

6. The time at which a soft stringy mass forms in the cup is the gel time.

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

TEST: SLANT SHEAR STRENGTH ON WET CONCRETE Requirements: 1700 psi min. after 7 days of cure in air at the required temperature (±2°F) TEST: SLANT SHEAR STRENGTH ON DRY CONCRETE Requirements: 4500 psi min. after 7 days of cure in air at the required temperature (±2°F) TEST: SLANT SHEAR STRENGTH A. Materials

1. Ottawa sand, ASTM C109 2. Portland cement, Type II 3. Water

B. Apparatus

1. Suitable mold to make diagonal concrete mortar blocks with a square base with 2-inch

sides and having one diagonal face 2” x 4” starting about ¾-inch above the base. The diagonal faces of two such blocks are bonded together producing a block of dimensions 2” x 2” x 5”.

2. Block made from the following composition: - Ottowa sand, ASTM C109 30.1 lbs. - Portland cement, Type II 12.1 lbs. - Water 4.8 lbs.

Cure blocks 28 days in a fog room. Dry and lightly sandblast diagonal faces. 3. Suitable test press.

C. Test Procedure

Condition the components for 4 hours at the required temperature (±2°F). Without entrapping air, stir the separate components for 30 seconds and place the proper volumes of each component on a plate and mix with a spatula for 60 + 5 seconds. Apply a coat approximately 0.010-inch thick to each diagonal surface. Place four ⅛-inch square pieces of shim stock 0.012-inch thick on one block to control final film thickness. Before pressing the coated surface together, leave the blocks so that the coated surfaces are horizontal until the epoxy reacts slightly to prevent excessive flow. Press diagonal surfaces of each block together by hand and remove excess epoxy adhesive.

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

Align the blocks so that the ends and sides are square and form a block 2” x 2” x 5”. Use blocks of wood or metal against each 2” x 2” end, to keep diagonal faces from slipping until epoxy hardens. After the required cure time, apply a suitable capping compound to each of the 2” x 2” bases, and test by applying a compression load with a Universal Test Machine or other suitable testing apparatus at the rate of 5000 lbs./min, until failure.

Report results in pounds per square inch

= Load in Pounds 4

For wet shear strength, soak another set of blocks in water for 24 hours at the required temperature (±2°F). Remove and wipe off excess water. Prepare, cure, and test sample according to above test procedure.

TEST: TENSILE STRENGTH Requirements: 4500 psi Min. TEST: ELONGATION Requirements: 15% Max. Test Method: TENSILE STRENGTH AND ELOGATION A. Apparatus

1. Leveling table about 12” x 8” with removable rim ¼-inch thick by ½-inch wide. 2. Mylar or similar plastic sheeting 0.004-inches thick. 3. Air circulation oven capable of maintaining 158°F (±3°F). 4. Cutting die, Figure I 5. Thickness gauge, ⅛-inch. 6. Release agent, non-silicone type.

B. Procedure

1. Place Mylar sheet on leveling table. 2. Coat inside edge and bottom of rim with the release agent and secure to table with

screws. 3. Level the table.

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

4. Mix sufficient volume of well-mixed component A and well mixed component B in the proper volumes so as to be able to form a layer ⅛-inch deep when placed inside the ring on the leveling table.

5. Introduce as few bubbles as possible during mixing. 6. Flush surface of epoxy with a heat gun or Bunsen burner to remove air bubbles on

surface. Repeat if necessary. 7. Allow the specimen to cure for 18 hours at the required temperature (±2°F). 8. Remove specimen from table and strip off Mylar sheet. Cure specimen for 5 hours at

158°F (±3°F). 9. Allow specimen to cool to the required temperature and cut specimens using cutting

die shown in Figure I. 10. Proceed as specified in ASTM D 638, using 0.2-inches/minute test rate and 1-inch

gauge length.

TEST: INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY Requirement: Infrared Spectroscopy Tests shall be obtained of Components A and B Test Method: RECORDING SPECTROPHOTOMETER A. Apparatus

1. Perkin–Elmer Model 137-B Infracord Spectrophotometer, automatic recording system

from 2.5 microns to 15 microns with a two-speed recorder. Comparable results can be obtained with similar resolution.

2. Disk holder for a one-inch diameter disk. 3. Two sodium chloride crystal disks one-inch in diameter. 4. Sorvall SS-3 Automatic Superspeed Centrifuge, or comparable centrifuge, which is

able to separate the liquid and solid phases of the epoxy components without previous dilution with solvents.

B. Procedure

1. Place about 15 grams of component A into a stainless steel centrifuge table. 2. Counterbalance with component B in a second centrifuge tube. 3. Centrifuge the two components at 17000 rpm until there is a supernatant liquid layer

present in each tube. This takes 20 to 30 minutes. 4. Place a drop of component A liquid layer on a sodium chloride disk. 5. Place another sodium chloride disk over the drop, rotate, and press down until the

liquid has flowed into a uniform layer of proper thickness between the two sodium chloride disks.

6. Place the disks in the holder and run an absorption curve with the infrared spectrophotometer.

06/10/2016

94-256 ITEM #0601954A

7. More or less liquid may be used between the disks so as to produce a maximum absorption of 0.7 to 1.0 for the strongest absorption point on the curve.

8. Clean the disks with toluene and dry. 9. Repeat steps 4 through 8 with the liquid layer from component B.

10. Record each curve in order that they may be used for comparison purposes with lots of material delivered to the job site.

11/22/2017

ITEM #0603061A ITEM #0603062A ITEM #0603063A


ITEM #0603061A – STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 1)





ITEM #0603906A – STRUCTURAL STEEL (SITE NO. 6) 6.03.01 – Description:

Supplement this article to include the following: Work shall include all field drilling and reaming of holes in existing steel, removal of existing rivets, removal of existing rivet heads, and removal of existing bolts, as called for on the plans and as may be required for the installation of new structural steel. Structural Steel Site Numbers: All steel material furnished and installed shall be paid for under its Site Number and associated location, as noted below:

Site No. 1: Spans 6-21 as noted below:

All steel in spans 6-21, to strengthen steel strut columns and riveted through girders as called for in Subset 05 “Structure–General”, Subset 06 “Substructure Rehabilitation” and Subset 09 “Girder Rehabilitation”, except as otherwise noted and included in other items.

Site No. 2: Spans 22-32 as noted below:

All steel in spans 22 thru 32 to strengthen truss members as noted in Subset 10, except as otherwise called for and included in other items.

Site No. 3: Spans 33-36 and 34B-36B, as noted below:

All steel in spans 33 thru 36 and spans 34B thru 36B, to strengthen through girders as noted in Subset 09, except as otherwise called for and included in other items.

Site No. 4: Spans 22-32, as noted below:

All steel in spans 22 thru 32, to strengthen truss member gusset plates and their connections as noted in Subset 10, except as otherwise called for and included other items.

Site No. 5: Piers 21-32, as noted below:

All lateral bracing systems, at Piers 21 thru 32, to strengthen girder support structures at Pier 21 and Pier 32, and strengthen truss at Piers 21 thru 32, as noted in Subset 11.

Site No. 6: Spans 22-25, 29-32, Piers 21, 25, 28 and 32, as noted below:

All lateral bracing systems, at Piers 21 thru 32, to strengthen girder support structures at Pier 21 and Pier 32, and strengthen truss at Piers 21 thru 32, as noted in Subset 11.

11/22/2017



Notes 1. Furnishing and installing of girder post-tension systems in all girder spans, shall be

considered included for payment in the Item #0603276.(xx)A, “Furnish and Install Post-Tension Systems (Site No. (X))”.

2. Steel required for the installation of bridge bearings in all spans, shall be considered included for payment in the respective bridge bearing items.

6.03.02 – Materials:

Supplement this article to include the following:

Structural steel plate and shapes shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M270 Grade 50W, unless otherwise noted.

Bolts shall be high strength ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Type 1, unless otherwise noted.

Nuts for ASTM F3125 A325 bolts shall conform to ASTM A563 DH.

Washers for ASTM F3125 A325 bolts shall be ASTM F436-1

ASTM F3125 A325 bolts and associated hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with either F2329 Hot Dip Galvanizing, or B695 Class 55 Mechanical Galvanizing.

ASTM F3125 Grade A490 Type 3 bolts shall not be galvanized.

Anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM A36. The A36 steel anchor bolts shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A153.

6.03.03 – Construction Methods:

Restriction on Bridge Load: The Contractor is hereby notified that at no time during construction shall materials or equipment be allowed to be off-loaded, stockpiled or stored on the bridge deck, to avoid overloading the existing girders and trusses. All materials shall be stored in the approved staging areas.

Restriction on Use of Construction Access Systems: The Contractor is hereby notified that use of temporary construction access systems supported by the existing superstructure, including weight of workers, equipment and fabricated material supported prior to being installed shall be restricted to ensure total load per linear foot and attachment point loads do not exceed the allowable loads noted on the plans. Concurrent work and use of construction access systems within each superstructure segment will need to be planned for and staged in a manner that will not exceed the allowable loads.

Sequencing of Work: The Contractor shall perform and complete plate strengthening work in Site No. 1 and Site No. 2, in a superstructure segment, before tensioning post-tension systems.

All work in these items shall be completed at ends of adjacent superstructure segments at expansion joints, prior to performing blast cleaning and painting ends of superstructure below expansion joints.

11/22/2017



1. Pre-qualification:

Replace sub-article (a) with the following:

(a) Fabricators: Fabricators producing material under these items are required to have as a minimum, an active AISC Certification for Major Steel Bridge. Fabricators producing material to be installed in fracture critical members shall also have additional AISC endorsement for fabrication of fracture critical members.

2. Submittals:

(a) Shop Drawings:

Supplement this sub-article to include the following:

Existing Shop Drawings and Dimensions: Dimensions of the existing structure shown on the Contract plans have been taken from the original shop drawings and design plans. Shop drawings from the original bridge construction project have been included herein for the Contractors reference and use to aid in the development of shop drawings for this project. The Contractor shall supplement existing shop drawing information by taking field measurements if determined to be required, to ensure proper fabrication of new material and fit of the finished work.

Field Measurements: The Contractor shall take all necessary field dimensions to ensure proper fabrication and fit of proposed work, for locations where the original shop drawings have not been provided due to their being unavailable. When shop drawings based on field dimensions are submitted for approval, the field measurements shall also be submitted for reference by the reviewed.

Rivet Removal Methods: The Contractor shall submit proposed method of rivet removal and rivet head removal for review and acceptance by the Engineer. Appropriate methods and caution shall be used during rivet removals to avoid damaging existing structure.

The Contractor shall submit all shop and working drawings and submittals with sufficient lead time to allow for review and approval, fabrication and delivery of all material to meet the project and Contractors construction schedule. (d) Working Drawings for Falsework and Erection of Structural Steel:


See Item #0100600A "Construction Access” for “Limitations on the Weight of Construction Access and Work Platforms” and “Limits on the Installation and Use of Temporary Work Platforms”.

4. Field Erection:

(d) Field Assembly: Supplement this sub-article with the following:

Field Drilled Holes and Removal of Rivets: Field assembly and installation of the work

11/22/2017



will require field drilling of holes in existing steel, removal of existing rivets, removal of existing rivet heads, and removal of existing bolts, as called for on the plans and as may be required for the installation of new structural steel.

A need to sequence the removal and replacement of rivets with high strength bolts one-at-a-time, will be required for field assembly and installation of certain proposed work as noted on the plans.

Close Tolerance Holes: The installation of structural steel at some locations will require drilling and reaming holes to close tolerances, and “transfer” drilling thru fabricated steel elements into existing bridge members, to ensure a close tolerance fit of high strength bolts, as called for at certain locations on the plans. Bolts installed in close-tolerance holes shall be installed in holes with a clearance tolerance of between +0.006 inches / +0.001 inches between hole I.D. and bolt shank diameter. Site No. 2: Refer to General Notes in subset 10 “Truss Rehabilitation, for preload for installing thread bar rods for tension member strengthening. (f) High Strength Bolted Connections: Supplement this sub-article with the following:

The installation of high strength bolted connections for this contract will in many instances require removing existing rivets “one at a time” and replacing with a high strength bolt, as noted and called for on the plans. Drilling and reaming close tolerance holes at some locations will also be required, as noted on the plans.

Supplement “Surface Conditions” to include the following:

Surface Preparation of Existing Steel: Faying surfaces of existing steel interfacing with proposed connections shall undergo surface preparation per the requirements of proposed structural steel. Paint and corrosion products shall be removed by abrasive blast cleaning to the requirements of SSPC-SP-6-Commercial Blast. Surface preparation shall be paid for as follows:

Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. 1) Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. 2) Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. 3) 6.03.04 - Method of Measurement: Revise this article as follows:

This work, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment. 6.03.05 - Basis of Payment: Supplement this article by replacing the first paragraph with the following two paragraphs:

11/22/2017



The structural steel, incorporated in the completed and accepted structure, will be paid for at the contract unit lump sum price for "Structural Steel (Site No. (__ ))”, as indicated in the accepted bid proposal.

Prior to beginning the work, the Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule of values for review and concurrence by the Engineer.

Insert the following after the 3rd paragraph:

Payment shall also include all field drilling and reaming holes to close tolerances in existing structural steel, associated bolts, nuts, and washers, welding and weld inspection, and all other materials, equipment, tools, labor and work incidental thereto. Insert the following after the last paragraph:

The blast cleaning and surface preparation of existing steel faying surfaces interfacing with proposed steel connections, and the subsequent blast cleaning and surface preparation of exposed surfaces of furnished and installed structural steel, including approximately 1” beyond connections, shall be paid for under the item “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. (__))”, as applicable.

The blast cleaning and painting of superstructure below expansion joints as called for on the plans, shall be paid for under the item “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. (___))”, as applicable. Pay Item Pay Unit

Structural Steel (Site No. 1) LS Structural Steel (Site No. 2) LS Structural Steel (Site No. 3) LS Structural Steel (Site No. 4) LS Structural Steel (Site No. 5) LS Structural Steel (Site No. 6) LS

11/28/2017

ITEM #0603161A

ITEM #0603161A - FIELD DIRECTED STEEL REPAIRS Description: This item shall consist of steel repairs to structural elements as directed by the Engineer for work not identified in the Contract.

Rehabilitation work shall consist of various combinations of tasks related to making steel repairs to the existing structure, including but not limited to:

• providing access, • surface preparation of existing surfaces including the removal of paint, removal of pack and

laminar rust, • removal, replacement, or installation of bolted or welded steel plates at deteriorated areas of

structural elements, • drilling holes in existing steel, • removing existing rivets, • installing high strength bolts, • cleaning and painting steel, and • other miscellaneous work as directed by the Engineer.

Materials: Steel materials for this work shall meet the requirements Article M.06.02, the material requirements as noted in the item “Structural Steel (Site No. (x)), or other contract special provisions as directed by the Engineer. Construction Methods: Work shall be completed in accordance with Article 6.03.03 Structural Steel or as directed by the Engineer. Submittals: Shops drawings or working drawings may be required at the discretion of the Engineer. Method of Measurement: When no applicable Contract item appears in the proposal for specific steel repairs not shown on the plans, the additional work and materials required for those repairs will be measured for payment as provided for under Article 1.09.04 Extra and Cost Plus Work.

All extra work performed on an agreed price basis shall be incorporated through construction orders and paid for on an item-by-item basis.

The sum of money shown on the estimate and in the itemized proposal as “Field Directed Steel Repairs” will be considered the price bid even though payment will be made only for the actual work performed and accepted. The estimated cost figure is not to be altered in any manner by the bidder. Should the bidder alter the amount shown, the altered figures will be disregarded and the original price will be used to determine the total amount bid for the Contract.

Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for as provided in Article 1.09.04 Extra and Cost Plus Work for “Field Directed Steel Repairs,” complete and accepted which shall include the cost of all materials, tools, equipment and labor incidental to performing the work.

Pay Item Pay Unit Field Directed Steel Repairs est.

Deleted: (EST)

Deleted: ,

Deleted: Documents

Deleted: will

Deleted: and/

Deleted: on an item-by-item basis

Deleted: conform to,and/

Deleted: directed

Deleted: Section

Deleted: of the Standard Specifications, Form 817, and/

Deleted: shall

Deleted: shall

Deleted: , and this special provision, under the item

Deleted: ,

Deleted: on an item-by-item basis

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0603223A

ITEM 0603223A – DISPOSAL OF CRW LEAD DEBRIS FROM ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING Description: Work under this item shall include the handling, loading, packing, storage, transportation and final off-site disposal of Connecticut Regulated Waste (CRW), specifically CR05 (waste chemical solid) lead blasting debris which has been generated in conjunction with work conducted under Item 0020905A – Lead Compliance For Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Miscellaneous Tasks. The Engineer has characterized the paint waste stream associated with the structural steel/metal surfaces on Bridge No. 03819 and found leachable lead levels to be below the RCRA-hazardous levels (<5.0 mg/L). A summation of the analytical results is included here:

Paint Source Leachable Lead (TCLP)

Paint debris from structural steel/metal bridge components of Bridge No. 03819

0.084 mg/L

Generally non-RCRA non-hazardous blasting debris materials are classified as CRW (CR05) and shall be disposed at a CGS 22a-454 facility, at a landfill or resources recovery facility (i.e. “trash-to-energy” plant) that is authorized by DEEP to accept such waste. However, if a solid waste facility in Connecticut is willing and able to accept the waste, it may also be sent to that solid waste facility for disposal if the generator arranges with that solid waste facility to apply for and receive a Special Waste Disposal Authorization (SWDA) from the CTDEEP, which essentially grants a temporary permit to dispose of a particular Special Waste at a particular solid waste disposal facility under CGS 22a-209. Note: Connecticut General Statutes do not require the transporter to be a CTDEEP permitted hazardous materials transporter to transport CR05 (Waste Chemical Solid).

Rev. Date 11/02/17

ITEM 0603223A

Construction Methods: A. Submittals The Contractor shall submit in writing, (1) a letter listing the names of the CRW disposal facilities that the Contractor will use to receive non-RCRA non-hazardous Connecticut Regulated Wastes under CGS 22a-454 from this Project, and (2) a copy of each facility’s acceptance criteria and sampling frequency requirements. No facility may be substituted for the one(s) designated in the Contractor’s submittal without the Engineer’s prior approval. If the material cannot be accepted by any of the Contractor’s designated facilities, the Department will supply the Contractor with the name(s) of other acceptable facilities. Prior to the generation of any CRW the Contractor shall also notify the Engineer of its selected waste transporter and disposal facility. The Contractor must submit to the Engineer (1) the transporter’s current US DOT Certificate of Registration for Hazardous Materials Transport and (2) the transporter’s current Hazardous Materials Transporter Permits for the waste destination state. Any changes in transporter or facility shall be immediately forwarded to the Engineer for review.

Rev. Date 08/09/17

94-256 ITEM 0603223A

B. General: Handling, storage, transportation and disposal of CRW materials generated as a result of execution of this project shall comply with all Federal, State and Local regulations including the USEPA RCRA Hazardous Waste Regulations, the CTDEEP Solid & Hazardous Waste Regulations 22a-209 and 22a-454, and the USDOT Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Part 171-180). All debris shall be contained and collected daily or more frequently as directed by the Engineer, due to debris buildup. Debris shall be removed by HEPA vacuum collection. Such debris, abrasive blast residue, rust and paint chips shall be stored in leak-proof storage containers in the secured storage site, or as directed by the Engineer. The storage containers and storage locations shall be reviewed by the Engineer and shall be located in areas not subject to ponding. All storage containers (roll offs or drums) shall have a protective liner and removable lid. These containers shall not have any indentations or damage that would allow seepage of the contained material. If 55 gallon barrels are used, staging is required: 55 gallon barrels shall be stored together in two rows of five. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum lane clearance of 36 inches between each (barrel lot of ten). The Contractor shall maintain a secure storage site, which shall be large enough to handle all debris. The Contractor shall store debris only in the secured storage site. All lead debris shall be conveyed to the secured storage site at the conclusion of the work shift. The Contractor shall account for all debris conveyed to the secured storage site and all debris transported from the project for disposal. The secure storage site shall consist of an 8-ft. high fenced-in area with a padlocked entrance. Storage containers shall not be used on the project until and unless they have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. Storage containers and sites shall be located so as not to cause any traffic hazard. Container storage sites shall be in areas that are properly drained and runoff water shall not be allowed to pool and shall be out of the 100-year flood plain. The containers shall be placed on pallets or other approved material and not directly on the ground. Storage containers shall be closed and covered with a waterproof tarpaulin at all times except during placement, sampling and disposal of debris. Materials other than direct paint related debris which are incidental to the paint removal work activities (tarps, poly, plywood, PPE, gloves, decontamination materials, etc) which may be contaminated with lead, shall be stored separately from the direct paint debris, and shall be sampled by the Engineer for waste disposal characterization testing. Materials characterized as non-hazardous solid waste shall be disposed of as non-hazardous CTDEEP Solid Waste under Item 0020905A.

Rev. Date 08/09/17

94-256 ITEM 0603223A

Project construction waste materials unrelated to the paint removal operations shall NOT be combined/stored with paint debris waste and/or incidental paint removal materials as they are not lead contaminated and shall NOT be disposed of as CRW - CR05 waste. The Engineer’s on-site Inspectors shall conduct inspections to verify materials remain segregated. CRW - CR05 waste materials are to be properly packed and labeled for transport by the Contractor in accordance with EPA, CTDEEP and USDOT regulations. The disposal of debris characterized as CRW - CR05 waste shall be completed within 90 calendar days of the date on which it began to be accumulated in the lined containers. Storage of containers shall be in accordance with current DEEP/EPA procedures. The Contractor shall obtain and complete all paperwork necessary to arrange for material disposal, including disposal facility waste profile sheets. It is solely the Contractor’s responsibility to co-ordinate the disposal of CRW - CR05 waste materials with its selected treatment/recycling/disposal facility(s). Upon receipt of the final approval from the facility, the Contractor shall arrange for the loading, transport and treatment/recycling/disposal of the materials in accordance with all Federal and State regulations. No claim will be considered based on the failure of the Contractor’s disposal facility(s) to meet the Contractor’s production rate or for the Contractor’s failure to select sufficient facilities to meet its production rate. The Contractor shall process the CRW – CR05 waste such that the material conforms with the requirements of the selected treatment/disposal facility, including but not limited to specified size and dimension. Refusal on the part of the treatment/disposal facility to accept said material solely on the basis of non-conformance of the material to the facility’s physical requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor and no claim for extra work shall be accepted for reprocessing of said materials to meet these requirements. All DOT shipping documents utilized to accompany the transportation of the CRW - CR05 waste material shall be prepared by the Contractor and reviewed/signed by an authorized agent representing ConnDOT, as Generator, for each load of material that is packed to leave the site. The Contractor shall not sign shipping papers on behalf of the State as Generator. The Contractor shall forward the appropriate original copies of all shipping papers to the Engineer the same day the material leaves the Project site. A load-specific certificate of disposal, signed by the authorized agent representing the waste disposal facility, shall be obtained by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Engineer for each load. C. Material Transportation Materials determined to be CRW – CR05 shall be transported in compliance with the applicable federal/state regulations.

Rev. Date 08/09/17

94-256 ITEM 0603223A

In addition to all pertinent Federal, State and local laws or regulatory agency polices, the Contractor shall adhere to the following precautions during the transport of CRW – CR05 materials off-site:

• No materials shall leave the site unless a disposal facility willing to accept all of the material being transported has agreed to accept the type and quantity of waste;

• Documentation must be maintained indicating that all applicable laws have been satisfied and that the materials have been successfully transported and received at the disposal facility; and,

• The Contractor shall segregate the waste streams as directed by the receiving disposal facility.

Any spillage of debris during disposal operations during loading, transport and unloading shall be cleaned up at the Contractors expense. The Contractor is liable for any fines, costs or remediation costs incurred as a result of their failure to be in compliance with this Item and all Federal, State and Local laws. D. Equipment Decontamination: All equipment shall be provided to the work site free of gross contamination. The Engineer may prohibit from the site any equipment that in his opinion has not been thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. Any decontamination of the Contractor’s equipment prior to arrival at the site shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor is prohibited from decontaminating equipment on the Project that has not been thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. The Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment for decontamination of all equipment and supplies that are used to handle the CRW - CR05 Materials. Decontamination shall be conducted at an area designated by the Engineer and shall be required prior to equipment and supplies leaving the Project, between stages of the work. The Contractor shall use dry decontamination procedures. Residuals from dry decontamination activities shall be collected and managed as CRW - CR05 Materials. If the results from dry methods are unsatisfactory to the Engineer, the Contractor shall modify decontamination procedures as required. The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection and treatment/recycling/disposal of any liquid wastes that may be generated by its decontamination activities in accordance with applicable regulations. E. Project Closeout Documents: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer, within 30 days of completion of the work, a compliance package; which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Rev. Date 08/09/17

94-256 ITEM 0603223A

1. Completed CRW Waste Shipment Records/Bills of Lading (signed by authorized disposal facility representative)

2. Completed Weigh Bills (indicating each loads net weight). Method of Measurement: The work of “DISPOSAL OF CRW LEAD DEBRIS FROM ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING” shall be measured for payment as the actual net weight in tons delivered to the treatment/disposal facility. Such determinations shall be made by measuring each hauling vehicle on the permanent scales at the treatment/disposal facility. Total weight shall be the summation of weigh bills issued by the facility specific to this project and waste stream. The collection and treatment/disposal of materials and liquids generated during equipment decontamination activities and cleaning/disposal of personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be considered incidental to work under this Item and will not be measured for separate payment. Materials incidental to the construction, which become contaminated due to the lead debris removal, such as but not limited to, gloves, coveralls, tarps and filters shall be disposed of in accordance with this specification. These incidental materials shall be kept separate from the debris. These materials will not be measured for payment, but will be included in the general cost of the work. Basis of Payment: This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton, which shall include the processing, loading, storage (including containers) and transportation of said materials from the temporary storage area to the final treatment/disposal facility; the treatment/disposal or recycling of said materials; the preparation of all related paperwork including shipping papers; fees; and all equipment, materials, tools, labor and work incidental to loading, transporting, treating/recycling and disposal of materials. No separate payment shall be made for the disposal of wastes generated in conjunction with equipment decontamination or the disposal of personal protective equipment (PPE). The cost of such disposal shall be considered incidental to the work under this Item. Final payment will not be approved until completed copies of all CRW Shipping Papers and Bills of Lading signed by an authorized disposal facility representative and all associated weight bills indicating each loads net weight have been provided to the Engineer. Once completed and facility-signed copies of all Shipping Papers, Bills of Lading and associated weigh bills have been received in their entirety, the Engineer will review and approve the release of final payment to the Contractor.

Pay Item Pay Unit

Disposal of CRW Lead Debris from Ton

Abrasive Blast Cleaning

11/28/2017

ITEM #0603276A

ITEM #0603276.01A - FURNISH AND INSTALL POST-TENSION SYSTEMS - SITE NO. 1

ITEM #0603276.03A - FURNISH AND INSTALL POST-TENSION SYSTEMS - SITE NO. 3

6.03.01 – Description:

Supplement to include the following:

This item shall include furnishing and installing post-tension systems on girders in Site Nos. 1 and 3, as noted on the subset 09 “Girder Rehabilitation” plans, and as directed by the Engineer.

Post-Tension systems shall include furnishing and installing all anchorage and stanchion brackets and high-strength thread bar systems including all associated high strength bolts and hardware, field drilling holes and reaming close tolerance holes in existing steel, removal of existing rivets and rivet heads, removal and replacement of existing bolts, all as noted and called for on the plans, and directed by the Engineer as may be required for the installation of post-tension systems.

Bridge Load Restriction: The Contractor is hereby notified that at no time during the installation of temporary construction access and during construction shall materials or equipment be allowed to be off-loaded, stockpiled or stored on the bridge deck, to avoid overloading the existing girders and trusses. All materials shall be stored in the approved staging areas. 6.03.02 – Materials:

Supplement this article to include the following:

Structural steel plate and shapes shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M270 Grade 50W.

Bolts shall be high strength ASTM F3125, Grade A325, Type 1, unless otherwise noted.

Nuts for Grade A325 bolts shall conform to ASTM A563 DH.

Washers for Grade A325 bolts shall conform to ASTM F436-1

Galvanizing: Grade A325 bolts and associated hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with either F2329 Hot Dip Galvanizing, or B695 Class 55 Mechanical Galvanizing.

ASTM F3125 Grade A490 Type 3 bolts shall not be galvanized.

Thread bar rods and associated hardware shall be procured from an approved manufacturer, and produced from steel alloy material having an Fy = 120 ksi and an Fu = 150ksi.

6.03.03 – Construction Methods: 1. Pre-qualification:

11/28/2017

ITEM #0603276A

Replace sub-article (a) with the following:

(a) Fabricators: Fabricators producing material under these items are required to have as a minimum, an active AISC Certification for Major Steel Bridge. Fabricators producing material to be installed in fracture critical members shall also have additional AISC endorsement for fabrication of fracture critical members.

2. Submittals:

(a) Shop Drawings:


Existing Shop Drawings and Dimensions: Dimensions of the existing structure shown on the Contract plans have been taken from the original shop drawings and design plans. Shop drawings from the original bridge construction project have been included herein for the Contractors reference and use to aid in the development of shop drawings for this project. The Contractor shall supplement existing shop drawing information by taking field measurements if determined to be required, to ensure proper fabrication of new material and fit of the finished work.

Field Measurements: The Contractor shall take all necessary field dimensions to ensure

proper fabrication and fit of proposed work, for locations where the original shop drawings have not been provided due to their being unavailable. When shop drawings based on field dimensions are submitted for approval, the field measurements shall also be submitted for reference by the reviewed.

Rivet Removal: The Contractor shall submit proposed method of rivet removal and rivet

head removal for review and acceptance by the Engineer. Appropriate methods and caution shall be used during rivet removals to avoid damaging existing structure. The Contractor shall submit all shop and working drawings and submittals with sufficient lead time to allow for review and approval, fabrication and delivery of all material to meet the project and Contractors construction schedule.

(d) Working Drawings for Falsework and Erection of Structural Steel:


Limitations on the Weight of Construction Access and Work Platforms: The Contractor is hereby notified that weight of temporary construction access and platforms, including workers and fabricated material to be installed, shall not exceed the allowable load per foot for access, and shall not exceed the localized attachment loads, as provided on the Contract plans. Working Drawings and Calculations shall document proposed temporary systems to be used and their maximum load per linear foot and attachment point loads, and show the proposed loads do not exceed the allowable loads provided on the Contract plans.

11/28/2017

ITEM #0603276A

For additional limitations, see “Item 4. Field Erection, Subitem (d) Field Assembly”

4. Field Erection:

(d) Field Assembly: Supplement this sub-article with the following:

Limits on the Installation and Use of Temporary Work Platforms: The Contractor is hereby notified that temporary construction access work platform installations and member strengthening shall be limited to one spans at a time within a 2-span superstructure segment. Strengthening of this span shall be completed before starting the installation of work platforms and strengthening in the other span in the 2-Span segment. For additional limitations, see Item 2. Submittals, Subitem (d) Working Drawings for Falsework and Erection of Structural Steel.

Field Drilled Holes and Removal of Rivets: Field assembly and installation of the work

will require field drilling of holes in existing steel, removal of existing rivets, removal of existing rivet heads, and removal of existing bolts, as called for on the plans and as may be required for the installation of new structural steel. A need to sequence the removal and replacement of rivets with high strength bolts one-at-a-time, will be required for field assembly and installation of certain proposed work as noted on the plans.

Close Tolerance Holes: The installation of welded anchorage brackets will require drilling and reaming holes to close tolerances, and “transfer” drilling thru the fabricated bracket into the existing girder flanges to ensure a close tolerance fit of high strength bolts, as called for at certain locations on the plans. Bolts installed in close-tolerance holes shall be installed in holes with a clearance tolerance of between +0.006 inches / +0.001 inches between hole I.D. and bolt shank diameter.

Thread Bar Tensioning: Thread bar rods shall be installed with a tension force as noted on the plans for each installed location.

(f) High Strength Bolted Connections: Supplement this sub-article with the following:

Sequencing of Bolt Installations: The installation of high strength bolted connections will in some instances require removing existing rivets “one at a time” and replacing with a high strength bolt, as noted and called for on the plans.

Supplement “Surface Conditions” to include the following:

Existing Steel: Faying surfaces of existing steel in proposed connections shall be prepared per the requirements of proposed structural steel. Paint and corrosion products shall be removed by

11/28/2017

ITEM #0603276A

abrasive blast cleaning to the requirements of SSPC-SP-6-Commercial Blast. This work shall be paid for under the Item: Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. 1) Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. 3) 6.03.04 - Method of Measurement: This work, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment. 6.03.05 - Basis of Payment: Post-tension systems, incorporated in the completed and accepted structure, will be paid for at the contract unit price Lump Sum (LS), for "Furnish and Install Post-Tension Systems (Site (X))”, as indicated in the accepted bid proposal.

Payment shall also include all field drilling and reaming holes to close tolerances in existing

structural steel, associated bolts, nuts, and washers, welding and weld inspection, and all other materials, equipment, tools, labor and work incidental thereto.

The blast cleaning and surface preparation of existing steel faying surfaces interfacing with proposed steel connections, and the subsequent blast cleaning and surface preparation of exposed surfaces of furnished and installed structural steel, including approximately 1” beyond connections, shall be paid for under the item “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. (__))”, as applicable. Pay Item Pay Unit

Furnish and Install Post-Tension Systems (Site No. 1) LS Furnish and Install Post-Tension Systems (Site No. 3) LS


ITEM #0603479A - ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF BEAM ENDS (SITE NO. 1)



Description: Work under this item shall consist of surface preparation and field painting of steel components with a 2-coat system as shown on the plans, as directed by the Engineer and in accordance with these specifications.

Site No. 1 is noted to be spans 6 through 21, Site No. 2 is noted to be spans 22-32, Site No. 3 is noted to be spans 33-36 and 34B-36B.

Components to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: ends of beams and girders, diaphragms and cross frames, steel fixed bearings, steel components of expansion bearings, scuppers, drainage pipes and troughs, state-owned utility conduits, structural steel utility supports, all new structural steel installed for repair purposes, and all other metal components that are an integral part of the bridge system.

Privately-owned utilities, bridge rails, stay-in-place forms, fences, elastomeric bearing pads and

bronze components shall be protected from damage by surface preparation and painting operations and are not to be painted. Any damage resulting from surface preparations, containment and/or overspray from paint operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the State.

The amount of steel to be painted under this special provision varies by bridge Site, and is to be

determined by the Contractor based on the information contained in the plans. Bidders shall examine the structures in this Contract and shall make their own determinations as to the work involved and conditions to be encountered.

Submittals: A minimum of 20 calendar days before starting any surface preparation and

coating application work, the painting contractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for acceptance:

1. A copy of the firm’s written Quality Control Program used to control the quality of surface preparation and coating application including, but not limited to, ambient conditions, surface cleanliness and profile, coating mixing, dry film thickness, and final film continuity.

2. A copy of the firm’s written surface preparation and application procedures detailing the Materials and Construction Methods for both accessible and inaccessible areas. All areas are deemed accessible, except those areas specifically designated as inaccessible. The Engineer will be the sole judge in determining the exact locations of said inaccessible areas. Inaccessible areas may include: Between back to back angles, edges of top flanges of steel members in contact with concrete, and areas of visible non-removable impacted rust. Such locations designated as inaccessible shall be coated with special materials, such as penetrating sealer or equivalent, as recommended by the Manufacturer of the selected paint system (see Materials section below for paint systems). This written program must contain a description of all the equipment that will be used for removal of laminar and stratified rust,


Rev. 1/20/16

for surface preparation, including the remediation of soluble salts, and for paint mixing and application, including stripe coating. Coating repair procedures shall be included for both accessible and inaccessible areas.

3. A detailed description of the Contractor’s enforcement procedures and the authority of personnel.

4. If the application of heat is proposed for coating application purposes, provide information on the heat containment and procedures that will be used, with data sheets for the equipment. Note: If heat is used for coating operations, the heat and containment must be maintained to provide the required temperatures for the duration of the cure period.

5. Containment plans (paint removal/collection of debris, surface preparation, coating applications, coating applications with heat, etc.).

6. Proof of SSPC-QP 1 qualifications, CAS-certification(s) and QP 2 qualifications, as applicable.

7. Coating product information, including coating manufacturer, product name, application instructions, technical data, MSDS and color chips.

8. Abrasive product information, including abrasive manufacturer, product name, technical data, and MSDS.

The Contractor shall not begin any paint removal work until the Engineer has accepted the

submittals. The Contractor shall not construe Engineer acceptance of the submittals to imply approval of any particular method or sequence for conducting the work, or for addressing health and safety concerns. Acceptance of the programs does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to conduct the work in strict accordance with the requirements of Federal, State, or local regulations, this specification, or to adequately protect the health and safety of all workers involved in the Project and any members of the public who may be affected by the Project. The Contractor remains solely responsible for the adequacy and completeness of the programs and work practices, and adherence to them.

Materials: The materials for the coating system for this work shall conform to the requirements of Section M.07.02 amended as follows: The coating system shall be one of the following 2-coat systems:

1K Zinc Primer Fast Clad Urethane, manufactured by: Sherwin Williams

425 Benton Street Stratford, CT 06615 (203) 377-1711 (800) 474-3794

Carbomastic 15 Carbothane 134 HS, manufactured by: Carboline

2150 Schuetz Road St. Louis, MO 63146 (800) 848-4645


Rev. 1/20/16

Epoxy Mastic Aluminum II Acrolon 218 HS, manufactured by: Sherwin Williams




All materials for the complete coating system shall be furnished by the same coating material

manufacturer with no subcontracted manufacturing allowed. Intermixing of materials within and between coating systems will not be permitted. Thinning of paint shall conform to the manufacturer's written recommendations. All components of the coating system and the mixed paint shall comply with the Emission Standards for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) stated in the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection's Administration Regulation for the Abatement of Air Pollution, Section 22a-174-20(s).

Note: If any of the above and/or following stipulated Contract specifications differ from those

of the Manufacturer’s recommended procedures or ranges, the more restrictive of the requirements shall be adhered to unless directed by the Engineer in writing.

The abrasive media for blast cleaning shall be recyclable steel grit.


Contractor - Subcontractor Qualifications: Contractors and subcontractors doing this work are required to be certified by the SSPC Painting Contractor Certification Program (PCCP) to QP 1 entitled “Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors (“Field Application to Complex Structures”). When the work involves the disturbance of lead-containing paint, the Contractor and subcontractor are also required to be certified to SSPC-QP 2 “Standard Procedure for Evaluating the Qualifications of Painting Contractors to Remove Hazardous Paint.”

Contractors and subcontractors are required to have at least one (1) Coating Application

Specialist (CAS) (SSPC ACS/NACE No. 13)-certified (Level II-Interim Status-Minimal) craft- worker. CAS-certified (Level II-Interim Status-Minimal) craft-worker(s) are required for all crews/craft-workers up to four (4) crew members. For each crew larger than four (4), an additional CAS-certified (Level II-Interim Status-Minimal) craft-worker shall be present on each painting/blasting crew during blast cleaning and spray application (Atmospheric and Immersion Service) operations. A crew-member is a person who is on the job performing hand-held nozzle blast cleaning and/or spray application of protective coatings on a steel structure. The


Rev. 1/20/16

certification(s) must be kept current for the duration of the Project work. If a Contractor’s, subcontractor’s or any craft-worker’s certification expires, the firm will not be allowed to do any work on this item until the certification is reissued.

Requests for extension of time for any delay to the completion of the Project due to an inactive

certification will not be considered and liquidated damages will apply. In addition, if any recoat times are exceeded, the affected areas shall be abrasive blast cleaned to SSPC-SP 6 and coatings reapplied in accordance with these specifications at no additional cost to the State. At the option of the Engineer, if such a delay will adversely impact the successful and timely completion of the Project, the Department may require the Contractor to engage another SSPC certified contractor to do the painting work at the prime contractor’s expense.

Quality Control Inspections: The Contractor shall perform first line, in process Quality Control (QC) inspections. The Contractor shall implement a Quality Control Program accepted by the Engineer, including written daily reports, that ensures that the work accomplished complies with these specifications. Copies of these reports shall be provided daily to the Engineer. Contractor QC inspections shall include, but not be limited to the following: • Suitability of protective coverings and containments • Ambient conditions • Surface preparation (solvent cleaning, hand/power tool or abrasive blast cleaning, etc.) • Coating application (mixing, thinning, and wet/dry film thickness) • Recoat times and cleanliness between coats • Coating continuity (freedom from runs, sags, overspray, dryspray, pinholes, shadow-

through, skips, misses, etc.) • Final film acceptance

The personnel managing and performing the quality control program shall be NACE Certified

Coating Inspector(s) (successfully completed Sessions I, II, III and Peer Review) or must be SSPC certified BCI level 2. The personnel performing the quality control tests shall be trained in the use of the quality control instruments. Documentation of training shall be provided. These personnel shall not perform surface preparation and painting.

Test Equipment and Materials: The Contractor shall furnish the following new test equipment and materials for use by the QC Inspector: Two PTC Surface Temperature Thermometers 1. Psychron 566 Psychrometer (Battery Operated) with two sets of batteries or a Bacharach

Sling Psychrometer 2. U.S. Weather Bureau Psychrometric Tables 3. Hypodermic Needle Pressure Gage for nozzle pressure tests. 4. SSPC Visual Standards VIS 1, VIS 3, and/or VIS 4, as applicable. 5. Testex Spring Micrometer 6. Testex Press-O-Film Replica Tape, one roll (100 pieces) each of coarse and extra-coarse

per bridge span, or as specified by the Engineer. 7. Wet film thickness gage 8. PosiTest, Mikrotest or Elcometer Dry Film Thickness Gauge (FM) 9. SSPC Type 2 Dry Film Thickness Gauge per PA2


Rev. 1/20/16

10. NIST (NBS) Calibration Standards Range: 0 – 39 mils

Quality Assurance Inspections: The Engineer may conduct Quality Assurance (QA) observations of any or all phases of the work. The presence or activity of Engineer inspections in no way relieves the Contractor of the responsibility to provide all necessary daily Quality Control inspections of its own and to comply with all requirements of this Specification.

The Contractor shall facilitate the Engineer’s inspections as required, including allowing ample

time for the inspections and providing suitable lighting (50 foot candles minimum at the surface as defined later in this specification). The Contractor shall furnish, erect and move scaffolding or other mechanical equipment to permit inspection and close observation of all surfaces to be cleaned and painted. This equipment shall be provided during all phases of the work. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of plans to remove staging used in cleaning and painting operations in order to allow for inspection. The QA inspection will be performed with the QA inspector’s equipment when verifying the Contractor’s test results in the field.

Safety: All Contractor activities associated with the coating work described and specified herein shall be conducted according to all applicable Federal (OSHA), State of Connecticut safety regulations and SSPC-PA Guide 3 entitled “A Guide to Safety in Paint Application.”

Ambient Conditions: Surface preparation and coating application work shall only be done inside a containment enclosure as specified elsewhere in these specifications. Surface preparation or coating work shall be performed inside the containment enclosure meeting the following:

• The relative humidity is at or below 90 percent. • The substrate is not damp or covered by frost or ice. • The surface temperature and air temperature are between 50° F and 100° F. • The surface temperatures of the steel and air are more than 5° F above the dewpoint

temperature, as determined by a surface temperature thermometer and electric or sling psychrometer.

If the requirements of the coating manufacturer differ from the ranges provided above, comply

with the most restrictive requirements unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing.

Protective Coverings: The Contractor shall protect property, pedestrians, vehicular, and other traffic upon, underneath, or near the bridge, and all portions of the bridge superstructure and substructure against abrasive blast cleaning damage or disfigurement from splatters, splashes, or spray of paint or paint materials. See the specification for “Class 1 - Containment and Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X).” All coating overspray, drips and spills shall be contained. Maintain the integrity and security of all protective coverings and containment materials throughout the entire Project.

Any paint chips, paint removal media (e.g., abrasives), coating or solvent that has escaped the

Contractor’s containment enclosure shall be cleaned up immediately. For bridges over water, the Contractor shall have on Site a sufficient quantity of spill containment boom and pads to contain


Rev. 1/20/16

a spill. The length of containment boom on Site shall be at least equal to twice the length of the active work site over the water.

Observed Steel Defects: If significant deficiencies, such as cracks or section losses, are found during cleaning or coating operations, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer as to their extent. Significant deficiencies include the following: a) Cracks in any part of the superstructure b) Section loss more than 1/8” or section loss equal to or greater than 5 percent of flange

thickness in the maximum moment areas (i.e. section loss in the middle one half of a single span structure).

c) Section loss more than ¼” or section loss equal to or greater than 25 percent of the flange thickness in other than the maximum moment areas (i.e. section loss up to quarter points of the middle one half of a single span structure).

d) Section loss more than 1/8” or section loss equal to or greater than 33 percent of web thickness in the maximum shear areas (i.e. section loss within five feet of the bearing center line).

Heating Devices: The Contractor may use heating devices to obtain and maintain a condition within the containment enclosure that is suitable for surface preparation and painting application, up to and including the minimum time to recoat, or minimum time to dry for service or topcoat. Heating devices shall be limited to gas or oil-fired indirect air heaters in which the combustion products are discharged separately from the forced airstream to an area outside the containment enclosure. The heating devices must be configured so as not to form condensation on cold surfaces or cause rust-back and must be automatically controlled. Information describing the proposed heating devices and the proposed heating procedures shall be provided a minimum of 20 days in advance for Engineer acceptance.

Lighting Requirements: A minimum illumination level of 20 foot-candles shall be provided throughout the inside of the containment enclosure during surface preparation and coating application work. A minimum illumination level of 50 foot-candles shall be provided at the location of the specific work task and for inspection. All lighting fixtures and related connectors located inside the containment enclosure must be explosion proof and UL listed.

Material Storage: The Contractor shall provide a suitable facility for the storage of paint that complies with all Federal and State laws and regulations.

This facility shall provide protection from the elements and ensure that the paint is stored at

temperatures within the more stringent of (1) the manufacturer's written recommended temperatures, or (2) between 40° F and 100° F. If paint application takes place in conditions that require heating of the containment, then the temperature of the stored paint shall be maintained at a similar temperature. Storage of paint shall be in reasonable proximity to the painting locations. The Engineer shall be provided access to the stored paint for inspection and to witness removal of the materials. The Contractor's facility for the storage of paint shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.


Rev. 1/20/16

Equipment: All equipment used in surface preparation and removal of debris, such as hoses, hoppers, recycling and vacuum machines that the Contractor brings to the Site, shall be clean and free of any prior debris.

Spray equipment, brushes and rollers used in application of coatings shall be sized sufficiently

and be in proper working order to accomplish the work according to the manufacturer's written recommendations.

Compressed Air: All compressed air sources shall have oil and moisture separators, attached and functional, and properly designed and sized. The compressed air sources shall deliver air to the blast nozzle, for blowing down the surfaces, or for conventional spray application that is free of oil and moisture and of sufficient pressure to accomplish the associated work efficiently and effectively. The tanks on the air compressor and moisture separator shall be drained at the end of each workday. The compressed air source shall produce a minimum pressure of 90 psi at the nozzle during abrasive blast cleaning.

The Contractor shall verify that the compressed air is free of moisture and oil contamination in

accordance with the requirements of ASTM D4285. The tests shall be conducted at least every four hours for each compressor system in operation. Sufficient freedom from oil and moisture is confirmed if soiling or discoloration is not visible on the paper. If air contamination is evidenced, the Contractor shall change filters, clean traps, add moisture separations or filters, or make other adjustments as necessary to achieve clean, dry, air.

Test Sections: Prior to surface preparation, the Contractor shall prepare a test section(s) on each structure to be painted in a location(s) that the Engineer considers to be representative of the existing surface condition and steel type for the structure as a whole. The test section(s) shall be prepared using the same equipment, materials and procedures as the production operations. The Contractor shall prepare the test section(s) to the specified level according to the appropriate SSPC written specifications and visual standards. The written requirements of the specification prevail in the event of a conflict with the SSPC visual standards. Only after a test section area has been approved shall the Contractor proceed with surface preparation operations. The test section(s) shall cover approximately 10 square feet each. Additional compensation will not be allowed the Contractor for preparation of test sections.

For the production cleaning operations, the specifications and written definitions, the test

section(s), and the SSPC visual standards shall be used in that order for determining compliance with the Contract requirements.

Surface Preparation:

1– Laminar and Stratified Rust: All laminar and stratified rust or corrosion products that have formed on any area of the existing steel surfaces and accessible rust formed along edges of connected plates or shapes of structural steel shall be removed. The tools used to remove these corrosion products shall be identified in the submittals and accepted by the Engineer. If the surface preparation or removal of rust results in nicks or gouges, the work will be suspended.


Rev. 1/20/16

The Contractor shall demonstrate that the necessary adjustments have been made to prevent a reoccurrence of the damage prior to resuming work.

2– Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP 6): Steel surfaces, including all new steel plates installed for structural repairs, shall be cleaned by the specified methods described in the SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2 - Systems and Specifications, latest edition. The structural steel shall be abrasive blast cleaned according to SSPC-SP 6 “Commercial Blast Cleaning.” Before and after blast cleaning, all dissolvable foreign matter, such as oil, grease, and dust shall be removed by wiping or scrubbing the surface with rags or brushes wetted with solvent in accordance with the provisions SSPC-SP 1 “Solvent Cleaning.” Clean solvent and clean rags or brushes shall be used for the final wiping.

All foreign materials such as dirt, dust, rust scale, sand, bird droppings, and all materials

loosened by abrasive blasting operations shall be completely removed by vacuuming before any painting operations are begun.

Following completion of the initial abrasive blast cleaning operations, the Contractor shall

proceed with installation of new structural steel plates where required by the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The plates shall be delivered already coated with a zinc primer coat. After the plates have been welded in place and accepted, the new plates shall be coated with the same paint system used for the existing steel.

The cleaned surface shall be accepted by the Engineer before any painting. If the surface is

determined to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP 6, painting operations can commence. The base coat shall be applied to the steel before the end of the day that preparation was performed and before the formation of any flash rusting or rerusting of the steel. Flash rusting or rerusting of the surface is unacceptable and requires additional blast cleaning prior to painting.

Failure of the Contractor to prepare and clean the surfaces to be painted according to these

specifications shall be cause for rejection by the Engineer. All surfaces that are rejected shall be recleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer according to these specifications, at no additional cost to the State.

3– Steel Grit Abrasive Mix: The recyclable steel grit abrasive mix shall be maintained and monitored such that the final surface profile is within the range specified elsewhere in these specifications.

Before each reuse, the recyclable steel grit abrasive shall be cleaned of millscale, rust, paint,

and other contaminants by an abrasive reclaimer.

On a weekly basis during blast cleaning operations, the Contractor shall verify that the recycled steel grit abrasives meet the requirements of SSPC-AB 2. If the abrasive fails the testing, all abrasive blast cleaning operations shall be suspended. The abrasive reclaimer shall be repaired and another abrasive sample will be required for testing after grit recovery and reclassification. For test results within the acceptable limits, abrasive blast cleaning may resume. Test results


Rev. 1/20/16

outside of the acceptable limits will require additional equipment repairs or replacement at no cost to the State. If additional repairs were performed, another sample will be required for testing after grit recovery and reclassification. If the test results continue to remain outside of the acceptable limits, the Contractor shall replace the abrasive reclaimer at no cost to the State.

4- Surface Profile: The specified height of the steel surface profile shall be according to the manufacturer's written instructions and shall be uniform. Verification of the profile height will be done with Testex Replica Tape. A surface profile correction factor will be measured according to SSPC-PA 2, Section 2.2.4 with the dry film thickness gauge.

Painting Operation:

1- General: All coatings shall be supplied in sealed containers bearing the manufacturer’s name, product designation, batch number and mixing/thinning instructions. Leaking containers shall not be used. Storage, opening, mixing, thinning and application of coating materials shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the written requirements and procedures published by the respective coating material manufacturer and supplier. In the event of a conflict, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, and unless directed otherwise in writing, the requirements of this specification shall prevail. The Contractor shall always have at the Project Site the current copies of all material safety data sheets (MSDS), technical data, recommendations and procedures published by the coating manufacturer for the coating materials.

2- Paint Mixing and Thinning: Thinning shall be performed only to the extent allowed by the manufacturer’s written instructions, and only with the manufacturer’s approved thinner. In no case shall thinning be permitted that would cause the coating to exceed the local VOC restrictions. For multiple component paints, only complete kits shall be mixed and used. Partial mixing is not allowed.

The ingredients in the containers of paint shall be thoroughly mixed by mechanical power

mixers in the original containers, or as directed by the manufacturer, before use or mixing with other containers of paint. The paint shall be mixed in a manner that will break up all lumps, completely disperse pigment and result in a uniform composition. Paint shall be carefully examined after mixing for uniformity and to verify that no unmixed pigment remains on the bottom of the container. Excessive skinning or partial hardening due to improper or prolonged storage will be cause for rejection of the paint, even though it may have been previously inspected and accepted.

Multiple component coatings shall be discarded after the expiration of the pot life. Single

component paint shall not remain in spray pots, painter’s buckets or similar containers overnight. It shall be stored in a covered container and remixed before use.

The Engineer reserves the right to sample field paint (individual components and/or the mixed

material) and have it analyzed. If the paint does not meet the product requirements due to excessive thinning or because of other field problems, the coating shall be removed from that section of the structure and replaced as directed by the Engineer.


Rev. 1/20/16

3– Methods of Application: All applicators of the specified coating material shall show proficiency on a test panel, or a portion of the structure as selected by the Engineer, to the satisfaction of the Engineer before commencing full-scale application.

The preferred method for coating application shall be by airless spray equipment. For striping

and for application in areas where complex shapes or tight clearances will not allow spray application, the Contractor shall apply the coating material by appropriately designed and constructed rollers and brushes.

4– Recoat Times: The recoat time of each coat of paint shall not deviate from the written recommendation of the manufacturer or the times specified in these specifications, complying with the most restrictive requirements unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing. If any individual time is exceeded, the affected areas shall be abrasive blast cleaned to SSPC-SP 6 and coatings reapplied in accordance with these specifications at no additional cost to the State.

5– Film Continuity: All applied coatings shall exhibit no running, streaking, sagging, wrinkling, holidays, pinholes, top coat color or gloss variation, or other film defects. Failure of the Contractor to apply coatings that are free of film defects shall be cause for rejection by the Engineer. All coatings rejected shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the State. Before doing any coating repair work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the procedures that will be used to repair the coating.

6- Technical Advisor: It is mandatory that the Contractor obtain the services of a qualified technical advisor employed by the coating manufacturer. This advisor shall be familiar with the technical properties of the coating products and proper application methods. The technical advisor shall assist the Engineer and the Contractor in establishing correct application methods for the complete coating system. He/she shall be present at the work Site before the opening of the material containers and shall remain at the Site until the Engineer is satisfied that the Contractor's personnel have mastered the proper handling, mixing and application of the material. The Engineer may call the technical advisor back to the Site if there are concerns that the Contractor is not handling, mixing or applying the material correctly.

7- Containment Plan: For each individual Site, the Contractor shall submit a plan of containment to the Engineer for acceptance. The plan shall be submitted twenty days before commencing painting operation. The minimum containment enclosure for the intermediate and top coat shall conform to the requirements of SSPC Guide 6, Class 1A and the following. Components of the containment system must be made from flame retardant materials. Tarpaulin material shall be clean and impermeable to air and water. Joints shall be fully sealed except for entryways. Entryways shall use multiple flap overlapping door tarps to minimize dust escape through the entryway. All mists or dust shall be filtered with collection equipment. For truss bridges a ceiling shall also be included.

8- Application:


Rev. 1/20/16

2-COAT SYSTEM:

A - Primer Coat Application: All prepared surfaces shall be cleaned by vacuuming to remove dust, remaining debris, and other surface contaminants before coating. Such surfaces shall then be sprayed, brushed or rolled within the specified abrasive blast cleaning containment enclosure before the end of the day or before any visible rust-back occurs. If rust-back occurs, affected surfaces shall be recleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer according to these specifications, at no additional cost to the state. All surfaces shall receive 1 coat of the primer coat. Temperature ranges (both steel and air) shall be the more restrictive of that specified in the Manufacturer’s written application instructions or between 50º F. to 100º F., unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing. The dry film thickness shall be according to the Manufacturer's written instructions. The primer coat shall be of a contrasting color to the topcoat color. The dry film thickness will be checked for compliance per the guidelines of SSPC-PA 2.

All plate and shape edges, plate seams, back to back angle seams, pitted steel, and other sharp

discontinuities shall be hand-striped with a brush in the longitudinal direction with the primer coat. Bolted connections shall also have all bolt heads and nuts hand-striped in a circular brush motion with the primer coat material. Stripe coats shall be applied before or after the full primer coat application. The primer coat material used for hand-striping shall be tinted to distinguish it from material used for the full primer coat application.

B - Top Coat Application: After the primer coat has cured per the Manufacturer's written

recommendations (not to exceed 10 days), all previously coated surfaces shall receive the top coat. The cured and dry primer coat shall be clean and free of all surface and embedded contamination and dry-spray. If it is not clean and free of all contamination, and dry-spray, the surfaces shall be cleaned by using clean rags or brushes to water wipe, solvent wipe, or detergent wash and rinse. Power washing is not allowed. Temperature ranges (both steel and air) shall be the more restrictive of that specified in the Manufacturer’s written application instructions or between 50º F. to 100º F., unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing. The dry film thickness shall be according to the Manufacturer's written instructions.

9– Painting of New Steel: All new steel shall be painted with the same coating system selected for use at the beam ends, unless permitted otherwise in writing. After the new steel has been fabricated, the steel shall be painted with the primer coat after preparation of the steel surfaces in accordance with the relevant requirements of this special provision including abrasive blast cleaning. All paint that is damaged by field welding operations or by any other operation shall be removed, the area cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and the affected areas repainted with the primer coat. The new steel shall then be painted with the rest of the paint system.

Method of Measurement: This item, being paid for on a lump sum basis for each bridge Site, will not be measured for payment.

Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. X),” which price shall include all


Rev. 1/20/16

materials, equipment, abrasive blast cleaning and surface preparation, painting, coating of inaccessible areas, overspray containment enclosure, heating devices, tools, labor, and services of the technical advisor. No direct payment will be made for the cost of storage or hauling the paint and other materials to and from the bridge Site, but the cost thereof shall be included in the lump sum price as noted above.

The containment and collection of surface preparation debris shall be paid for under the item “Class 1 - Containment and Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X).”

Pay Item Pay Unit Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. X) L.S.


ITEM #0603563A - CLASS 1 CONTAINMENT AND COLLECTION OF SURFACE PREPARATION DEBRIS (SITE NO. 1)



Description: Work under this item shall consist of furnishing and erecting SSPC Guide 6 Class 1 containment enclosures with negative air pressure as required to contain and collect debris resulting from the removal of coatings in the preparation of steel surfaces for painting. Also included are the vacuum collection and the storage of debris in suitable containers.

The containment and collection of debris shall be done in strict conformance with current Federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection (DEEP) regulations.


Materials: Materials and equipment shall be of satisfactory quality to perform the work and shall not be used on the Project until and unless they have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer.

Rigid walls for the containment enclosure shall be comprised of plywood panels or corrugated

panels of steel, aluminum or reinforced fiberglass. Flexible containment walls constructed of fire retardant tarpaulin material shall be impermeable to air and water.

Fifty-Five (55) gallon barrels with resealable lids, or lined storage containers sized for the job shall

be leakproof; shall conform to the Code of Federal Regulations Title 49, Chapter 1, Paragraph 173.510A (1), (5), and Paragraph 178.118; and shall not be used on the Project until and unless they have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer.

In meeting the requirements of these specifications, the Contractor shall supply portable battery-

operated manometers with a pressure range of -1.00 to 10.00 in increments of 0.01 inches of water and a velocity range of 50 to 9990 feet per minute; and one or more portable lightmeters with a scale of 0.0-50.0 foot candles.

Construction Methods: The Contractor shall proceed with one of the following containment methods: A. Containment enclosure with a suspended platform, or B. Containment enclosure without a suspended platform.

A. Containment enclosures with a suspended platform: At least two (2) months prior to any abrasive blast cleaning activities, the Contractor shall submit

to the Department ten (10) complete copies of detailed working drawings and calculations prepared and stamped by a Professional Engineer (Mechanical and Civil) licensed in Connecticut, which drawings shall detail as described below, the proposed methods for such activities. The Contractor shall not commence with containment enclosure erection and abrasive blast cleaning until and


Rev. 1/20/16

unless the working drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer, and shall proceed with such work only within approved containment enclosures.

The working drawings shall include the following:

1. A construction plan and drawings detailing proposed coating removal operations, abrasive debris classification and separation, removal and transport of waste to a secure storage site.

2. A plan and drawings detailing the proposed containment enclosure, including details of the following: A. Rigid, solid floor or platform. B. Containment walls with rigid and flexible materials. C. Rigid supports and bracing for the floor and wall panels, rigid or flexible supports and

bracing for flexible walls. D. Calculations including localized overstress conditions, member stresses, H.S. load rating

and maximum dead and live load imposed on the bridge by the containment enclosure, grit blasting/recycling equipment and HVAC equipment.

E. Maximum allowable load for the floor/platform. F. Wind load and wind stresses imposed on the bridge by the containment enclosure shall be

calculated and submitted. G. Airflow and air re-circulation within the enclosure including a minimum negative

pressure of 0.03 in. of water column (W.C.) relative to external ambient air and calculations. Airflow shall meet the SSPC Guide 6 requirements of 100 ft/min cross draft and 50 ft/min downdraft and the OSHA Ventilation Standards. The maximum cross sectional area for airflow within the enclosure shall be 400 square feet.

H. Connections to the bridge, i.e., clamps, rollers. (Note: Welding and bolting is not allowed.) Each connection to the bridge shall have a tension load cell attached. A multi- channel digital load indicator shall be connected to all the bridge connection load cells and located in an area accessible to the Engineer. The load indicator shall be capable of storing peak load readings.

I. Auxiliary stationary source lighting. J. Dust collection and filtration equipment, including the equipment data sheets and airflow

capacity. K. Air intake points including filters, louvers, baffles, etc. L. Entrance/Exit compartment completely sealed with airlocks. M. Location of equipment and impact on traffic. N. Elevation view of the containment enclosure with indications of any encroachments on

the surroundings. The bridge vertical clearance shall be maintained throughout the project.

NOTE: The structure loading for containment design shall be in accordance with AASHTO using HS-20 loads. The allowable overstress for all conditions shall not exceed 20%.

B. Containment enclosures without a suspended platform: At least two (2) months prior to any abrasive blast cleaning activities, the Contractor shall submit

to the Department ten (10) complete copies of detailed working drawings and calculations prepared and stamped by a Professional Engineer (Mechanical and Civil) licensed in Connecticut, which


Rev. 1/20/16

drawings shall detail, as described below, the proposed methods for such activities. The Contractor shall not commence with containment enclosure erection and abrasive blast cleaning until and unless the working drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer, and shall proceed with such work only within approved containment enclosures.

The working drawings shall include the following:

1. A construction plan and drawings detailing proposed coating removal operations, abrasive debris classification and separation, removal and transport of waste to a secure storage site. 2. A plan and drawings detailing the proposed containment enclosure, including details of the following:

A. Containment walls with rigid and flexible materials. B. Rigid supports and bracing for the floor and wall panels, rigid or flexible supports and

bracing for flexible walls. C. Airflow and air re-circulation within the enclosure including a minimum negative

pressure of 0.03 in of water column (W.C.) relative to external ambient air and calculations. Airflow shall meet the SSPC Guide 6 requirements of 100 ft/min cross draft and 50 ft/min downdraft and the OSHA Ventilation Standards. The maximum cross sectional area for airflow within the enclosure shall be 400 square feet.

D. Connections to the bridge, i.e., clamps, rollers. (Note: Welding and bolting is not allowed.) E. Auxiliary stationary source lighting. F. Dust collection and filtration equipment, including the equipment data sheets and airflow

capacity. G. Air intake points including filters, louvers, baffles, etc. H. Entrance/Exit compartment completely sealed with airlocks. I. Location of equipment and impact on traffic. J. Elevation view of the containment enclosure with indications of any encroachments on

the surroundings. The bridge vertical clearance shall be maintained throughout the project.

In addition, if the bridge vertical clearance is greater than 30 feet, the wind load and wind stresses imposed on the bridge by the containment enclosure shall be calculated and submitted.

Reference information on enclosures can be obtained from the following sources:

• SSPC Guide 6 • Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 1 • NCHRP Report 265

The containment enclosure shall be sealed across the bridge deck underside between the girders

with a rigid material. The floor shall be covered with a waterproof tarpaulin attached and sealed to the enclosure wall and floor around the entire enclosure perimeter. All edges of tarpaulins shall have a 2-foot flap that clamps over the connected edges around the entire perimeter. These flaps shall be completely fastened 12 in on center for both edges and sealed completely with the tarpaulin manufacturer's recommended tape and caulk.


Rev. 1/20/16

All equipment placement and work shall be in strict conformance with the Contract special provisions "Prosecution and Progress" and "Maintenance and Protection of Traffic." The Contractor shall perform all work in accordance with the requirements of any permits for this Project.

During abrasive blast cleaning, if the containment enclosure is allowing debris to escape, the

Contractor shall immediately stop such work until the enclosure is repaired. Any debris released from the enclosure shall be cleaned up by the Contractor immediately.

The containment enclosure shall be disassembled if the wind velocity is greater than 40 miles per

hour, if it is forecast to be higher or when directed by the Engineer. However, if the wind velocity is below 40 MPH, but high enough to cause the containment enclosure to billow and emit dust, the Contractor shall immediately cease abrasive blast cleaning and, after cleaning up all the debris, disassemble the enclosure.

All debris resulting from surface preparation shall be contained and vacuum collected daily or

more frequently as directed by the Engineer, due to debris buildup. Such debris, abrasive blast residue and paint chips removed by hand or power tool cleaning, shall be stored in leakproof storage containers in the secured storage site, or as directed by the Engineer. Debris storage shall be in accordance with Connecticut Hazardous Waste Management Regulations.

If 55 gallon barrels are used, staging is required: 55 gallon barrels shall be stored together in 2

rows of 5. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum lane clearance of 36 inches between each lot (10 barrels per lot).

The Contractor shall maintain a secure storage site, which shall be large enough to handle all

coating debris that is collected and stored on the Project Site at any time. The Contractor shall store coating debris only in the secured storage site. During abrasive blast cleaning operations, all surface preparation debris shall be vacuum collected from the containment enclosure and removed to the abrasive recycling reclaimer unit, and the coating debris shall be conveyed to the secured storage site at the conclusion of the work shift. The Contractor shall account for all coating debris conveyed to the secured storage site and all coating debris transported from the Project to the hazardous waste treatment/disposal facility. The Contractor is responsible for the proper handling of the surface preparation debris and coating debris. All spillage shall be cleaned up immediately.

The secure storage site shall consist of an 8-ft high fenced-in area with a padlocked entrance.

Storage containers shall not be used on the Project until and unless they have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. Storage containers and sites shall be located so as not to cause any traffic hazard. Container storage sites shall be in areas that are properly drained and runoff water shall not be allowed to pond. The containers shall be placed on pallets or other approved material and not directly on the ground.

Storage containers shall be closed and covered with a waterproof tarpaulin at all times except

during placement, sampling, and disposal of the debris.


Rev. 1/20/16

The Contractor shall furnish the inspector with two (2) new portable battery-operated manometers and light meters, per containment enclosure. Negative pressure verification with the portable manometers shall be done by the Engineer before and during abrasive blast cleaning and during vacuum collection of all surface preparation debris. The supplied instruments will become the property of the State upon Project completion. Light at the steel surface within the enclosure shall be maintained by the Contractor at a minimum of 50 foot-candles as measured by a light meter. Such lighting shall be maintained throughout the surface preparation, painting, and inspection activities. Equipment noise in excess of 90 decibels as measured at the closest residential, commercial or recreational areas, shall be lowered by the Contractor to a maximum of 90 decibels by the use of mufflers or other equipment approved by the Engineer prior to its use for this purpose. Any air exhausted from the containment enclosure, abrasive-recycling equipment or vacuum equipment shall be passed through a filtering system. The Contractor is responsible for the design, effectiveness and maintenance of this filtering system. No discharge of debris dust shall be allowed. The Contractor is liable for any fines, costs, or remediation costs incurred as a result of their failure to be in compliance with this special provision and all Federal, State, and local laws. Method of Measurement: Work under this item will not be measured for payment, but will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for each site. A site shall consist of an entire bridge structure, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for "Class 1 Containment and Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X)," at the site designated. The price shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and work incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit Class 1 Containment and Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X) L.S.

11/04/2017

ITEM #0603870A

ITEM #0603870A – REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 6.03.01 - Description: Add the following: Work under this item shall include the removal and disposal of existing steel to allow for performing all items of work which require removal of existing steel, as noted on the plans, except where noted to be included in other items of work. Submittals: The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings of his proposed demolition plan for removing all steel called for.

6.03.03 – Construction Methods: Add the following: Existing steel to be removed shall be cut out and removed to allow for items of work to be performed where noted in the plans and as ordered by the Engineer. Existing welds shall be removed by machining, grinding, chipping, or air carbon-arc gouging and in such a manner that the remaining base metal is not wicked or undercut. A minimum of 1/8” of weld metal shall be left in place if arc gouging is the selected removal method and the remaining weld metal shall be removed by grinding. Welders who perform arc gouging shall be SMAW certified.

Wherever arc gouging, flame cutting, or welding will be used, existing paint must first be removed. Removal of existing paint shall be done prior to the removal of any existing welds using hand tools and environmentally acceptable containment methods for local paint removal.

Steel removed within the limits of beam end painting, shall have existing paint removed and new paint applied in accordance with the applicable items “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Beam Ends (Site No. (___))”. Steel removed outside the limits of beam end painting shall have existing paint removed and new paint applied in accordance with the applicable items “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of Structure (Site No. (__))”. 6.03.04 - Method of Measurement: Revise to note the following:

This work, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment. 6.03.05 - Basis of Payment: Add the following: This work shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Removal of Existing Structural Steel", which shall include removal and disposal of all steel removed, except where noted to be included in other items of work, and shall include all equipment, material, tools and labor incidental thereto.

Pay Item Pay Unit Removal of Existing Structural Steel L.S.


11-28-17

ITEM #0603923A - ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF STRUCTURE (SITE NO. 1)

ITEM #0603925A - ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF STRUCTURE (SITE NO. 2)

ITEM #0603926A - ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING AND FIELD PAINTING OF STRUCTURE (SITE NO. 3) Description: Work under this item shall consist of surface preparation and field painting of steel components with a 2-coat system as shown on the plans, as directed by the Engineer and in accordance with these specifications.


Components to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: ends of beams and girders, diaphragms and cross frames, steel fixed bearings, steel components of expansion bearings, scuppers, drainage pipes and troughs, state-owned utility conduits, structural steel utility supports, all new structural steel installed for repair purposes, and all other metal components that are an integral part of the bridge system.

Privately-owned utilities, bridge rails, stay-in-place forms, fences, elastomeric bearing pads and

bronze components shall be protected from damage by surface preparation and painting operations and are not to be painted. Any damage resulting from surface preparations, containment and/or overspray from paint operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the State.

The amount of steel to be painted under this special provision varies by bridge Site, and is to be

determined by the Contractor based on the information contained in the plans. Bidders shall examine the structures in this Contract and shall make their own determinations as to the work involved and conditions to be encountered.

Submittals: A minimum of 20 calendar days before starting any surface preparation and

coating application work, the painting contractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for acceptance:

1. A copy of the firm’s written Quality Control Program used to control the quality of surface preparation and coating application including, but not limited to, ambient conditions, surface cleanliness and profile, coating mixing, dry film thickness, and final film continuity.

2. A copy of the firm’s written surface preparation and application procedures detailing the Materials and Construction Methods for both accessible and inaccessible areas. All areas are deemed accessible, except those areas specifically designated as inaccessible. The Engineer will be the sole judge in determining the exact locations of said inaccessible areas. Inaccessible areas may include: Between back to back angles, edges of top flanges of steel members in contact with concrete, and areas of visible non-removable impacted rust. Such locations designated as inaccessible shall be coated with special materials, such as penetrating sealer or equivalent, as recommended by the Manufacturer of the selected paint system (see Materials section below for paint systems). This written program must contain a description of all the equipment that will be used for removal of laminar and stratified rust,


for surface preparation, including the remediation of soluble salts, and for paint mixing and application, including stripe coating. Coating repair procedures shall be included for both accessible and inaccessible areas.

3. A detailed description of the Contractor’s enforcement procedures and the authority of personnel.

4. If the application of heat is proposed for coating application purposes, provide information on the heat containment and procedures that will be used, with data sheets for the equipment. Note: If heat is used for coating operations, the heat and containment must be maintained to provide the required temperatures for the duration of the cure period.

5. Containment plans (paint removal/collection of debris, surface preparation, coating applications, coating applications with heat, etc.).

6. Proof of SSPC-QP 1 qualifications, CAS-certification(s) and QP 2 qualifications, as applicable.

7. Coating product information, including coating manufacturer, product name, application instructions, technical data, MSDS and color chips.

8. Abrasive product information, including abrasive manufacturer, product name, technical data, and MSDS.

The Contractor shall not begin any paint removal work until the Engineer has accepted the

submittals. The Contractor shall not construe Engineer acceptance of the submittals to imply approval of any particular method or sequence for conducting the work, or for addressing health and safety concerns. Acceptance of the programs does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to conduct the work in strict accordance with the requirements of Federal, State, or local regulations, this specification, or to adequately protect the health and safety of all workers involved in the Project and any members of the public who may be affected by the Project. The Contractor remains solely responsible for the adequacy and completeness of the programs and work practices, and adherence to them.

Materials: The materials for the coating system for this work shall conform to the requirements of Section M.07.02 amended as follows:

The coating system shall be one of the following 2-coat systems:

1K Zinc Primer Fast Clad Urethane, manufactured by: Sherwin Williams





Epoxy Mastic Aluminum II Acrolon 218 HS, manufactured by: Sherwin Williams




All materials for the complete coating system shall be furnished by the same coating material

manufacturer with no subcontracted manufacturing allowed. Intermixing of materials within and between coating systems will not be permitted. Thinning of paint shall conform to the manufacturer's written recommendations. All components of the coating system and the mixed paint shall comply with the Emission Standards for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) stated in the Connecticut Department of Energy and Environmental Protection's Administration Regulation for the Abatement of Air Pollution, Section 22a-174-20(s).

Note: If any of the above and/or following stipulated Contract specifications differ from those of

the Manufacturer’s recommended procedures or ranges, the more restrictive of the requirements shall be adhered to unless directed by the Engineer in writing.

The abrasive media for blast cleaning shall be recyclable steel grit.


Contractor - Subcontractor Qualifications: Contractors and subcontractors doing this work are required to be certified by the SSPC Painting Contractor Certification Program (PCCP) to QP 1 entitled “Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors (“Field Application to Complex Structures”). When the work involves the disturbance of lead-containing paint, the Contractor and subcontractor are also required to be certified to SSPC-QP 2 “Standard Procedure for Evaluating the Qualifications of Painting Contractors to Remove Hazardous Paint.”

Contractors and subcontractors are required to have at least one (1) Coating Application

Specialist (CAS) (SSPC ACS/NACE No. 13)-certified (Level II-Interim Status-Minimal) craft- worker. CAS-certified (Level II-Interim Status-Minimal) craft-worker(s) are required for all crews/craft-workers up to four (4) crew members. For each crew larger than four (4), an additional CAS-certified (Level II-Interim Status-Minimal) craft-worker shall be present on each painting/blasting crew during blast cleaning and spray application (Atmospheric and Immersion Service) operations. A crew-member is a person who is on the job performing hand-held nozzle blast cleaning and/or spray application of protective coatings on a steel structure. The certification(s) must be kept current for the duration of the Project work. If a Contractor’s, subcontractor’s or any craft-worker’s certification expires, the firm will not be allowed to do any


work on this item until the certification is reissued.

Requests for extension of time for any delay to the completion of the Project due to an inactive certification will not be considered and liquidated damages will apply. In addition, if any recoat times are exceeded, the affected areas shall be abrasive blast cleaned to SSPC-SP 6 and coatings reapplied in accordance with these specifications at no additional cost to the State. At the option of the Engineer, if such a delay will adversely impact the successful and timely completion of the Project, the Department may require the Contractor to engage another SSPC certified contractor to do the painting work at the prime contractor’s expense.

Quality Control Inspections: The Contractor shall perform first line, in process Quality Control (QC) inspections. The Contractor shall implement a Quality Control Program accepted by the Engineer, including written daily reports, that ensures that the work accomplished complies with these specifications. Copies of these reports shall be provided daily to the Engineer. Contractor QC inspections shall include, but not be limited to the following: • Suitability of protective coverings and containments • Ambient conditions • Surface preparation (solvent cleaning, hand/power tool or abrasive blast cleaning, etc.) • Coating application (mixing, thinning, and wet/dry film thickness) • Recoat times and cleanliness between coats • Coating continuity (freedom from runs, sags, overspray, dryspray, pinholes, shadow-

through, skips, misses, etc.) • Final film acceptance

The personnel managing and performing the quality control program shall be NACE Certified

Coating Inspector(s) (successfully completed Sessions I, II, III and Peer Review) or must be SSPC certified BCI level 2. The personnel performing the quality control tests shall be trained in the use of the quality control instruments. Documentation of training shall be provided. These personnel shall not perform surface preparation and painting.

Test Equipment and Materials: The Contractor shall furnish the following new test equipment and materials for use by the QC Inspector: Two PTC Surface Temperature Thermometers 1. Psychron 566 Psychrometer (Battery Operated) with two sets of batteries or a Bacharach

Sling Psychrometer 2. U.S. Weather Bureau Psychrometric Tables 3. Hypodermic Needle Pressure Gage for nozzle pressure tests. 4. SSPC Visual Standards VIS 1, VIS 3, and/or VIS 4, as applicable. 5. Testex Spring Micrometer 6. Testex Press-O-Film Replica Tape, one roll (100 pieces) each of coarse and extra-coarse

per bridge span, or as specified by the Engineer. 7. Wet film thickness gage 8. PosiTest, Mikrotest or Elcometer Dry Film Thickness Gauge (FM) 9. SSPC Type 2 Dry Film Thickness Gauge per PA2

10. NIST (NBS) Calibration Standards Range: 0 – 39 mils

Quality Assurance Inspections: The Engineer may conduct Quality Assurance (QA) observations of any or all phases of the work. The presence or activity of Engineer inspections in no way relieves the Contractor of the responsibility to provide all necessary daily Quality Control


inspections of its own and to comply with all requirements of this Specification.

The Contractor shall facilitate the Engineer’s inspections as required, including allowing ample time for the inspections and providing suitable lighting (50 foot candles minimum at the surface as defined later in this specification). The Contractor shall furnish, erect and move scaffolding or other mechanical equipment to permit inspection and close observation of all surfaces to be cleaned and painted. This equipment shall be provided during all phases of the work. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in advance of plans to remove staging used in cleaning and painting operations in order to allow for inspection. The QA inspection will be performed with the QA inspector’s equipment when verifying the Contractor’s test results in the field.

Safety: All Contractor activities associated with the coating work described and specified herein shall be conducted according to all applicable Federal (OSHA), State of Connecticut safety regulations and SSPC-PA Guide 3 entitled “A Guide to Safety in Paint Application.”

Ambient Conditions: Surface preparation and coating application work shall only be done inside a containment enclosure as specified elsewhere in these specifications. Surface preparation or coating work shall be performed inside the containment enclosure meeting the following:

• The relative humidity is at or below 90 percent. • The substrate is not damp or covered by frost or ice. • The surface temperature and air temperature are between 50° F and 100° F. • The surface temperatures of the steel and air are more than 5° F above the dewpoint

temperature, as determined by a surface temperature thermometer and electric or sling psychrometer.

If the requirements of the coating manufacturer differ from the ranges provided above, comply

with the most restrictive requirements unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing.

Protective Coverings: The Contractor shall protect property, pedestrians, vehicular, and other traffic upon, underneath, or near the bridge, and all portions of the bridge superstructure and substructure against abrasive blast cleaning damage or disfigurement from splatters, splashes, or spray of paint or paint materials. See the specification for “Class 1 - Containment and Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X).” All coating overspray, drips and spills shall be contained. Maintain the integrity and security of all protective coverings and containment materials throughout the entire Project.

Any paint chips, paint removal media (e.g., abrasives), coating or solvent that has escaped the

Contractor’s containment enclosure shall be cleaned up immediately. For bridges over water, the Contractor shall have on Site a sufficient quantity of spill containment boom and pads to contain a spill. The length of containment boom on Site shall be at least equal to twice the length of the active work site over the water.

Observed Steel Defects: If significant deficiencies, such as cracks or section losses, are found during cleaning or coating operations, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer as to their extent. Significant deficiencies include the following: a) Cracks in any part of the superstructure b) Section loss more than 1/8” or section loss equal to or greater than 5 percent of flange

thickness in the maximum moment areas (i.e. section loss in the middle one half of a single


span structure). c) Section loss more than ¼” or section loss equal to or greater than 25 percent of the flange

thickness in other than the maximum moment areas (i.e. section loss up to quarter points of the middle one half of a single span structure).

d) Section loss more than 1/8” or section loss equal to or greater than 33 percent of web thickness in the maximum shear areas (i.e. section loss within five feet of the bearing center line).

Heating Devices: The Contractor may use heating devices to obtain and maintain a condition within the containment enclosure that is suitable for surface preparation and painting application, up to and including the minimum time to recoat, or minimum time to dry for service or topcoat. Heating devices shall be limited to gas or oil-fired indirect air heaters in which the combustion products are discharged separately from the forced airstream to an area outside the containment enclosure. The heating devices must be configured so as not to form condensation on cold surfaces or cause rust-back and must be automatically controlled. Information describing the proposed heating devices and the proposed heating procedures shall be provided a minimum of 20 days in advance for Engineer acceptance.

Lighting Requirements: A minimum illumination level of 20 foot-candles shall be provided throughout the inside of the containment enclosure during surface preparation and coating application work. A minimum illumination level of 50 foot-candles shall be provided at the location of the specific work task and for inspection. All lighting fixtures and related connectors located inside the containment enclosure must be explosion proof and UL listed.

Material Storage: The Contractor shall provide a suitable facility for the storage of paint that complies with all Federal and State laws and regulations.

This facility shall provide protection from the elements and ensure that the paint is stored at

temperatures within the more stringent of (1) the manufacturer's written recommended temperatures, or (2) between 40° F and 100° F. If paint application takes place in conditions that require heating of the containment, then the temperature of the stored paint shall be maintained at a similar temperature. Storage of paint shall be in reasonable proximity to the painting locations. The Engineer shall be provided access to the stored paint for inspection and to witness removal of the materials. The Contractor's facility for the storage of paint shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

Equipment: All equipment used in surface preparation and removal of debris, such as hoses, hoppers, recycling and vacuum machines that the Contractor brings to the Site, shall be clean and free of any prior debris.

Spray equipment, brushes and rollers used in application of coatings shall be sized sufficiently

and be in proper working order to accomplish the work according to the manufacturer's written recommendations.

Compressed Air: All compressed air sources shall have oil and moisture separators, attached and functional, and properly designed and sized. The compressed air sources shall deliver air to the blast nozzle, for blowing down the surfaces, or for conventional spray application that is free of oil and moisture and of sufficient pressure to accomplish the associated work efficiently and effectively. The tanks on the air compressor and moisture separator shall be drained at the end of


each workday. The compressed air source shall produce a minimum pressure of 90 psi at the nozzle during abrasive blast cleaning.

The Contractor shall verify that the compressed air is free of moisture and oil contamination in

accordance with the requirements of ASTM D4285. The tests shall be conducted at least every four hours for each compressor system in operation. Sufficient freedom from oil and moisture is confirmed if soiling or discoloration is not visible on the paper. If air contamination is evidenced, the Contractor shall change filters, clean traps, add moisture separations or filters, or make other adjustments as necessary to achieve clean, dry, air.

Test Sections: Prior to surface preparation, the Contractor shall prepare a test section(s) on each structure to be painted in a location(s) that the Engineer considers to be representative of the existing surface condition and steel type for the structure as a whole. The test section(s) shall be prepared using the same equipment, materials and procedures as the production operations. The Contractor shall prepare the test section(s) to the specified level according to the appropriate SSPC written specifications and visual standards. The written requirements of the specification prevail in the event of a conflict with the SSPC visual standards. Only after a test section area has been approved shall the Contractor proceed with surface preparation operations. The test section(s) shall cover approximately 10 square feet each. Additional compensation will not be allowed the Contractor for preparation of test sections.

For the production cleaning operations, the specifications and written definitions, the test

section(s), and the SSPC visual standards shall be used in that order for determining compliance with the Contract requirements.

Surface Preparation:

1– Laminar and Stratified Rust: All laminar and stratified rust or corrosion products that have formed on any area of the existing steel surfaces and accessible rust formed along edges of connected plates or shapes of structural steel shall be removed. The tools used to remove these corrosion products shall be identified in the submittals and accepted by the Engineer. If the surface preparation or removal of rust results in nicks or gouges, the work will be suspended.

The Contractor shall demonstrate that the necessary adjustments have been made to prevent a reoccurrence of the damage prior to resuming work.

2– Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP 6): Steel surfaces, including all new steel plates installed for structural repairs, shall be cleaned by the specified methods described in the SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2 - Systems and Specifications, latest edition. The structural steel shall be abrasive blast cleaned according to SSPC-SP 6 “Commercial Blast Cleaning.” Before and after blast cleaning, all dissolvable foreign matter, such as oil, grease, and dust shall be removed by wiping or scrubbing the surface with rags or brushes wetted with solvent in accordance with the provisions SSPC-SP 1 “Solvent Cleaning.” Clean solvent and clean rags or brushes shall be used for the final wiping.

All foreign materials such as dirt, dust, rust scale, sand, bird droppings, and all materials

loosened by abrasive blasting operations shall be completely removed by vacuuming before any painting operations are begun.


Following completion of the initial abrasive blast cleaning operations, the Contractor shall proceed with installation of new structural steel plates where required by the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The plates shall be delivered already coated with a zinc primer coat. After the plates have been welded in place and accepted, the new plates shall be coated with the same paint system used for the existing steel.

The cleaned surface shall be accepted by the Engineer before any painting. If the surface is

determined to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP 6, painting operations can commence. The base coat shall be applied to the steel before the end of the day that preparation was performed and before the formation of any flash rusting or rerusting of the steel. Flash rusting or rerusting of the surface is unacceptable and requires additional blast cleaning prior to painting.

Failure of the Contractor to prepare and clean the surfaces to be painted according to these

specifications shall be cause for rejection by the Engineer. All surfaces that are rejected shall be recleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer according to these specifications, at no additional cost to the State.

3– Steel Grit Abrasive Mix: The recyclable steel grit abrasive mix shall be maintained and monitored such that the final surface profile is within the range specified elsewhere in these specifications.

Before each reuse, the recyclable steel grit abrasive shall be cleaned of millscale, rust, paint,

and other contaminants by an abrasive reclaimer.

On a weekly basis during blast cleaning operations, the Contractor shall verify that the recycled steel grit abrasives meet the requirements of SSPC-AB 2. If the abrasive fails the testing, all abrasive blast cleaning operations shall be suspended. The abrasive reclaimer shall be repaired and another abrasive sample will be required for testing after grit recovery and reclassification. For test results within the acceptable limits, abrasive blast cleaning may resume. Test results outside of the acceptable limits will require additional equipment repairs or replacement at no cost to the State. If additional repairs were performed, another sample will be required for testing after grit recovery and reclassification. If the test results continue to remain outside of the acceptable limits, the Contractor shall replace the abrasive reclaimer at no cost to the State.

4- Surface Profile: The specified height of the steel surface profile shall be according to the manufacturer's written instructions and shall be uniform. Verification of the profile height will be done with Testex Replica Tape. A surface profile correction factor will be measured according to SSPC-PA 2, Section 2.2.4 with the dry film thickness gauge.

Painting Operation:

1- General: All coatings shall be supplied in sealed containers bearing the manufacturer’s name, product designation, batch number and mixing/thinning instructions. Leaking containers shall not be used. Storage, opening, mixing, thinning and application of coating materials shall be accomplished in strict accordance with the written requirements and procedures published by the respective coating material manufacturer and supplier. In the event of a conflict, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, and unless directed otherwise in writing, the requirements of this specification shall prevail. The Contractor shall always have at the Project Site the current copies of all material safety data sheets (MSDS), technical data, recommendations and


procedures published by the coating manufacturer for the coating materials.

2- Paint Mixing and Thinning: Thinning shall be performed only to the extent allowed by the manufacturer’s written instructions, and only with the manufacturer’s approved thinner. In no case shall thinning be permitted that would cause the coating to exceed the local VOC restrictions. For multiple component paints, only complete kits shall be mixed and used. Partial mixing is not allowed.

The ingredients in the containers of paint shall be thoroughly mixed by mechanical power

mixers in the original containers, or as directed by the manufacturer, before use or mixing with other containers of paint. The paint shall be mixed in a manner that will break up all lumps, completely disperse pigment and result in a uniform composition. Paint shall be carefully examined after mixing for uniformity and to verify that no unmixed pigment remains on the bottom of the container. Excessive skinning or partial hardening due to improper or prolonged storage will be cause for rejection of the paint, even though it may have been previously inspected and accepted.

Multiple component coatings shall be discarded after the expiration of the pot life. Single

component paint shall not remain in spray pots, painter’s buckets or similar containers overnight. It shall be stored in a covered container and remixed before use.

The Engineer reserves the right to sample field paint (individual components and/or the mixed

material) and have it analyzed. If the paint does not meet the product requirements due to excessive thinning or because of other field problems, the coating shall be removed from that section of the structure and replaced as directed by the Engineer.

3 – Methods of Application: All applicators of the specified coating material shall show proficiency on a test panel, or a portion of the structure as selected by the Engineer, to the satisfaction of the Engineer before commencing full-scale application.

The preferred method for coating application shall be by airless spray equipment. For striping

and for application in areas where complex shapes or tight clearances will not allow spray application, the Contractor shall apply the coating material by appropriately designed and constructed rollers and brushes.

4– Recoat Times: The recoat time of each coat of paint shall not deviate from the written recommendation of the manufacturer or the times specified in these specifications, complying with the most restrictive requirements unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing. If any individual time is exceeded, the affected areas shall be abrasive blast cleaned to SSPC-SP 6 and coatings reapplied in accordance with these specifications at no additional cost to the State.

5– Film Continuity: All applied coatings shall exhibit no running, streaking, sagging, wrinkling, holidays, pinholes, top coat color or gloss variation, or other film defects. Failure of the Contractor to apply coatings that are free of film defects shall be cause for rejection by the Engineer. All coatings rejected shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at no additional cost to the State. Before doing any coating repair work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the procedures that will be used to repair the coating.

6- Technical Advisor: It is mandatory that the Contractor obtain the services of a qualified


technical advisor employed by the coating manufacturer. This advisor shall be familiar with the technical properties of the coating products and proper application methods. The technical advisor shall assist the Engineer and the Contractor in establishing correct application methods for the complete coating system. He/she shall be present at the work Site before the opening of the material containers and shall remain at the Site until the Engineer is satisfied that the Contractor's personnel have mastered the proper handling, mixing and application of the material. The Engineer may call the technical advisor back to the Site if there are concerns that the Contractor is not handling, mixing or applying the material correctly.

7- Containment Plan: For each individual Site, the Contractor shall submit a plan of containment to the Engineer for acceptance. The plan shall be submitted twenty days before commencing painting operation. The minimum containment enclosure for the intermediate and top coat shall conform to the requirements of SSPC Guide 6, Class 1A and the following. Components of the containment system must be made from flame retardant materials. Tarpaulin material shall be clean and impermeable to air and water. Joints shall be fully sealed except for entryways. Entryways shall use multiple flap overlapping door tarps to minimize dust escape through the entryway. All mists or dust shall be filtered with collection equipment. For truss bridges a ceiling shall also be included.

8- Application:

2-COAT SYSTEM:

A - Primer Coat Application: All prepared surfaces shall be cleaned by vacuuming to remove dust, remaining debris, and other surface contaminants before coating. Such surfaces shall then be sprayed, brushed or rolled within the specified abrasive blast cleaning containment enclosure before the end of the day or before any visible rust-back occurs. If rust-back occurs, affected surfaces shall be recleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer according to these specifications, at no additional cost to the state. All surfaces shall receive 1 coat of the primer coat. Temperature ranges (both steel and air) shall be the more restrictive of that specified in the Manufacturer’s written application instructions or between 50º F. to 100º F., unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing. The dry film thickness shall be according to the Manufacturer's written instructions. The primer coat shall be of a contrasting color to the topcoat color. The dry film thickness will be checked for compliance per the guidelines of SSPC-PA 2.

All plate and shape edges, plate seams, back to back angle seams, pitted steel, and other sharp

discontinuities shall be hand-striped with a brush in the longitudinal direction with the primer coat. Bolted connections shall also have all bolt heads and nuts hand-striped in a circular brush motion with the primer coat material. Stripe coats shall be applied before or after the full primer coat application. The primer coat material used for hand-striping shall be tinted to distinguish it from material used for the full primer coat application.

B - Top Coat Application: After the primer coat has cured per the Manufacturer's written

recommendations (not to exceed 10 days), all previously coated surfaces shall receive the top coat. The cured and dry primer coat shall be clean and free of all surface and embedded contamination and dry-spray. If it is not clean and free of all contamination, and dry-spray, the surfaces shall be cleaned by using clean rags or brushes to water wipe, solvent wipe, or detergent wash and rinse. Power washing is not allowed. Temperature ranges (both steel and


air) shall be the more restrictive of that specified in the Manufacturer’s written application instructions or between 50º F. to 100º F., unless directed otherwise by the Engineer in writing. The dry film thickness shall be according to the Manufacturer's written instructions.

9– Painting of New Steel: All new steel shall be painted with the same coating system selected for use at the beam ends, unless permitted otherwise in writing. After the new steel has been fabricated, the steel shall be painted with the primer coat after preparation of the steel surfaces in accordance with the relevant requirements of this special provision including abrasive blast cleaning. All paint that is damaged by field welding operations or by any other operation shall be removed, the area cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and the affected areas repainted with the primer coat. The new steel shall then be painted with the rest of the paint system.

Method of Measurement: This item, being paid for on a lump sum basis for each bridge Site, will not be measured for payment.

Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for “Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting of S t r u c t u r e (Site No. X),” which price shall include all materials, equipment, abrasive blast cleaning and surface preparation, painting, coating of inaccessible areas, overspray containment enclosure, heating devices, tools, labor, and services of the technical advisor. No direct payment will be made for the cost of storage or hauling the paint and other materials to and from the bridge Site, but the cost thereof shall be included in the lump sum price as noted above.

The containment and collection of surface preparation debris shall be paid for under the item “Class 1 - Containment and Collection of Surface Preparation Debris (Site No. X).”

Pay Item Pay Unit Abrasive Blast Cleaning and Field Painting L.S.

of Structure (Site No. X)

11-28-17

ITEM #0604400A

ITEM #0604400A – FALL ARRESTORS

Description: This item shall include furnishing, fabricating and installing two (2) new OSHA compliant steel barrel ladders each equipped with a fall arrestor lifeline system.

The new ladders will replace existing non-OSHA compliant steel barrel ladders, which exist at the ends of the truss spans at Pier 21 and Pier 32 and provide access from the top of the existing pier cap to the truss spans catwalk system.

Work shall include taking all necessary field measurements to ensure proper fabrication of material and equipment, proper interfacing and installation with the existing structure, and shall include removal and disposal of the two (2) existing barrel ladders at these locations.

Materials: Barrel ladders shall be made from galvanized steel, and shall meet the applicable OSHA requirements that are applicable for their intended use of providing access to the truss span catwalk system.

Each ladder shall be equipped with fall arrestor lifeline system, furnished by an approved manufacturer of such systems and certified in accordance with applicable OSHA regulations for their intended use with ladders lengths up to 50 feet long. Components shall be manufactured from corrosion resistant steel suitable for continuous outdoor use.

Product warranties and materials used in procured equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for review.

Fabricated ladders and fall arrestor equipment shall be identified as to the OSHA regulations it is compliment with.

Construction Methods: Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements to ensure new ladders and fall arrestor lifeline systems are properly fabricated and their installations properly interfaced and connected to the existing concrete and steel bridge structure elements. to meet current applicable OSHA regulations. The installed ladders and fall arrestors shall be shown capable of supporting and developing the required load capacity for their intended use, and per OSHA and manufacturer requirements.

Contractor shall have ladder and fall arrestor equipment installations inspected and certified by a qualified person that installations are compliant with OSHA regulations applicable for their intended use, and provide documentation of certification to the Engineer for review. Method of Measurement: This work, being paid for on a lump sum basis, shall not be measured for payment.

Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for the "Fall Arrestors” which price shall include all procured and fabricated material and its installation, field measurements, equipment and labor incidental to the completion of this item.

Pay Item Pay Unit Fall Arrestors L.S.

Rev. Date 3/4/16

ITEM #0969030A

ITEM # 0969030A - PROJECT COORDINATOR Article 1.05.08 – Schedules and Reports of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended by the following: Add the following: Description: Under this item the Contractor shall furnish the services of an administrative employee, entitled the Project Coordinator, for this Project, to coordinate and expedite all phases of the work required for the Project and to ensure that the construction schedule is maintained. The minimum lump sum bid for this item shall be equal to 0.5% of the Contractor’s total bid. Failure of the Contractor to bid at least the minimum amount will result in the Department adjusting the Contractor’s bid to include the minimum bid amount for this item. The Project Coordinator’s resume shall be submitted for approval by name, in writing, within seven (7) calendar days of the award of the Contract, and shall not be changed without prior written notice to the Department. This resume must demonstrate the Project Coordinator is experienced and versatile in the preparation, interpretation and modification of Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedules. This must include successful completion of at least three (3) construction projects of similar complexity, where they served in a lead scheduling capacity. If the Contractor does not have a person in their company that has these skills, then the Contractor shall engage the services of a Consultant, subject to the approval of the Engineer, for the scheduling work required. If a Consultant is engaged, they shall be present at the first meeting, along with the Project Contractor, prepared to discuss, in detail, the methods and techniques they propose to use. Thereafter, the Project Coordinator or the Consultant responsible for updating the CPM Schedule shall attend all meetings between the Contractor, its Subcontractors, and any other meetings, which will affect the CPM schedule. The Contractor shall prepare CPM Schedules utilizing the latest version of Primavera Project Planner software. When the Contract is administered under Section 1.20, the following requirement shall also apply: The Project Coordinator shall have, in addition to the above noted requirements, a minimum of eight (8) years’ experience related to commercial/industrial building construction as a Project Coordinator performing duties similar to those required herein. The Project Coordinator shall have knowledge of all trades involved in the construction, including civil/site work, environmental work, concrete work, masonry work, steel work, wood work, electrical work, and mechanical work. Other combinations of experience and education totaling ten (10) years in commercial building construction will be considered subject to the approval of the Engineer.

Rev. Date 3/4/16

ITEM #0969030A

Computer Software and Printer: The Contractor shall provide the following equipment with all the required maintenance and repairs (to include labor and parts) throughout the Contract life. The Engineer reserves the right to expand or relax the specification to adapt to the software and hardware limitations and availability.

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a licensed copy registered in the Department’s name of the latest versions of the software listed and maintain customer support services offered by the software producer for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer all supporting documentation for the software and hardware including any instructions or manuals. Software – Minimum Specification: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a

licensed copy of the latest version of the Oracle Primavera Contractor – Deluxe Version scheduling software, registered in the Department’s name, and maintain the Primavera customer support service contract over the duration of the project.

Printer: An addition printer shall be provided that meets the printer specifications noted

under contract item for “Construction Field Office” and is compatible with the software.

The Contractor is responsible for service and repairs to all computer hardware. All repairs must be performed within 24 hours. If the repairs require more than a 24 hours then a replacement must be provided. Construction Methods: The Project Coordinator shall attend all meetings between the Contractor and the Department, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and any other meetings that affect the progress of the job. The Project Coordinator shall be knowledgeable of the status of all parts of the work throughout the length of the Contract. Please delete any reference to Bar Chart under 1.05.08 – Schedule and Reports and replace with the following: Critical Path Method (CPM) Please add the following: Proper relationship between all major activities shall be indicated. Node numbers shall be coded such that the major activities shown on the Critical Path Schedule shall be easily referenced to the Detailed Project Schedule when it is developed. Break down the work covered under each Special Provision, or Division and Section of Article 1.20 of the Standard Specifications, into individual activities required and logically group related activities together within the CPM. All documents, which require approval by the Department, shall be clearly identified within the schedule. The Department and any outside agency shall be allocated a minimum number of calendar days in accordance with Article 1.20-1.05.02. If Article 1.20 does not apply, then the Department shall be allocated a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days (exclusive of weekends

Rev. Date 3/4/16

ITEM #0969030A

and holidays) for review and approval of each submittal. Any submittals requiring approval by an outside Agency (ConnDEEP, Coast Guard, Army Corps of Engineers, etc.) shall be allocated a minimum of sixty (60) calendar days. The Department shall not be held responsible for any delay associated with the approval or rejection of any substitution or other revisions proposed by the Contractor. The schedule shall indicate the logic of the work for the major elements and components of work under the Contract, such as the planned mobilization of plant and equipment, sequences of operations, procurement of materials and equipment, duration of activities, type of relationship, lag time (if any), and such other information as it is necessary to present a clear statement of the intended activities. The schedules shall consist of a network technique of planning, scheduling and control, shall be a clear statement of the logical sequence of work to be done, and shall be prepared in such a manner that the Contractor's work sequence shall be optimized between early start and late start restraints. The Contractor shall use the same criteria in a consistent manner throughout the term of the project. If, at any time, the Contractor alters logic, original durations, and descriptions, adds activities or activity codes or in any way modifies the Baseline Schedule, they must notify the Engineer of the change, in writing, presenting in detail the reasons for the change. The Engineer reserves the right to approve or reject any such change.

The critical path of the project must be identified on the CPM schedule. The critical path is the longest-duration path through the network. The significance of the critical path is that the activities that lie on it cannot be delayed without delaying the project. Because of its impact on the entire project, critical path analysis is an important aspect of project planning.

The critical path can be identified by determining the following four parameters for each activity:

1. ES - Earliest Start Time: the earliest time at which the activity can start given that its precedent activities must be completed first.

2. EF - Earliest Finish Time: equal to the earliest start time for the activity plus the time required to complete the activity.

3. LF - Latest Finish Time: the latest time at which the activity can be completed without delaying the project.

4. LS - Latest Start Time: equal to the latest finish time minus the time required to complete the activity.

The float time for an activity is the time between its earliest and latest start time, or between its earliest and latest finish time. Float is the amount of time that an activity can be delayed past its earliest start or earliest finish without delaying the project. Delays to activities on the critical path through the project network in which no float exists, that is, where ES=LS and EF=LF will delay the project.

Rev. Date 3/4/16

ITEM #0969030A

Float available in the schedule, at any time shall not be considered for the exclusive use of either the Department or the Contractor. During the course of Contract, any float generated due to the efficiencies of either party is not for the sole use of the party generating the float; rather it is a shared commodity to be reasonably used by either party. Project float will be a resource available to both the Department and the Contractor. Each CPM Schedule submittal shall be in the form of an activity on node diagram (precedence diagramming method) and shall include at a minimum; an Early Start computer sort, a Total Float computer sort, an Activity Number computer sort, a Schedule Diagram in the Time Scaled Logic format and a backup data CD-ROM which includes all Primavera project files. The diagrams may be requested printed out by the Department and shall be on 22” x 34” sheets. Additional, more detailed diagrams for important aspects or phases of the work may be required on large or complex projects. Activity I.D. numbers shall be keyed to the item numbers assigned on the detailed estimate sheet. The first three digits (four digits for highway illumination, signing, traffic signals and utility work) of the activity I.D. number shall be identical to the first three digits of the item number in the Contract. The remaining digits may be used to provide unique, orderly and sequential I.D. numbers for each activity. Activity codes shall be added to the schedule dictionary at the direction of the Engineer. At a minimum, activity codes for responsibility (prime, subcontractor by name), location of work (bridge #, span #, sta. #, site, building, type of work, etc.) and stage or phase number should be included.

1. Recovery Schedules: If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the updated schedule indicates that the Project has fallen behind schedule, or that a revision in sequence of operations may be necessary for any other reason, absent a justifiable time extension, the Contractor shall immediately institute all necessary steps to improve the Project’s progress and shall submit such revised network diagrams, tabulations and operational plans, as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer, to demonstrate the manner in which an acceptable rate of progress will be regained. Should the Contractor not demonstrate an ability to regain an acceptable rate of progress, the Engineer shall require the schedule to be resource loaded with the next monthly update. No additional compensation will be allowed for resource loading the schedule.

2. As-Built Schedules: Within thirty (30) days of completion of the project, including all corrective work, the Contractor shall submit an "As-Built Schedule" showing the actual progress of work. The Contractor shall submit three prints of this final CPM Schedule and one project backup data CD-ROM which include all Primavera project files for the Engineer's exclusive use. The following shall also apply to Contracts administered under Section 1.20:

Rev. Date 3/4/16

ITEM #0969030A

3. Daily Construction Reports: The Project Coordinator shall assist the Engineer in the preparation of a daily construction report by ensuring that each of the Contractor’s employees and subcontractors working on the Project Site on a given day signs the Engineer’s sign-in sheet for that day; and by keeping and providing to the Engineer its own daily list of employees and subcontractors who worked on the Project Site on that day.

Method of Measurement: Within ten (10) calendar days of the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a breakdown of its lump sum bid price for this item detailing:

1. The development cost to prepare the Baseline Schedule in accordance with these specifications. Development costs shall not exceed 25% of the total cost of the item and shall include costs to furnish and install all specified hardware.

2. The cost to provide the services of the Project Coordinator, including costs to prepare and submit the Monthly Updates and Narrative; furnish and submit any Recovery Schedules; furnish and submit Two Week Look Ahead Schedules and maintenance of and supplies for the specified hardware noted above. A per month cost will be derived by taking this cost divided by the number of Contract months remaining from the date of acceptance of the Baseline Schedule.

3. The cost of submission and certification of the As-Built Schedule in accordance with these specifications. The submission and certification costs shall be no less than 2% of the total cost of the item.

4. Substantiation showing that the costs submitted are reasonable based on the Contractor's lump sum bid.

Upon approval of the payment schedule by the Engineer, payments for work performed will be made as follows:

1. Upon approval of the "Baseline" Schedule by the Engineer, the lump sum development cost will be certified for payment.

2. Upon receipt of each monthly narrative and update of the "Baseline" Schedule, the per month cost for the services of the Project Coordinator will be certified for payment.

3. Upon approval of the As-Built Schedule by the Engineer, the lump sum submission and certification cost will be certified for payment.

Basis of Payment: This service will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for "Project Coordinator" complete, which price shall include the preparation and submission of all schedules, narratives, updates, reports and submittals. The lump sum price shall also include the

Rev. Date 3/4/16

ITEM #0969030A

cost of providing a complete, licensed copy of the Primavera software which will remain the property of the Engineer, and all materials, equipment, labor and work incidental of this service. The lump sum price will be certified for payment as described in "Method of Measurement" subject to the following conditions:

1. Any month where the monthly update of the "Baseline" CPM schedule is submitted late, without authorization from the Engineer, will result in the following actions:

a. The monthly payment for the Project Coordinator item will be deferred to the next monthly payment estimate. If any monthly submittal is more than thirty (30) calendar days late, there will be no monthly payment for the services of the Project Coordinator.

b. The greater of 5% of the monthly payment estimate or $25,000 will be retained from the monthly payment estimate until such time as the Contractor submits all required reports.

c. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor is not in compliance with this

specification, the Engineer may withhold all Contract payments.

2. In the event the Contract time extends beyond the original completion date by more than thirty (30) calendar days, and a time extension is granted to the Contractor, the Department may require additional CPM updates which will be paid for at the per month cost for the services of the Project Coordinator.

3. If the Contractor is not in compliance with this specification or has failed to submit a "Baseline" schedule, monthly update, or a Recovery Schedule for any portion of the work, the Engineer will withhold all Contract payments until the schedule is submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer.

Pay Item Pay Unit Project Coordinator L.S.

Rev. 11-3-17

1 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

ITEM #0969053A - CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM LEVEL 2 Description: The Contractor shall establish, maintain, and implement a written Project-specific QC Program tailored to the complexity and scope of the work. This Program shall detail the programmatic documentation of the Contractor’s processes for delivering the level of construction quality required by the Contract. The written QC Program shall provide a comprehensive description of the planning, monitoring and reporting program the Contractor shall implement to ensure and document the quality of the work as it progresses. The QC Program shall address, as a minimum, the following elements: Organization; Document Control; Design Control; Procurement Control; Control of Subcontractors, Fabricators and Suppliers; Inspection; Special Process Control; Non-Conformance Resolution; Records Retention; and Reporting. The QC Program shall identify and list critical and routine work categories, which shall be used to differentiate the level of reporting, inspection and attention throughout the process. The QC Program shall include a method to identify and resolve any deviations from the Contract while maintaining the Project schedule. The QC Program shall include a method to prevent recurring deviations once identified and resolved. The Contractor shall modify the QC Program as needed to meet the requirements of this specification. The QC Program shall be recognized as a flexible Program that shall be subject to revisions and amendments, as required, in response to actual Site conditions, work methods, and to address deviations encountered and corrected throughout the Project. The Contractor shall furnish the services of a full-time, on-Site Quality Control Manager (QCM) for the Project. The QCM shall report directly to upper management and shall have the authority to issue stop work orders. The Contractor shall also furnish the services of any additional personnel to solely perform QC activities and inspection whenever Contract work is being performed. The additional Contractor Quality Control requirements described herein shall be used in conjunction with the Department’s Standard Specifications Form 817. The QC Program is neither intended to relieve the Contractor from its responsibility under the Contract, nor to replace the external inspections of the work carried out by, or on behalf of, the Engineer. The minimum lump sum bid for this item shall be $1,000,000. Failure of the Contractor to bid at least the minimum amount will result in the Department adjusting the Contractor’s bid to the minimum bid amount for this item. Construction Methods: Submittals (1) Within thirty (30) calendar days of Contract award, the Contractor shall submit, in writing,

the name of their proposed QCM with a resume of their qualifications, submitted in accordance with the requirements listed below, for concurrence by the Department. The QCM shall not be changed without prior written notification to the Department. The submittal shall outline the credentials of the proposed QCM, who shall be an individual with demonstrated construction experience. This shall include at least 10 years of experience in any combination of the following areas:

Formatted: Not Highlight

Deleted: XXX,XXX

Commented [EJT1]: Discuss minimum lump sum bid amount at project-specific FDP QC Meeting. Guidance: [salary estimate of QCM ($100,000) plus salary estimate of X QC staff (X multiplied by $60,000)] multiplied by benefits/tax ratio (2.5) multiplied by expected duration in years)]

Rev. 11-3-17

2 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

• Field inspection experience • Construction experience relevant to the type of work and the scope of the Project • Previous experience as a Quality Control professional

The submittal shall also include documented certification or training in quality control principles (NETTCP Quality Assurance Technologist or approved equal) and two (2) letters of recommendation from previous clients.

(2) Within forty-five (45) calendar days of Contract award, the Contractor, with direct input from the QCM, shall prepare and submit, for acceptance by the Department, a written QC Program in accordance with all requirements of this specification. Sample forms and reports intended to be used to assure compliance with this specification shall be included in the initial submittal of the QC Program. Sample forms and reports shall include, but are not limited to:

• Sample document control tracking form • Sample design control tracking form (for Contractor design-build items) • Sample shop drawing/working drawing review • Sample material receiving inspection report • Sample inspection forms for critical work categories • Sample special process control forms • Sample non-conformance report • Sample daily and monthly reports

The Contractor’s QCM, Project Manager and a representative of their upper management shall sign the final QC Program submission and any revisions or amendments thereto. Any revisions or amendments made to the QC Program shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer for acceptance. Subcontractors, fabricators and suppliers involved in critical work categories, as defined in the QC Program, shall have their own work-item specific QC Plan which shall be included as an addendum to the Contractor’s QC Program, and shall comply with all conditions of this item.

(3) The Contractor shall be required to produce and submit to the Engineer daily and monthly inspection reports as described in the Reporting Element of this specification.

Elements of the Contractor Quality Control Program: 1. Organization: This Element shall describe the Contractor’s organization, including reporting relationships within and external to the Contractor’s organization. The name of the QCM shall be clearly stated and this individual shall be responsible to upper management and have the authority to stop work. An organizational chart shall be included to graphically depict the Contractor’s organizational structure and major reporting lines and relationships. The organizational chart shall clearly show the hierarchy between the QCM, upper management and additional QC personnel; and a narrative shall follow which shall define the roles, duties and responsibilities of each person in the implementation of the QC Program and in the resolution of QC issues. This Element shall also include the resumes of all QC personnel. 2. Document Control: This Element shall describe the methods used by the Contractor and the QCM to control the use of the various design documents, shop drawings, procedures, etc. to assure that only the most current, accepted documents are used and are distributed to the individuals performing the work. The process to recall documents which have been superseded or revised shall be addressed. This Element shall identify the submittals that are required by the Contract, the system used to track these submittals and their current status.

Rev. 11-3-17

3 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

A submittal status update spreadsheet shall be submitted with each monthly report, in accordance with the Reporting Element. 3. Design Control: This Element shall describe how the Contractor and the QCM control any design process (i.e. working and shop drawings) for which it is responsible. This shall include the selection of design input data, checking for correctness, completeness, compatibility and format, and reviewing and approving design output documents prior to submission to the Department. This Element shall provide guidance as to how the QCM or other personnel shall indicate that documents have been reviewed by the Contractor prior to submission, and that Department comments have been adequately addressed prior to any required resubmissions. 4. Procurement Control: This Element shall describe the methods used by the Contractor and the QCM to assure that all materials and specialized equipment provided for the work are as specified. Included shall be guidelines for documenting that purchase documents have been reviewed to assure that correct details have been ordered, including specification, grade, type, color, country of origin or other aspects as required by the Contract. This Element shall describe receiving inspection activities to be performed, and documentation required to confirm that the correct material or equipment has been delivered. A list of items requiring Materials Certificates and/or Certified Test Reports shall be developed by the Contractor and included in this Element. The Contractor shall prepare a “Material Receiving Inspection Report” which shall include records of inspections performed and reviews of material test reports or other documentation required by the Contract. It shall also include copies of Materials Certificates and/or Certified Test Reports for all these items. As a minimum, receiving inspections shall be performed on the following materials:

• Materials requiring a Materials Certificate or Certified Test Report • Source-Controlled Materials (not inspected at the manufacturing plant) • Job-Controlled Materials (other than concrete, bituminous and soils)

Following a receiving inspection, a copy of the “Material Receiving Inspection Report,” along with associated documents, shall be submitted to the Engineer. 5. Control of Subcontractors, Fabricators and Suppliers: Subcontractors, fabricators and suppliers involved in critical work categories, as defined in 6(a) herein, shall develop their own QC Plan to be added as an addendum to the Contractor’s QC Program, which shall comply with all conditions of this item. The Contractor shall be responsible for reporting on QC activities performed by or for subcontractors, fabricators and suppliers. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to notify all subcontractors, fabricators, and suppliers of the requirements of the Contract. This Element shall describe the methods used by the Contractor and the QCM to assure that all the applicable requirements of the Contract are passed on to the subcontractors, fabricators and suppliers. This Element shall include the methods used by the Contractor and the QCM to monitor and control the quality of the work performed by subcontractors, fabricators and suppliers, and to obtain the required quality records. This Element shall also describe how the Contractor will ensure that:

• The Engineer receives advance notice of: The source of supply The location of fabrication, including component parts The schedule of fabrication, including the date of beginning of fabrication and

the date the material is to be delivered to the Project • Material fabricated specifically for the Project will be inspected and approved prior to

being shipped or incorporated into the work

Rev. 11-3-17

4 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

• Properly documented mill test reports are furnished by suppliers • Subcontractors are approved prior to performing any work for or on the Project

6. Inspection: This Element shall describe how the Contractor and the QCM will assure that the specified quality of materials and workmanship will be achieved. The Contractor’s QC Program is not related to any inspection carried out by the Engineer. Inspection will include the identification and tracking of the quality characteristics (metrics) used to verify that the level of quality of materials and workmanship conforms to the requirements of the Contract. The QC Program shall identify the reporting requirements for each item based on its work category, and these reporting requirements will be approved by the Engineer. The work categories will be identified as critical or routine.

(a) Critical Work Categories: For this Project, critical work categories shall include, but are not limited to the following:

• Structural Steel • Bearings • Jacking Superstructure and Girders • Furnishing, Installing and Monitoring Post-Tension Systems • Painting

The QCM shall be familiar with all aspects of work related to critical work categories and no work shall be performed on these categories without the prior knowledge of the QCM. The QC Program shall define specific means and methods that shall be employed to minimize, identify, resolve and prevent recurrence of deviations from the Contract in regards to materials or workmanship for each of the critical work categories listed. This Element shall describe the system(s) used to assure that all materials and workmanship for critical work categories are in conformance with the Contract, including but not limited to:

• visual inspection of the work, including frequency and hold points • materials to be tested • tests to be conducted • frequency of testing • locations of sampling • checks • intermittent or continuous inspections • inspections of completed work • or a combination of above methods

Quality control reporting forms shall be developed to document the work performed by the QCM and QC personnel, on each of these critical work categories. The forms shall be signed by Contractor supervisory field personnel, the QCM and QC personnel (if applicable), to document conformance of the work being performed. All work performed by the QCM and QC personnel on these critical work categories shall be documented and included in the QCM’s daily and monthly reports. (b) Routine Work Categories: All other work categories not covered by 6(a) will be defined as routine work categories and the general provisions of this specification shall apply.

Formatted: Space After: 6 pt

Deleted: ¶




Commented [DT2]: Please review list of critical work categories that would be specific to this project. These are suggestions from the Spec. Team.


Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.75", No bullets or numbering

Rev. 11-3-17

5 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

7. Special Process Control: This Element shall describe the measures to be used to assure that any special processes (such as, but not limited to, welding, high-strength bolting, nondestructive examination, critical coatings, surveys, and control of critical tolerances) shall be controlled by procedures that are described in and comply with the Contractor’s approved QC Program. The recording of results shall properly document that processes are in conformance with the Contract. In addition, this Element shall describe the methods used to verify, document and track any pre-qualification of the processes, personnel and equipment where required by the Contract. 8. Non-Conformance Resolution: This Element shall describe the protocol(s) for correcting any material or workmanship found not to be in compliance with the Contract, the reporting requirements for documenting any non-compliance, subsequent corrective measures and issue resolution.

(a) Contractor-Issued Non-Conformance Reports: This Element shall outline the Contractor’s use of self-issued non-conformance reports to document actions taken to identify, resolve and prevent recurring deviations. The non-conformance reports shall include signatures of the responsible persons for each process of the corrective action taken. Upon resolution of a non-conformance issue, the QC Program shall be revised to identify preventive measures that shall be taken to prevent similar deviations. Contractor supervisory field personnel involved in the work shall be informed of any changes implemented to avoid recurrence of deviations. (b) Engineer-Issued Non-Compliance Notices (NCN): Non-compliance notices (NCNs) issued by the Engineer shall also be an indication of non-conformance and shall be addressed according to 1.05.11 and resolved to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Upon resolution, the QC Program shall be revised to identify preventive measures that shall be taken to prevent similar deviations. Contractor supervisory field personnel involved in the work shall be informed of any changes implemented to avoid recurrence of deviations.

9. Records Retention: This Element shall describe how various records generated by the Contractor are originated, maintained, received, filed, protected and authenticated. Quality Control records required for submittal to the Engineer shall be described. This Element shall outline the Contractor’s procedure for retaining records for a period of 7 years after acceptance of the Contract. 10. Reporting: QC Inspection Reports: The Contractor shall be required to produce and submit to the Engineer daily and monthly inspection reports in accordance with all requirements of this specification. The QC Program shall clearly define the information that shall be provided as part of the daily and monthly reports.

(a) Daily Reports: Daily reports shall include documentation of all activities, including inspection and any work associated with the Elements of this specification, performed by the QCM and other QC personnel. The location of any forms relative to this specification shall be referenced in the daily reports. For any week that a non-conformance report is issued, either by the Contractor or the Engineer, actions taken to resolve the non-conformance report shall be summarized and included with the submission of the daily reports. Updates on the status of the non-conformance shall continue in each submission of daily reports until the non-conformance issue is resolved. Once resolved, the next submission of daily reports shall document that supervisory field personnel involved in the work have been informed of any changes to be implemented to avoid recurrence of deviations. Any revisions or amendments made to the

Rev. 11-3-17

6 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

QC Program, once submitted and accepted by the Engineer, shall be documented in the next submission of daily reports. Daily reports shall be submitted to the Engineer by 12 PM on the Tuesday following the week of the inspection reports, or as agreed to by the Engineer. Except as otherwise authorized by the Engineer, submissions after that time will be considered late. (b) Monthly Reports: Monthly reports shall include a summary of the work performed, including QC activities, in the previous month and also a one (1) month “look ahead” schedule with expected QC efforts and procedures for critical and routine work categories. Monthly reports shall also include a submittal status update spreadsheet. Monthly reports shall be submitted to the Engineer by the fifth (5th) business day each month. Except as otherwise authorized by the Engineer, monthly submissions after the due date will be considered late. (c) Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Meetings: Meetings shall be held specific to the QC Program. The Contractor shall, at minimum, be represented by the QCM and shall meet with the Engineer every other week, or more frequently at the Engineer’s request, to review reporting and all work related to this specification.

Method of Measurement: Within forty-five (45) calendar days of the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a schedule of values of its lump sum bid price for this item detailing the following:

1. The development costs to prepare the written QC Program. Development costs shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the total cost of the item.

2. The cost per-month to provide the services of the QC Program, including the QCM, QC activities, necessary QC personnel, preparing and submitting daily and monthly reports, and all other requirements of this specification. A per-month cost will be derived by taking the lump sum bid price, subtracting the development cost to prepare the written QC Program, and dividing the remainder by the number of Contract months remaining from the date of submission of the written QC Program.

Basis of Payment: This item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for “Contractor Quality Control Program Level 2” complete, which price shall include all submittals, QC Program revisions and amendments, inspections, monitoring, daily logs, reports, meetings, record retention, and all materials, equipment, labor and work incidental thereto. Upon approval of the schedule of values by the Engineer, payments for work performed will be made as follows:

1. Upon acceptance of the written QC Program, the lump sum development cost from the payment schedule will be approved for payment.

2. Upon timely receipt of all daily and monthly reports required each month in accordance with the Reporting Element, the per-month cost will be approved for payment.

The Engineer reserves the right to apply the following reductions to the monthly payment portion, which cannot be recovered and will result in a reduction in the lump sum amount, should the Contractor fail to meet the requirements of this specification:

1. A five percent (5%) reduction to the monthly payment will be applied for each day that the services of an acceptable QCM is not provided as required by this specification. The total reduction for any calendar month could exceed the monthly payment for the item.

Rev. 11-3-17

7 ITEM 0969053A

Deleted: 0094-0256

2. A one percent (1%) reduction to the monthly payment will be applied for each day that the required reports have been submitted late, up to a maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the monthly payment per report. This one percent (1%) reduction will apply to each independent report.

3. A twenty-five percent (25%) reduction to the monthly payment will be applied for each bi-weekly QA/QC meeting not attended by the QCM.

Should the Contractor fail to continuously provide an acceptable QC Program, as required by this specification, the Engineer may withhold the entire monthly estimate until such time as all requirements are met. Should the QCM fail to comply with the requirements of this specification, they shall be replaced at the Engineer’s request. Only one monthly payment will be made for each calendar month regardless of the number of personnel required to complete the specified work.

Pay Item Pay Unit Contractor Quality Control Program Level 2 l.s.

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

ITEM #0969066A - CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, EXTRA LARGE Description: Under the item included in the bid document, adequate weatherproof office quarters with related furnishings, materials, equipment and other services, shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the work, and if necessary, for a close-out period determined by the Engineer. The office, furnishings, materials, equipment, and services are for the exclusive use of CTDOT forces and others who may be engaged to augment CTDOT forces with relation to the Contract. The office quarters shall be located convenient to the work site and installed in accordance with Article 1.08.02. This office shall be separated from any office occupied by the Contractor. Ownership and liability of the office quarters shall remain with the Contractor. Furnishings/Materials/Supplies/Equipment: All furnishings, materials, equipment and supplies shall be in like new condition for the purpose intended and require approval of the Engineer. Office Requirements: The Contractor shall furnish the office quarters and equipment as described below:

Description \ Office Size Small Med. Large Extra Large

Minimum Sq. Ft. of floor space with a minimum ceiling height of 7 ft.

400 400 1000 2000

Minimum number of exterior entrances. 2 2 2 2 Minimum number of parking spaces. 7 7 10 15

Office Layout: The office shall have a minimum square footage as indicated in the table above, and shall be partitioned as shown on the building floor plan as provided by the Engineer. Tie-downs and Skirting: Modular offices shall be tied-down and fully skirted to ground level. Lavatory Facilities: For field offices sizes Small and Medium the Contractor shall furnish a toilet facility at a location convenient to the field office for use by CTDOT personnel and such assistants as they may engage; and for field offices sizes Large and Extra Large the Contractor shall furnish two (2) separate lavatories with toilet (men and women), in separately enclosed rooms that are properly ventilated and comply with applicable sanitary codes. Each lavatory shall have hot and cold running water and flush-type toilets. For all facilities the Contractor shall supply lavatory and sanitary supplies as required. Windows and Entrances: The windows shall be of a type that will open and close conveniently, shall be sufficient in number and size to provide adequate light and ventilation, and shall be fitted with locking devices, blinds and screens. The entrances shall be secure, screened, and fitted with a lock for which four keys shall be furnished. All keys to the construction field office shall be furnished to the CTDOT and will be kept in their possession while State personnel are using the office. Any access to the entrance ways shall meet applicable building codes, with appropriate handrails. Stairways shall be ADA/ABA compliant and have non-skid tread surfaces. An ADA/ABA compliant ramp with non-skid surface shall be provided with the Extra-Large field office.

Deleted: ITEM #0969060A - CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, SMALL¶ITEM #0969062A - CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, MEDIUM¶ITEM #0969064A - CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, LARGE¶

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

Lighting: The Contractor shall equip the office interior with electric lighting that provides a minimum illumination level of 100 foot-candles at desk level height, and electric outlets for each desk and drafting table. The Contractor shall also provide exterior lighting that provides a minimum illumination level of 2 foot-candles throughout the parking area and for a minimum distance of 10 ft. on each side of the field office. Parking Facility: The Contractor shall provide a parking area, adjacent to the field office, of sufficient size to accommodate the number of vehicles indicated in the table above. If a paved parking area is not readily available, the Contractor shall construct a parking area and driveway consisting of a minimum of 6 inches of processed aggregate base graded to drain. The base material will be extended to the office entrance. Field Office Security: Physical Barrier Devices - This shall consist of physical means to prevent entry, such as: 1) All windows shall be barred or security screens installed; 2) All field office doors shall be equipped with dead bolt locks and regular day operated door locks; and 3) Other devices as directed by the Engineer to suit existing conditions. Electric Service: The field office shall be equipped with an electric service panel, wiring, outlets, etc., to serve the electrical requirements of the field office, including: lighting, general outlets, computer outlets, calculators etc., and meet the following minimum specifications:

A. 120/240 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire B. Ampacity necessary to serve all equipment. Service shall be a minimum 100 amp

dedicated to the construction field office. C. The electrical panel shall include a main circuit breaker and branch circuit breakers of the

size and quantity required. D. Additional 120 volt, single phase, 20 amp, isolated ground dedicated power circuit with

dual NEMA 5-20 receptacles will be installed at each desk and personal computer table (workstation) location.

E. Additional 120 volt, single phase, 20 amp, isolated ground dedicated power circuit with dual NEMA 5-20 receptacles will be installed, for use by the Telephone Company.

F. Additional 120-volt circuits and duplex outlets as required meeting National Electric Code requirements.

G. One exterior (outside) wall mounted GFI receptacle, duplex, isolated ground, 120 volt, straight blade.

H. After work is complete and prior to energizing, the State’s CTDOT electrical inspector, must be contacted at 860-594-2240. (Do Not Call Local Town Officials)

I. Prior to field office removal, the CTDOT Office of Information Systems (CTDOT OIS) must be notified to deactivate the communications equipment.

Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC): The field office shall be equipped with sufficient heating, air conditioning and ventilation equipment to maintain a temperature range of 68o-80o Fahrenheit within the field office. Telephone Service: The Contractor shall provide telephone service with unlimited nation-wide calling plan. For a Small, Medium and Large field office this shall consist of the installation of two

Deleted: ¶¶

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

(2) telephone lines: one (1) line for phone/voice service and one (1) line dedicated for the facsimile machine. For an Extra-Large field office this shall consist of four (4) telephone lines: three (3) lines for phone/voice service and one (1) line dedicated for facsimile machine. The Contractor shall pay all charges. Data Communications Facility Wiring: Contractor shall install a Category 6 568B patch panel in a central wiring location and Cat 6 cable from the patch panel to each PC station, Smart Board location, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, terminating in a (Category 6 568B) wall or surface mount data jack. The central wiring location shall also house either the data circuit with appropriate power requirements or a category 5 cable run to the location of the installed data circuit. The central wiring location will be determined by the CTDOT OIS staff in coordination with the designated field office personnel as soon as the facility is in place. For Small, Medium and Large field offices the Contractor shall run a CAT 6 LAN cable a minimum length of 25 feet for each CTDOT networked device (including but not limited to: smartboards and Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax) to LAN switch area leaving an additional 10 feet of cable length on each side with terminated RJ45 connectors. For an Extra-Large field office the Contractor shall run CAT 6 LAN cables from workstations, install patch panel in data circuit demark area and terminate runs with RJ45 jacks at each device location. Terminate runs to patch panel in LAN switch area. Each run / jack shall be clearly labeled with an identifying Jack Number. The Contractor shall supply cables to connect the Wi-Fi printer to the Contractor supplied internet router and to workstations/devices as needed. These cables shall be separate from the LAN cables and data Jacks detailed above for the CTDOT network. The number of networked devices anticipated shall be at least equal to the number of personal computer tables, Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, and smartboards listed below. The installation of a data communication circuit between the field office and the CTDOT OIS in Newington will be coordinated between the CTDOT District staff, CTDOT OIS staff and the local utility company once the Contractor supplies the field office phone numbers and anticipated installation date. The Contractor shall provide the field office telephone number(s) to the CTDOT Project Engineer within 10 calendar days after the signing of the Contract as required by Article 1.08.02. This is required to facilitate data line and computer installations. Additional Equipment, Facilities and Services: The Contractor shall provide at the field Office at least the following to the satisfaction of the Engineer:

Furnishing Description

Office Size Small Med. Large Extra

Large Quantity

Office desk (2.5 ft. x 5 ft.) with drawers, locks, and matching desk chair that have pneumatic seat height adjustment and dual wheel casters on the base.

1 3 5 8

Deleted: ¶¶¶¶

Commented [HDK1]: See Instructions For Designer. The Designer must discuss this with the District Rep found in the instruction for Designer.

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

Standard secretarial type desk and matching desk chair that has pneumatic seat height adjustment and dual wheel casters on the base.

- - - 1

Personal computer tables (4 ft. x 2.5 ft.). 2 3 5 8 Drafting type tables (3 ft. x 6 ft.) and supported by wall brackets and legs; and matching drafters stool that have pneumatic seat height adjustment, seat back and dual wheel casters on the base.

1 1 1 2

Conference table, 3 ft. x 12 ft. - - - 1 Table – 3 ft. x 6 ft. - - - 1 Office Chairs. 2 4 8 20 Mail slot bin – legal size. - - 1 1 Non-fire resistant cabinet. - - 2 4 Fire resistant cabinet (legal size/4 drawer), locking. 1 1 2 3 Storage racks to hold 3 ft. x 5 ft. display charts. - - 1 2 Vertical plan racks for 2 sets of 2 ft. x 3 ft. plans for each rack. 1 1 2 2 Double door supply cabinet with 4 shelves and a lock – 6 ft. x 4 ft.

- - 1 2

Case of cardboard banker boxes (Min 10 boxes/case) 1 1 2 3 Open bookcase – 3 shelves – 3 ft. long. - - 2 2 White Dry-Erase Board, 36” x 48”min. with markers and eraser. 1 1 1 1 Interior partitions – 6 ft. x 6 ft., soundproof type, portable and freestanding.

- - 6 6

Coat rack with 20 coat capacity. - - - 1 Wastebaskets - 30 gal., including plastic waste bags. 1 1 1 2 Wastebaskets - 5 gal., including plastic waste bags. 1 3 6 10 Electric wall clock. - - - 2 Telephone. 1 1 1 - Full size stapler 20 (sheet capacity, with staples) 1 2 5 8 Desktop tape dispensers (with Tape) 1 2 5 8 8 Outlet Power Strip with Surge Protection 3 4 6 9 Rain Gauge 1 1 1 1 Business telephone system for three lines with ten handsets, intercom capability, and one speaker phone for conference table.

- - - 1

Mini refrigerator - 3.2 c.f. min. 1 1 1 1 Hot and cold water dispensing unit. Disposable cups and bottled water shall be supplied by the Contractor for the duration of the project.

1 1 1 1

Microwave, 1.2 c.f. , 1000W min. 1 1 1 1 Fire extinguishers - provide and install type and *number to meet applicable State and local codes for size of office indicated,

* * * *

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

including a fire extinguisher suitable for use on a computer terminal fire. Electric pencil sharpeners. 1 2 2 2 Electronic office type printing calculators capable of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division with memory and a supply of printing paper.

1 1 2 4

Small Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax combination unit, network capable, as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

1 1

Large Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax combination unit, network capable, as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

1 1

Field Office Wi-Fi Connection as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software

1 1 1 1

Wi-Fi Printer as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

1 1 1 1

Digital Camera as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

1 1 3 3

Video Projector as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

- - - 1

Smart Board as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

- - - 1

Infrared Thermometer, including annual third party certified calibration, case, and cleaning wipes.

1 1 1 2

Concrete Curing Box as specified below under Concrete Testing Equipment.

1 1 1 1

Concrete Air Meter and accessories as specified below under Concrete Testing Equipment as specified below. Contractor shall provide third party calibration on a quarterly basis.

1 1 1 1

Concrete Slump Cone and accessories as specified below under Concrete Testing Equipment.

1 1 1 1

First Aid Kit 1 1 1 1 Flip Phones as specified under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

- - - -

Smart Phones as specified under Computer Related Hardware and Software.

- - - -

The furnishings and equipment required herein shall remain the property of the Contractor. Any supplies required to maintain or operate the above listed equipment or furnishings shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the project.

Computer Related Hardware and Software: The CTDOT will supply by its own means the actual Personal Computers for the CTDOT representatives. The Contractor shall supply the Field Office Wi-Fi Connection, Wi-Fi Printer, Digital Camera(s), Flip Phones, Smart Phones, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, Video Projectors, and Smart Board(s) as well as associated hardware and

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

software, must meet the requirements of this specification as well as the latest minimum specifications posted, as of the project advertising date, at CTDOTs web site http://www.ct.gov/dot/cwp/view.asp?a=1410&q=563904 Within 10 calendar days after the signing of the Contract but before ordering/purchasing the Wi-Fi Printer (separate from the Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax), Field Office Wi-Fi, Digital Camera(s), Flip Phones, Smart Phones, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, Video Projector(s) and Smart Board(s) as well as associated hardware, the Contractor must submit a copy of their proposed order(s) with catalog cuts and specifications to the Administering CTDOT District for review and approval. The Wi-Fi Printer, Wi-Fi Router, Flip Phones, Smart Phones, digital cameras, Projector(s) and Smart Board(s) will be reviewed by CTDOT District personnel. The Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax will be reviewed by the CTDOT OIS. The Contractor shall not purchase the hardware, software, or services until the Administering CTDOT District informs them that the proposed equipment, software, and services are approved. The Contractor will be solely responsible for the costs of any hardware, software, or services purchased without approval. The Contractor and/or their internet service provider shall be responsible for the installation and setup of the field office Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi printer, and the configuration of the wireless router as directed by the CTDOT. Installation will be coordinated with CTDOT District and Project personnel. After the approval of the hardware and software, the Contractor shall contact the designated representatives of the CTDOT administering District, a minimum of 2 working days in advance of the proposed delivery or installation of the Field Office Wi-Fi Connection, Wi-Fi Printer, Digital Camera(s), Flip Phones, Smart Phones, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, Video Projectors and Smart Board(s), as well as associated hardware, software, supplies, and support documentation. The Contractor shall provide all supplies, paper, maintenance, service and repairs (including labor and parts) for the Wi-Fi printers, copiers, field office Wi-Fi, fax machines and other equipment and facilities required by this specification for the duration of the Contract. All repairs must be performed with-in 48 hours. If the repairs require more than a 48 hours then an equal or better replacement must be provided. Once the Contract has been completed, the hardware and software will remain the property of the Contractor. First Aid Kit: The Contractor shall supply a first aid kit adequate for the number of personnel expected based on the size of the field office specified and shall keep the first aid kit stocked for the duration that the field office is in service. Rain Gauge: The Contractor shall supply install and maintain a rain gauge for the duration of the project, meeting these minimum requirements. The rain gauge shall be installed on the top of a post such that the opening of the rain gauge is above the top of the post an adequate distance to avoid splashing of rain water from the top of the post into the rain gauge. The Location of the rain

http://www.ct.gov/dot/cwp/view.asp?a=1410&q=563904

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

gauge and post shall be approved by the Engineer. The rain gauge shall be made of a durable material and have graduations of 0.1 inches or less with a minimum total column height of 5 inches. If the rain gauge is damaged the Contractor shall replace it prior to the next forecasted storm event at no additional cost. Concrete Testing Equipment: If the Contract includes items that require compressive strength cylinders for concrete, in accordance with the Schedule of Minimum Testing Requirements for Sampling Materials for Test, the Contractor shall provide the following equipment. A) Concrete Cylinder Curing Box – meeting the requirements of Section 6.12 of the

Standard Specifications. B) Air Meter – The air meter provided shall be in good working order and meet the

requirements of AASHTO T 152. C) Slump Cone Mold – Slump cone, base plate, and tamping rod shall be provided in

like-new condition and meet the requirements of AASHTO T119, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.

All testing equipment will remain the property of the Contractor at the completion of the project. Insurance Policy: The Contractor shall provide a separate insurance policy, with no deductible, in the minimum amount of five thousand dollars ($5,000) in order to insure all State-owned data equipment and supplies used in the office against all losses. The Contractor shall be named insured on that policy, and the CTDOT shall be an additional named insured on the policy. These losses shall include, but not be limited to: theft, fire, and physical damage. The CTDOT will be responsible for all maintenance costs of CTDOT owned computer hardware. In the event of loss, the Contractor shall provide replacement equipment in accordance with current CTDOT equipment specifications, within seven days of notice of the loss. If the Contractor is unable to provide the required replacement equipment within seven days, the CTDOT may provide replacement equipment and deduct the cost of the equipment from monies due or which may become due the Contractor under the Contract or under any other contract. The Contractor's financial liability under this paragraph shall be limited to the amount of the insurance coverage required by this paragraph. If the cost of equipment replacement required by this paragraph should exceed the required amount of the insurance coverage, the CTDOT will reimburse the Contractor for replacement costs exceeding the amount of the required coverage. Maintenance: During the occupancy by the CTDOT, the Contractor shall maintain all facilities and furnishings provided under the above requirements, and shall maintain and keep the office quarters clean through the use of weekly professional cleaning to include, but not limited to, washing & waxing floors, cleaning restrooms, removal of trash, etc. Exterior areas shall be mowed and clean of debris. A trash receptacle (dumpster) with weekly pickup (trash removal) shall be provided. Snow removal, sanding and salting of all parking, walkway, and entrance ways areas shall be accomplished during a storm if on a workday during work hours, immediately after a storm and prior to the start of a workday. If snow removal, salting and sanding are not completed by the specified time, the State will provide the service and all costs incurred will be deducted from the next payment estimate.

Rev. Date 09/14/2016

ITEM #0969066A

Deleted: 0969060A, 0969062A, 0969064A &

Method of Measurement: The furnishing and maintenance of the construction field office will be measured for payment by the number of calendar months that the office is in place and in operation, rounded up to the nearest month. There will not be any price adjustment due to any change in the minimum computer related hardware and software requirements. Basis of Payment: The furnishing and maintenance of the Construction Field Office will be paid for at the Contract unit price per month for “Construction Field Office, Extra Large” which price shall include all material, equipment, labor, service contracts, licenses, software, repair or replacement of hardware and software, related supplies, utility services, parking area, external illumination, trash removal, snow and ice removal, and work incidental thereto, as well as any other costs to provide requirements of this specified this specification. Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Field Office, Extra Large Month

Deleted: (Type),

Deleted: (Type)

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

ITEM NO. 0971001A – MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC Article 9.71.01 – Description is supplemented by the following: The Contractor shall maintain and protect traffic as described by the following and as limited in the Special Provision "Prosecution and Progress": Route I-95 (US Route 1) The Contractor shall maintain and protect the minimum number of through lanes and shoulders as dictated in the Special Provision for Section 1.08 - Prosecution and Progress “Limitations of Operations - Minimum Number of Lanes to Remain Open” Chart, on a paved travel path not less than 12 feet in width per lane. Ramps and Turning Roadways The Contractor shall maintain and protect existing traffic operations. Excepted therefrom will be those periods, during the allowable periods, when the Contractor is actively working, at which time the Contractor shall be allowed to maintain and protect a minimum of one lane of traffic, on a paved travel path not less than 12 feet in width. All Other Roadways The Contractor shall maintain and protect a minimum of one lane of traffic in each direction, each lane on a paved travel path not less than 11 feet in width. Excepted therefrom will be those periods, during the allowable periods, when the Contractor is actively working, at which time the Contractor shall maintain and protect at least an alternating one-way traffic operation, on a paved travel path not less than 11 feet in width. The length of the alternating one-way traffic operation shall not exceed 300 feet and there shall be no more than one alternating one-way traffic operation within the project limits without prior approval of the Engineer. Commercial and Residential Driveways The Contractor shall maintain access to and egress from all commercial and residential driveways throughout the project limits. The Contractor will be allowed to close said driveways to perform the required work during those periods when the businesses are closed, unless permission is granted from the business owner to close the driveway during business hours. If a temporary closure of a residential driveway is necessary, the Contractor shall coordinate with the owner to determine the time period of the closure.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

Article 9.71.03 - Construction Method is supplemented as follows: General Unpaved travel paths will only be permitted for areas requiring full depth and full width reconstruction, in which case, the Contractor will be allowed to maintain traffic on processed aggregate for a duration not to exceed 10 calendar days. The unpaved section shall be the full width of the road and perpendicular to the travel lanes. Opposing traffic lane dividers shall be used as a centerline. The Contractor is required to delineate any raised structures within the travel lanes, so that the structures are visible day and night, unless there are specific contract plans and provisions to temporarily lower these structures prior to the completion of work. The Contractor shall schedule operations so that pavement removal and roadway resurfacing shall be completed full width across a roadway (bridge) section by the end of a workday (work night), or as directed by the Engineer. When the installation of all intermediate courses of bituminous concrete pavement is completed for the entire roadway, the Contractor shall install the final course of bituminous concrete pavement. When the Contractor is excavating adjacent to the roadway, the Contractor shall provide a 3-foot shoulder between the work area and travel lanes, with traffic drums spaced every 50 feet. At the end of the workday, if the vertical drop-off exceeds 3 inches, the Contractor shall provide a temporary traversable slope of 4:1 or flatter that is acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor, during the course of active construction work on overhead signs and structures, shall close the lanes directly below the work area for the entire length of time overhead work is being undertaken. At no time shall an overhead sign be left partially removed or installed. If applicable, when an existing sign is removed, it shall be either relocated or replaced by a new sign during the same working day. The Contractor shall not store any material on-site which would present a safety hazard to motorists or pedestrians (e.g. fixed object or obstruct sight lines). The field installation of a signing pattern shall constitute interference with existing traffic operations and shall not be allowed, except during the allowable periods. Construction vehicles entering travel lanes at speeds less than the posted speed are interfering with traffic, and shall not be allowed without a lane closure. The lane closure shall be of sufficient length to allow vehicles to enter or exit the work area at posted speeds, in order to merge with existing traffic.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

Existing Signing The Contractor shall maintain all existing overhead and side-mounted signs throughout the project limits during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall temporarily relocate signs and sign supports as many times as deemed necessary, and install temporary sign supports if necessary and as directed by the Engineer. Requirements for Winter

The Contractor shall schedule a meeting with representatives from the Department including the offices of Maintenance and Traffic, and the Town/City to determine what interim traffic control measures the Contractor shall accomplish for the winter to provide safety to the motorists and permit adequate snow removal procedures. This meeting shall be held prior to October 31 of each year and will include, but not be limited to, discussion of the status and schedule of the following items: lane and shoulder widths, pavement restoration, traffic signal work, pavement markings, and signing. Signing Patterns The Contractor shall erect and maintain all signing patterns in accordance with the traffic control plans contained herein. Proper distances between advance warning signs and proper taper lengths are mandatory. TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS The following guidelines shall assist field personnel in determining when and what type of traffic control patterns to use for various situations. These guidelines shall provide for the safe and efficient movement of traffic through work zones and enhance the safety of work forces in the work area. TRAFFIC CONTROL PATTERNS Traffic control patterns shall be used when a work operation requires that all or part of any vehicle or work area protrudes onto any part of a travel lane or shoulder. For each situation, the installation of traffic control devices shall be based on the following:

Speed and volume of traffic Duration of operation Exposure to hazards

Traffic control patterns shall be uniform, neat and orderly so as to command respect from the motorist. In the case of a horizontal or vertical sight restriction in advance of the work area, the traffic control pattern shall be extended to provide adequate sight distance for approaching traffic.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

If a lane reduction taper is required to shift traffic, the entire length of the taper should be installed on a tangent section of roadway so that the entire taper area can be seen by the motorist. Any existing signs that are in conflict with the traffic control patterns shall be removed, covered, or turned so that they are not readable by oncoming traffic. When installing a traffic control pattern, a Buffer Area should be provided and this area shall be free of equipment, workers, materials and parked vehicles. Typical traffic control plans 19 through 25 may be used for moving operations such as line striping, pot hole patching, mowing, or sweeping when it is necessary for equipment to occupy a travel lane. Traffic control patterns will not be required when vehicles are on an emergency patrol type activity or when a short duration stop is made and the equipment can be contained within the shoulder. Flashing lights and appropriate trafficperson shall be used when required. Although each situation must be dealt with individually, conformity with the typical traffic control plans contained herein is required. In a situation not adequately covered by the typical traffic control plans, the Contractor must contact the Engineer for assistance prior to setting up a traffic control pattern. PLACEMENT OF SIGNS Signs must be placed in such a position to allow motorists the opportunity to reduce their speed prior to the work area. Signs shall be installed on the same side of the roadway as the work area. On multi-lane divided highways, advance warning signs shall be installed on both sides of the highway. On directional roadways (on-ramps, off-ramps, one-way roads), where the sight distance to signs is restricted, these signs should be installed on both sides of the roadway. ALLOWABLE ADJUSTMENT OF SIGNS AND DEVICES SHOWN ON THE TRAFFIC

CONTROL PLANS The traffic control plans contained herein show the location and spacing of signs and devices under ideal conditions. Signs and devices should be installed as shown on these plans whenever possible. The proper application of the traffic control plans and installation of traffic control devices depends on actual field conditions. Adjustments to the traffic control plans shall be made only at the direction of the Engineer to improve the visibility of the signs and devices and to better control traffic operations. Adjustments to the traffic control plans shall be based on safety of work forces and motorists,

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

abutting property requirements, driveways, side roads, and the vertical and horizontal curvature of the roadway. The Engineer may require that the traffic control pattern be located significantly in advance of the work area to provide better sight line to the signing and safer traffic operations through the work zone. Table I indicates the minimum taper length required for a lane closure based on the posted speed limit of the roadway. These taper lengths shall only be used when the recommended taper lengths shown on the traffic control plans cannot be achieved.

TABLE I – MINIMUM TAPER LENGTHS

POSTED SPEED LIMIT MILES PER HOUR

MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH IN FEET FOR A SINGLE LANE CLOSURE

30 OR LESS 35 40 45 50 55 65

180 250 320 540 600 660 780

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

SECTION 1. WORK ZONE SAFETY MEETINGS 1.a) Prior to the commencement of work, a work zone safety meeting will be conducted with

representatives of DOT Construction, Connecticut State Police (Local Barracks), Municipal Police, the Contractor (Project Superintendent) and the Traffic Control Subcontractor (if different than the prime Contractor) to review the traffic operations, lines of responsibility, and operating guidelines which will be used on the project. Other work zone safety meetings during the course of the project should be scheduled as needed.

1.b) A Work Zone Safety Meeting Agenda shall be developed and used at the meeting to

outline the anticipated traffic control issues during the construction of this project. Any issues that can’t be resolved at these meetings will be brought to the attention of the District Engineer and the Office of Construction. The agenda should include:

• Review Project scope of work and time • Review Section 1.08, Prosecution and Progress • Review Section 9.70, Trafficpersons • Review Section 9.71, Maintenance and Protection of Traffic • Review Contractor’s schedule and method of operations. • Review areas of special concern: ramps, turning roadways, medians, lane drops, etc. • Open discussion of work zone questions and issues • Discussion of review and approval process for changes in contract requirements as they

relate to work zone areas SECTION 2. GENERAL 2.a) If the required minimum number of signs and equipment (i.e. one High Mounted

Internally Illuminated Flashing Arrow for each lane closed, two TMAs, Changeable Message Sign, etc.) are not available; the traffic control pattern shall not be installed.

2.b) The Contractor shall have back-up equipment (TMAs, High Mounted Internally

Illuminated Flashing Arrow, Changeable Message Sign, construction signs, cones/drums, etc.) available at all times in case of mechanical failures, etc. The only exception to this is in the case of sudden equipment breakdowns in which the pattern may be installed but the Contractor must provide replacement equipment within 24 hours.

2.c) Failure of the Contractor to have the required minimum number of signs, personnel and

equipment, which results in the pattern not being installed, shall not be a reason for a time extension or claim for loss time.

2.d) In cases of legitimate differences of opinion between the Contractor and the Inspection

staff, the Inspection staff shall err on the side of safety. The matter shall be brought to

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

the District Office for resolution immediately or, in the case of work after regular business hours, on the next business day.

SECTION 3. INSTALLING AND REMOVING TRAFFIC CONTROL PATTERNS 3.a) Lane Closures shall be installed beginning with the advance warning signs and

proceeding forward toward the work area. 3.b) Lane Closures shall be removed in the reverse order, beginning at the work area, or end

of the traffic control pattern, and proceeding back toward the advance warning signs. 3.c) Stopping traffic may be allowed:

• As per the contract for such activities as blasting, steel erection, etc. • During paving, milling operations, etc. where, in the middle of the operation, it

is necessary to flip the pattern to complete the operation on the other half of the roadway and traffic should not travel across the longitudinal joint or difference in roadway elevation.

• To move slow moving equipment across live traffic lanes into the work area.

3.d) Under certain situations when the safety of the traveling public and/or that of the workers may be compromised due to conditions such as traffic volume, speed, roadside obstructions, or sight line deficiencies, as determined by the Engineer and/or State Police, traffic may be briefly impeded while installing and/or removing the advance warning signs and the first ten traffic cones/drums only. Appropriate measures shall be taken to safely slow traffic. If required, traffic slowing techniques may be used and shall include the use of Truck Mounted Impact Attenuators (TMAs) as appropriate, for a minimum of one mile in advance of the pattern starting point. Once the advance warning signs and the first ten traffic cones/drums are installed/removed, the TMAs and sign crew shall continue to install/remove the pattern as described in Section 5 and traffic shall be allowed to resume their normal travel.

3.e) The Contractor must adhere to using the proper signs, placing the signs correctly, and

ensuring the proper spacing of signs. 3.f) Additional devices are required on entrance ramps, exit ramps, and intersecting roads to

warn and/or move traffic into the proper travelpath prior to merging/exiting with/from the main line traffic. This shall be completed before installing the mainline pattern past the ramp or intersecting roadway.

3.g) Prior to installing a pattern, any conflicting existing signs shall be covered with an

opaque material. Once the pattern is removed, the existing signs shall be uncovered.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

3.h) On limited access roadways, workers are prohibited from crossing the travel lanes to install and remove signs or other devices on the opposite side of the roadway. Any signs or devices on the opposite side of the roadway shall be installed and removed separately.

SECTION 4. USE OF HIGH MOUNTED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED FLASHING

ARROW 4.a) On limited access roadways, one Flashing Arrow shall be used for each lane that is

closed. The Flashing Arrow shall be installed concurrently with the installation of the traffic control pattern and its placement shall be as shown on the traffic control plan. For multiple lane closures, one Flashing Arrow is required for each lane closed. If conditions warrant, additional Flashing Arrows should be employed (i.e.: curves, major ramps, etc.).

4.b) On non-limited access roadways, the use of a Flashing Arrow for lane closures is

optional. The roadway geometry, sight line distance, and traffic volume should be considered in the decision to use the Flashing Arrow.

4.c) The Flashing Arrow shall not be used on two lane, two-way roadways for temporary

alternating one-way traffic operations. 4.d) The Flashing Arrow board display shall be in the “arrow” mode for lane closure tapers

and in the “caution” mode (four corners) for shoulder work, blocking the shoulder, or roadside work near the shoulder. The Flashing Arrow shall be in the “caution” mode when it is positioned in the closed lane.

4.e) The Flashing Arrow shall not be used on a multi-lane roadway to laterally shift all lanes

of traffic, because unnecessary lane changing may result. SECTION 5. USE OF TRUCK MOUNTED IMPACT ATTENUATOR VEHICLES

(TMAs) 5.a) For lane closures on limited access roadways, a minimum of two TMAs shall be used to

install and remove traffic control patterns. If two TMAs are not available, the pattern shall not be installed.

5.b) On non-limited access roadways, the use of TMAs to install and remove patterns closing

a lane(s) is optional. The roadway geometry, sight line distance, and traffic volume should be considered in the decision to utilize the TMAs.

5.c) Generally, to establish the advance and transition signing, one TMA shall be placed on

the shoulder and the second TMA shall be approximately 1,000 feet ahead blocking the lane. The flashing arrow board mounted on the TMA should be in the “flashing arrow” mode when taking the lane. The sign truck and workers should be immediately ahead of

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

the second TMA. In no case shall the TMA be used as the sign truck or a work truck. Once the transition is in place, the TMAs shall travel in the closed lane until all Changeable Message Signs, signs, Flashing Arrows, and cones/drums are installed. The flashing arrow board mounted on the TMA should be in the “caution” mode when traveling in the closed lane.

5.d) A TMA shall be placed prior to the first work area in the pattern. If there are multiple

work areas within the same pattern, then additional TMAs shall be positioned at each additional work area as needed. The flashing arrow board mounted on the TMA should be in the “caution” mode when in the closed lane.

5.e) TMAs shall be positioned a sufficient distance prior to the workers or equipment being

protected to allow for appropriate vehicle roll-ahead in the event that the TMA is hit, but not so far that an errant vehicle could travel around the TMA and into the work area. For additional placement and use details, refer to the specification entitled “Type ‘D’ Portable Impact Attenuation System”. Some operations, such as paving and concrete repairs, do not allow for placement of the TMA(s) within the specified distances. In these situations, the TMA(s) should be placed at the beginning of the work area and shall be advanced as the paving or concrete operations proceed.

5.f) TMAs should be paid in accordance with how the unit is utilized. When it is used as a

TMA and is in the proper location as specified, and then it should be paid at the specified hourly rate for “Type ‘D’ Portable Impact Attenuation System”. When the TMA is used as a Flashing Arrow, it should be paid at the daily rate for “High Mounted Internally Illuminated Flashing Arrow”. If a TMA is used to install and remove a pattern and then is used as a Flashing Arrow, the unit should be paid as a “Type ‘D’ Portable Impact Attenuation System” for the hours used to install and remove the pattern, typically 2 hours (1 hour to install and 1 hour to remove), and is also paid for the day as a “High Mounted Internally Illuminated Flashing Arrow”.

SECTION 6. USE OF TRAFFIC DRUMS AND TRAFFIC CONES 6.a) Traffic drums shall be used for taper channelization on limited-access roadways, ramps,

and turning roadways and to delineate raised catch basins and other hazards. 6.b) Traffic drums shall be used in place of traffic cones in traffic control patterns that are in

effect for more than a 36-hour duration. 6.c) Traffic Cones less than 42 inches in height shall not be used on limited-access roadways

or on non-limited access roadways with a posted speed limit of 45 mph and above. 6.d) Typical spacing of traffic drums and/or cones shown on the Traffic Control Plans in the

Contract are maximum spacings and may be reduced to meet actual field conditions as required.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

SECTION 7. USE OF (REMOTE CONTROLLED) CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS (CMS) 7.a) For lane closures on limited access roadways, one CMS shall be used in advance of the

traffic control pattern. Prior to installing the pattern, the CMS shall be installed and in operation, displaying the appropriate lane closure information (i.e.: Left Lane Closed - Merge Right). The CMS shall be positioned ½ - 1 mile ahead of the lane closure taper. If the nearest Exit ramp is greater than the specified ½ - 1 mile distance, than an additional CMS shall be positioned a sufficient distance ahead of the Exit ramp to alert motorists to the work and therefore offer them an opportunity to take the exit.

7.b) CMS should not be installed within 1000 feet of an existing CMS.

7.c) On non-limited access roadways, the use of CMS for lane closures is optional. The

roadway geometry, sight line distance, and traffic volume should be considered in the decision to use the CMS.

7.d) The advance CMS is typically placed off the right shoulder, 5 feet from the edge of

pavement. In areas where the CMS cannot be placed beyond the edge of pavement, it may be placed on the paved shoulder with a minimum of five (5) traffic drums placed in a taper in front of it to delineate its position. The advance CMS shall be adequately protected if it is used for a continuous duration of 36 hours or more.

7.e) When the CMS are no longer required, they should be removed from the clear zone and

have the display screen cleared and turned 90° away from the roadway. 7.f) The CMS generally should not be used for generic messages (ex: Road Work Ahead,

Bump Ahead, Gravel Road, etc.). 7.g) The CMS should be used for specific situations that need to command the motorist’s

attention which cannot be conveyed with standard construction signs (Examples include: Exit 34 Closed Sat/Sun - Use Exit 35, All Lanes Closed - Use Shoulder, Workers on Road - Slow Down).

7.h) Messages that need to be displayed for long periods of time, such as during stage

construction, should be displayed with construction signs. For special signs, please coordinate with the Office of Construction and the Division of Traffic Engineering for the proper layout/dimensions required.

7.i) The messages that are allowed on the CMS are as follows:

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

Message No. Frame 1 Frame 2 Message No. Frame 1 Frame 2

1 LEFT

LANE CLOSED

MERGE RIGHT

9 LANES CLOSED AHEAD

REDUCE SPEED

2 2 LEFT

LANES CLOSED

MERGE RIGHT

10 LANES CLOSED AHEAD

USE CAUTION

3 LEFT

LANE CLOSED

REDUCE SPEED

11 WORKERS ON ROAD

REDUCE SPEED

4 2 LEFT

LANES CLOSED

REDUCE SPEED

12 WORKERS ON ROAD

SLOW DOWN

5 RIGHT

LANE CLOSED

MERGE LEFT

13 EXIT XX CLOSED

USE EXIT YY

6 2 RIGHT

LANES CLOSED

MERGE LEFT

14 EXIT XX CLOSED USE YY

FOLLOW DETOUR

7 RIGHT

LANE CLOSED

REDUCE SPEED

15 2 LANES SHIFT AHEAD

USE CAUTION

8 2 RIGHT

LANES CLOSED

REDUCE SPEED

16 3 LANES SHIFT AHEAD

USE CAUTION

For any other message(s), approval must be received from the Office of Construction prior to

their use. No more than two (2) displays shall be used within any message cycle.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

SECTION 8. USE OF STATE POLICE OFFICERS 8.a) State Police may be utilized only on limited access highways and secondary roadways

under their primary jurisdiction. One Officer may be used per critical sign pattern. Shoulder closures and right lane closures can generally be implemented without the presence of a State Police Officer. Likewise in areas with moderate traffic and wide, unobstructed medians, left lane closures can be implemented without State Police presence. Under some situations it may be desirable to have State Police presence, when one is available. Examples of this include: nighttime lane closures; left lane closures with minimal width for setting up advance signs and staging; lane and shoulder closures on turning roadways/ramps or mainline where sight distance is minimal; and closures where extensive turning movements or traffic congestion regularly occur, however they are not required.

8.b) Once the pattern is in place, the State Police Officer should be positioned in a non- hazardous location in advance of the pattern If traffic backs up beyond the beginning of the pattern, then the State Police Officer shall be repositioned prior to the backup to give warning to the oncoming motorists. The State Police Officer and TMA should not be in proximity to each other.

8.c) Other functions of the State Police Officer(s) may include:

• Assisting entering/exiting construction vehicles within the work area.

• Enforcement of speed and other motor vehicle laws within the work area, if specifically requested by the project.

8.d) State Police Officers assigned to a work site are to only take

direction from the Engineer.

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

Rev. Date 11/28/17

ITEM #0971001A

Article 9.71.05 – Basis of Payment is supplemented by the following: The temporary relocation of signs and supports, and the furnishing, installation and removal of any temporary supports shall be paid for under the item “Maintenance and Protection of Traffic”. Temporary overhead sign supports and foundations shall be paid for under the appropriate item(s). The cost of furnishing, installing, and removing the material for the 4H:1V traversable slope shall be paid for under the item “Maintenance and Protection of Traffic.”

Rev. Date 12/02/02

094-256 ITEM #1131002A

ITEM #1131002A - REMOTE CONTROLLED CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN

Description: Work under this item shall include furnishing and maintaining a trailer-mounted, “Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign” at the locations indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Materials: The full matrix, internally illuminated variable message sign shall consist of a LED, fiber optic, lamp matrix, or hybrid magnetically operated matrix – LED message board; and a computer operated interface, all mounted on a towable, heavy duty trailer. The sign shall have a minimum horizontal dimension of 115 inches and rotate a complete 360 degrees atop the lift mechanism. In the raised position, the bottom of the sign shall be at least 7 feet above the roadway. The messages displayed shall be visible from a distance of 1/2 mile and be clearly legible from a distance of 900 feet during both the day and night. The lighting system shall be controlled both manually and by a photocell for automatic sign dimming during nighttime use. The sign shall be capable of storing a minimum of 100 preprogrammed messages and be able to display any one of those messages upon call from the trailer mounted terminal and/or through the cellular telephone hookup for the remote controlled sign. The sign shall be a full matrix sign that is able to display messages composed of any combination of alphanumeric text, punctuation symbols, and graphic images (notwithstanding NTCIP limitations). The display shall be capable of producing arrow functions. Full- matrix displays shall allow the use of graphics, traffic safety symbols and various character heights. Standard messages shall be displayed in a three-line message format with 8 characters per line. The letter height shall not be less than 18 inches. The sign shall utilize yellow green for the display with a black background. Each matrix shall have a minimum size of 6 x 9 pixels. Each pixel shall utilize a minimum of four high output yellow green LEDs or equivalent light source. The LEDs or light source shall have a minimum 1.4 candela luminance intensity, 22 degrees viewing angle, and wavelength of 590 (+/- 3) nanometers. For hybrid magnetically operated matrix – LED matrix, each pixel shall have one single shutter faced with yellow green retro-reflective sheeting with a minimum of four high output yellow green LEDs or equivalent light source. The hybrid magnetically operated matrix – LED matrix sign shall be capable of operating in three display modes; shutter only, LED only, and both LED

Rev. Date 12/02/02

094-256 ITEM #1131002A

and shutter. These modes shall be automatically controlled by a photocell for day and night conditions and also capable of being manually controlled through the software. The sign shall be controlled by an on-board computer. The sign shall automatically change to a preselected default message upon failure. That default message shall remain on display until the problem is corrected. The sign shall include all necessary controls, including, but not limited to, personal computer, keyboard or alphanumeric hand-held keyboard, and software. The sign shall interface with PCs, cellular phones, and radar speed detection devices as required. Controls shall be furnished for raising and lowering the message board, aligning the message board and, for solar powered units, a read-out of the battery bank charge. Power shall be provided by a self-contained solar maintained power source or a diesel engine driven generator. Hardware for connection to a 110-volt power source shall also be provided. Solar powered signs shall display programmed messages with the solar panel disconnected, in full night conditions, for a minimum of 30 consecutive days. Remote Controlled Changeable Message Signs shall include one (1) industrial-grade cellular telephone and be equipped with a modem to control the sign and a security system to prevent unauthorized access. The security system shall allow access only through use of a code or password unique to that sign. If the proper code or password is not entered within 60 seconds of initial telephone contact, the call will be terminated. Remote control for the Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign shall be by cellular telephone and touch tone modem decoder. Construction Methods: The Contractor shall furnish, place, operate, maintain and relocate the sign as required. When the sign is no longer required, it shall be removed and become the property of the Contractor. The cellular telephone required for the Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign shall be provided to the Engineer for his use, and subsequently returned to the Contractor. When the sign is not in use, it shall either be turned off with a blank display or turned from view. Any signs that are missing, damaged, defaced or improperly functioning so that they are not effective, as determined by the Engineer and in accordance with the ATSSA guidelines contained in “Quality Standards for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices,” shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the State. Method of Measurement: This work will be measured for payment for each “Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign”, furnished and installed, for the number of calendar days that the sign is in place and in operation, measured to the nearest day. When a sign is in operation for less than a day, such a period of time shall be considered to be a full day regardless of actual time in operation.

Rev. Date 12/02/02

094-256 ITEM #1131002A

Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price per day for each “Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign” which price shall include placing, maintaining, relocating and removing the sign and its appurtenances and all material, labor, tools and equipment incidental thereto. Additionally, for the “Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign”, the cellular telephone service and telephone charges shall be included. Pay Item Pay Unit Remote Controlled Changeable Message Sign Day